UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,Washington, D.C. 20549 


FORMForm 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172020

OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from  to 
Commission file number 001-33961
HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware20-0953973
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organizationorganization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One Commerce Square
2005 Market Street, 17th Floor
Philadelphia, PAPA19103
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(215) 309-7700
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
Title of each classEach ClassTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchangeEach Exchange on which registeredWhich Registered
Common Stock, $.0001stock, par value $0.0001 per shareHILNew York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
None
 
Indicate by a check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes o  No ý
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes o  No ý
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes o  No ý
 
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 
Yes o  No ý
Indicate by a check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
 
Large Accelerated Filero
Accelerated Filerx
Non-Accelerated Filero
Smaller reporting companyo
Emerging growth companyo
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No ý
 
The aggregate market value of shares of common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 20172020 was approximately $270,716,337.$73,602,814. As of August 28, 2018,March 2, 2021, there were 55,294,67056,481,189 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders ("2021 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference in Part III.






HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Index to Form 10-K
 

2



PART I
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and it is ourHill International's (collectively referred to as "Hill", "we", "us", "our" and "the Company") intent that any such statements be protected by the safe harbor created thereby. Except for historical information, the matters set forth herein including, but not limited to, any projections of revenues, earnings, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), margin, profit improvement, cost savings or other financial items; any statements of belief, any statements concerning our plans, strategies and objectives for future operations; and any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance, are forward-looking statements.
 
These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations, estimates and assumptions and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that the expectations, estimates and assumptions reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements.
 
Forward-looking statements may concern, among other things:
 
The markets for our services;
Projections of revenues and earnings, anticipated contractual obligations, funding requirements or other financial items;
Statements regarding the impact and effect of the COVID-19 pandemic;
Statements concerning our plans, strategies and objectives for future operations; and
Statements regarding future economic conditions or performance.
 
Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in our forward-looking statements include:
 
The risks set forth in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” herein;
Unfavorable global economic conditions may adversely impact our business;
Our backlog, which is subject to unexpected adjustments and cancellations, may not be fully realized as revenue;
We may incur difficulties in implementing the profit improvement plan;
Our expenses may be higher than anticipated;
Modifications and termination of client contracts;
Control and operational issues pertaining to business activities that we conduct pursuant to joint ventures with other parties; and
Difficulties we may incur in implementing our acquisition strategy; and
The need to retain and recruit key technical and management personnel.
 
Other factors that may affect our business, financial position or results of operations include:
 
Unexpected delays in collections from clients;
Risks related to the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company, including its employees and related costs and including any project cancellations, delays and modifications;
Risks related to our ability to obtain debt financing or otherwise raise capital to meet required working capital needs and to support potential future acquisition activities;
Risks related to international operations, including uncertain political and economic environments, acts of terrorism or war, potential incompatibilities with foreign joint venture partners, foreign currency fluctuations, civil disturbances and labor issues; and
Risks related to contracts with governmental entities, including the failure of applicable governing authorities to take necessary actions to secure or maintain funding for particular projects with us, the unilateral termination of contracts by the government and reimbursement obligations to the government for funds previously received.
 
We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. In accordance with the Reform Act, Item 1A of this Report entitled “Risk Factors” contains cautionary statements that accompany those forward-looking statements. You should carefully review such cautionary statements as they identify certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements and from historical trends. Those cautionary statements are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, in our other filings with the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") or in materials incorporated therein by reference.



3



Item 1. Business.Business
 
General
 
Hill International, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized in 2006, with approximately 2,900more than 2,700 professionals in more than 50approximately 70 offices worldwide, provides project management, construction management and other consulting services primarily to the building, transportation, environmental, energy and industrial markets. The terms “Hill”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Hill International, Inc.
 
We compete for business based on a variety of factors such as technical capability, global resources, price, reputation and past experience, including client requirements for substantial experience in similar projects. We have developed significant long-standing relationships, which bring us repeat business and would be very difficult to replicate. We believe we have an excellent reputation for attracting and retaining professionals. In addition, we believe there are high barriers to entry for new competitors, especially in the project management market.


The Company provides fee-based project and construction management services to our clients, leveraging our construction expertise to identify potential trouble, difficulties and sources of delay on a construction project before they develop into costly problems. Our experienced professionals are capable of managing all phases of the construction process from concept through completion, including cost and budget controls, scheduling, estimating, expediting, inspection, contract administration and management of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers.

Our clients are typically billed a negotiated multiple of the actual direct cost of each professional assigned to a project and we are reimbursed for our out-of-pocket expenses. We believe our fee-based consulting has significant advantages over traditional general contractors. Specifically, because we do not assume project completion risk, our fee-based model eliminates many of the risks typically associated with providing “at risk” construction services.

Amounts throughout the remainder of this document are in thousands unless otherwise noted.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our strategy emphasizes the following key elements:
 
Increase Revenues from Our Existing Clients. We have long-standing relationships with a number of public and private sector entities. Meeting our clients’ diverse needs in managing construction risk and generating repeat business from our clients to expand our project base is one of our key growth strategies. We accomplish this objective by providing a broad range of project management consulting services in a wide range of geographic areas that support our clients during every phase of a project, from concept through completion. We believe that nurturing our existing client relationships expands our project base through repeat business.
Capitalize Upon the Continued Spend in the Markets We Serve. We believe that the demand for project management services will grow with increasing construction and infrastructure spending in the markets we serve. We believe that our reputation and experience combined with our broad platform of service offerings will enable us to capitalize on increases in demand for our services. In addition, we strategically open new offices to expand into new geographic areas and we aggressively hire individuals with significant contacts to accelerate the growth of these new offices and to strengthen our presence in existing markets.
Strengthen Professional Resources. Our biggest asset is the people that work for Hill. We intend to continue spending significant time recruiting and retaining the best and the brightest to improve our competitive position. Our independent status has attracted top project management talent with varied industry experience. We believe maintaining and bolstering our team will enable us to continue to grow our business.  
Control Our Costs and Expenses. The Company commenced a Profit Improvement Plan (“PIP”) in May 2017 following the sale of the Construction Claims Group. We initially identified gross, annualized pre-tax savings ranging from $27 million to $38 million. As a result of the reductions implemented to date, the gross savings through December 31, 2017 were approximately $8 million, with expected annual gross savings of approximately $32 million in 2018. We continue to seek additional cost savings opportunities and have substantially completed the PIP as of the third quarter of 2018.

Reporting Segments
On December 20, 2016, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to sell our Construction Claims Group, which is reported herein as discontinued operations. The transaction permitted us to strengthen our balance sheet and better focus on our project management business. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the transaction.
 
The Company operates in a single reporting segment, known as the Project Management Group, which provides fee-based construction management services to our clients, leveraging our construction expertise to identify potential trouble, difficulties and sources of delay on a construction project before they develop into costly problems. Our experienced professionals are capable of managing all phases of the construction process from concept through completion, including cost and budget controls, scheduling, estimating, expediting, inspection, contract administration and management of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers.

Our clients are typically billed a negotiated multiple of the actual direct cost of each professional assigned to a project and we are reimbursed for our out-of-pocket expenses. We believe our fee-based consulting has significant advantages over traditional general contractors. Specifically, because we do not assume project completion risk, our fee-based model eliminates many of the risks typically associated with providing “at risk” construction services.
Global Business
We operate worldwide and currently have over 50 offices in over 25 countries. The following table sets forth the amount and percentage of our revenues by geographic region for each of the past three fiscal years:
Revenue by Geographic Region:clients.
4


  2017 2016 2015
United States $227,581
 47.1% $204,035
 39.5% $187,399
 34.4%
Latin America 11,772
 2.4% 18,775
 3.6% 26,350
 4.8%
Europe 43,179
 8.9% 41,062
 8.0% 42,635
 7.8%
Middle East 169,964
 35.1% 213,613
 41.4% 248,193
 45.6%
Africa 23,100
 4.8% 24,037
 4.7% 23,935
 4.4%
Asia/Pacific 8,140
 1.7% 14,490
 2.8% 16,248
 3.0%
Total $483,736
 100.0% $516,012
 100.0% $544,760
 100.0%


Grow Organically and Through Selective Acquisitions
Over the years, our business has expanded through organic growth and the acquisition of a number of project management businesses.

Clients

Our clients consist primarily of the United States federal, state and local governments, other national governments, and the private sector. The following table sets forth our breakdown of revenue attributable to these categories of clients for for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015:2019:
 
Revenue By Client Type
 20202019
U.S. federal government$17,942 4.9 %$18,967 5.0 %
U.S. state, regional and local governments118,845 32.2 %124,504 33.1 %
Foreign governments99,906 27.1 %91,683 24.4 %
Private sector131,831 35.8 %141,283 37.5 %
Total$368,524 100.0 %$376,437 100.0 %
  2017 2016 2015
U.S. federal government $15,105
 3.1% $12,050
 2.3% $10,737
 2.0%
U.S. state, regional and local governments 156,183
 32.3% 155,976
 30.2% 139,086
 25.5%
Foreign governments 133,655
 27.6% 170,567
 33.1% 209,468
 38.5%
Private sector 178,793
 37.0% 177,419
 34.4% 185,469
 34.0%
Total $483,736
 100.0% $516,012
 100.0% $544,760
 100.0%
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, revenue from U.S. and foreign government contracts represented approximately 64.2% and 62.5% of our total revenue, respectively.


The following table sets forth the percentage of our revenue contributed by each of our five largest clients for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015:2019:
 2017 2016 2015 20202019
Largest client 6.0% 9.0% 8.0%Largest client4.9 %3.8 %
2nd largest client 6.0% 5.0% 6.0%2nd largest client3.8 %3.6 %
3rd largest client 4.0% 5.0% 5.0%3rd largest client3.1 %3.4 %
4th largest client 3.0% 4.0% 4.0%4th largest client3.1 %3.1 %
5th largest client 3.0% 4.0% 3.0%5th largest client3.0 %2.6 %
Top 5 largest clients 22.0% 27.0% 26.0%Top 5 largest clients17.9 %16.5 %
 

Business Development
 
The process for acquiring business from each of our categories of clients is principally the same, by participating in a competitive request-for-proposal (“RFP”) process, with the primary difference among clients being that the process for public sector clients is significantly more formal and complex than for private sector clients as a result of government procurement rules and regulations that govern the public-sector process.
 
Although a significant factor in our business development consists of our standing in our industry, including existing relationships and reputation based on performance on completed projects, our marketing department undertakes a variety of activities in order to expand our exposure to potential new clients. These activities include media relations, advertising, promotions, market sector initiatives and maintaining our website and related web marketing. Media relations include placing articles that feature us and our personnel in trade publications and other media outlets. Our promotions include arranging speaking engagements for our personnel, participation in trade shows and other promotional activities. Market sector initiatives are designed to broaden our exposure to specific sectors of the construction industry by, for example, participating in or organizing industry seminars.
 
Doing business with governments is complex and requires the ability to comply with intricate regulations and satisfy periodic audits. We believe that the ability to understand these requirements and to successfully conduct business with government agencies is a barrier to entry for smaller, less experienced competitors. Most government contracts, including those with foreign governments, are subject to termination by the government, to government audits and to continued appropriations. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, revenue from U.S. and foreign government contracts represented approximately 63.0%, 65.6% and 66.0% of our total revenue, respectively.
 
We are required from time to time to obtain various permits, licenses and approvals in order to conduct our business in many of the jurisdictions where we operate. Our business of providing project management services is not subject to significant regulation by state, federal or foreign governments.


Contracts

The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for such goods or services.
5



The price provisions of our customerclient contracts can be grouped into threetwo broad categories: cost-plus, time and materials and fixed price. Cost-plusUnder the time and materials (“T&M”) arrangements, contract fees are based upon time and materials incurred. The contracts provide for reimbursement of our costsmay be structured as basic time and overheadmaterials, cost plus a predetermined fee.margin or time and materials subject to a maximum contract value (the "cap value"). Under some cost-plusfixed price contracts, the Company’s clients pay an agreed upon amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. The Company is guaranteed to receive the consideration to the extent that the Company delivers under the contract. The Company recognizes revenue over a period of time on fixed price contracts using the input method based upon direct costs incurred to date, which are compared to total projected direct costs. See Note 4 - Revenue from Contracts with Clients in Part II item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," in this Form 10-K for more information.

Consulting Fee Revenue

We believe an important performance measure is consulting fee revenue (“CFR”). The professionals we deploy to execute contracts our fee may be based partially on quality, schedule and other performance factors.are occasionally subcontractors. We also enter into contracts whereby wegenerally bill our clients monthly at hourly billing rates. The hourly billing rates are determined by contract terms. For governmental clients, the hourly rates areactual cost of these subcontractors and recognize this cost as both revenue and direct expense. CFR refers to our revenue excluding amounts paid or due to subcontractors. We believe CFR is an important measure because it represents the revenue on which we earn gross profit, whereas total revenue includes subcontractors on which we generally calculated as salary costs plus overhead costs plus a negotiated profit percentage. For commercial clients,pass through the hourly rate can be taken from a standard fee schedule by staff classificationcost and earn minimal or it can be at a discount from this schedule. In some cases, primarily for foreign work, a monthly rate is negotiated rather than an hourly rate. This monthly rate is a build-up of staffing costs plus overhead andno gross profit.
 
Backlog
 
We believe a primaryan important indicator of our future performance is our backlog of uncompleted projects under contract or awarded. Our backlog represents management’s estimate of the amount of contracts and awards in handin-hand that we expect to resultrecognize as CFR in future periods as a component of total revenue. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2019, we excluded backlog from indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity ("ID/IQ") contracts in circumstances where the work has not yet been approved by the client. ID/IQ contracts require us to deliver an indefinite amount of service over a pre-determined period of time. Estimated future CFR from ID/IQ contracts is only included in our total backlog if the work has been approved starting in 2019. Management evaluated all backlog existing prior to 2019 for the purpose of reporting this pre-2019 backlog consistent with the methodology above. This resulted in a reduction to backlog of $46,584 at December 31, 2019 and a reduction in the 12-month backlog of $397 at December 31, 2019. Our backlog is evaluated by management on a project-by-project basis and is reported for each period shown based upon the binding nature of the underlying contract, commitment or letter of intent, and other factors, including the economic, financial and regulatory viability of the project and the likelihood of the contract being extended, renewed or canceled.
 
Our backlog is important to us in anticipating and planning for our operational needs. Backlog is not a measure defined in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"), and our methodology for determining backlog may not be comparable to the methodology used by other companies in determining their backlog.
 
Although backlog reflects business that we consider to be firm, cancellations or scope adjustments may occur.  Further, substantially all of our contracts with our clients may be terminated at will,at-will, in which case the client would only be obligated to us for services provided through the termination date. Historically, the impact of terminations and modifications on our realization of revenue from our backlog has not been significant, however, in December 2016, one contract in the Middle East and one contract in Africa were cancelled. As a result, approximately $73,000 was excluded from our backlog at December 31, 2016. Furthermore, reductions of our backlog as a result of contract terminations and modifications may be offset by additions to the backlog.


We adjust backlog to reflect project cancellations, deferrals and revisions in scope and cost (both upward and downward) known at the reporting date. Future contract modifications or cancellations, however, may increase or reduce backlog and future revenue.CFR.

6



The following tables show our backlog by geographic region:region as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
 Total Backlog12-Month Backlog
As of December 31, 2020    
Americas$276,752 41.6 %$105,721 45.2 %
Middle East/Asia/Pacific160,211 24.0 %66,407 28.3 %
Europe105,478 15.8 %37,062 15.8 %
Africa124,273 18.6 %25,187 10.7 %
Total$666,714 100.0 %$234,377 100.0 %
  Total Backlog 12-Month Backlog
As of December 31, 2017  
  
  
  
United States $449,621
 53.2% $116,975
 37.5%
Latin America 13,350
 1.6% 8,789
 2.8%
Europe 45,446
 5.4% 29,887
 9.6%
Middle East 250,956
 29.6% 126,965
 40.6%
Africa 67,491
 8.0% 23,111
 7.4%
Asia/Pacific 18,935
 2.2% 6,500
 2.1%
Total $845,799
 100.0% $312,227
 100.0%
 Total Backlog12-Month Backlog
As of December 31, 2019    
Americas$340,972 44.6 %108,174 43.9 %
Middle East/Asia/Pacific247,368 32.3 %80,409 32.7 %
Europe90,134 11.8 %35,000 14.2 %
Africa86,203 11.3 %22,574 9.2 %
Total$764,677 100.0 %$246,157 100.0 %

  Total Backlog 12-Month Backlog
As of December 31, 2016  
  
  
  
United States $459,000
 54.6% 141,000
 41.7%
Latin America 10,000
 1.2% 8,000
 2.4%
Europe 38,225
 4.5% 26,091
 7.7%
Middle East 284,028
 33.7% 133,030
 39.4%
Africa 42,000
 5.0% 22,000
 6.5%
Asia/Pacific 8,000
 1.0% 8,000
 2.3%
Total $841,253
 100.0% $338,121
 100.0%


At December 31, 2017,2020, our backlog was $845,799,$666,714, compared to approximately $841,253$764,677 at December 31, 2016. Our net bookings during2019, which includes the re-evaluation and write down of the realizable value of a number of contracts booked before January 1, 2019, some of which were a result of the impacts of COVID-19. Additionally, we removed approximately $46 million of backlog from a project as a result of entering into a joint venture and sharing a portion of the work with our partner. This partnership has improved our margins on the project and enhanced our probability of being awarded future opportunities on this multi-phase project. The December 201731, 2020 decrease in backlog from the prior year is primarily due to delays in new projects awarded as a result of $488,283 equates to a book-to-bill ratio of 100.9%. We estimate that approximately $312,227 or 36.9% ofCOVID-19. Of the total backlog at December 31, 20172020, we estimate that 35.2% will be recognized duringas CFR over the next twelve months based on the backlog table above.

The amount of our 2018 fiscal year.new bookings, before any cancellations or other reductions, was $360,900 and equates to a book-to-burn ratio of 121.7% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our book-to-burn ratio, a non-GAAP measure, is determined by taking our new CFR bookings and dividing it by CFR for the applicable period. This metric allows management to monitor the Company's business development efforts to ensure we grow our backlog and our business over time, and management believes that this measure is useful to investors for the same reason.


Our remaining performance obligations represent the aggregate transaction price of executed contracts for projects partially completed or not yet started as of the end of the reporting period. The difference between the remaining performance obligations of $101,800, as described further in Note 4 - Revenue from Contracts with Clients in our consolidated financial statements, and the backlog of $666,714 at December 31, 2020 is due to the backlog including the full value of client contracts billed on a T&M basis, which are not included as part of the remaining performance obligation. Such contracts are excluded from the remaining performance obligation because they are not fixed price contracts and the consideration expected under such contracts is variable as it is based upon hours and costs incurred, which results in the counter-party only being obligated to the Company for services provided through the completion or termination date.

Competition
 
The project management industry is highly competitive. We compete for contracts, primarily on the basis of technical capability, with numerous entities, including other construction management companies, design or engineering firms, general contractors, management consulting firms and other entities. Compared to us, many of these competitors are larger, well-established companies that have broader geographic scope and greater financial and other resources. During 2017,2020, some of our largest project management competitors included: AECOM, ARCADIS N.V., Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc., WSP, Parsons Brinckerhoff, Inc., Parsons Corp. and Turner Construction Co., HNTB, and Dar Group.
 
Insurance
 
We maintain insurance covering general and professional liability, involving bodily injury and property damage. We have historically enjoyed a favorable loss ratio in all lines of insurance and our management considers our present limits of liability, deductibles and reserves to be adequate. We endeavor to reduce or eliminate risk through the use of quality assurance/control, risk management, workplace safety and similar methods to eliminate or reduce the risk of losses on a project.

7



Management

We are led by an experienced management team with significant experience in the construction industry. Additional information about our executive officers follows.



Executive Officers
NameAgePosition
Paul J. EvansRaouf S. Ghali5059 
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Raouf S. Ghali57
President and Chief Operating Officer
Michael V. Griffin65
Regional President, Americas
William H. Dengler, Jr.5254 
Executive Vice President and General CounselChief Administrative Officer
Marco A. MartinezTodd Weintraub5257 
Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer
Abdo E. Kardous5961 
Regional President, Middle East
J. Charles Levergood57
Senior Vice President of Business Development, Americas

PAUL J. EVANS has been our Interim Chief Executive Officer since May 2017, and has been a member of our Board of Directors since August 2016. Over the course of his 25-year-plus career, Mr. Evans has held several leadership positions including Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of MYR Group; Chief Executive Officer of Conex Energy Corporation; Treasurer and Corporate Officer of Northwestern Energy; Vice President — Structured Finance, Valuation and Treasury Operations at Duke Energy North America; and Executive Director — Project Finance at NRG Energy. Mr. Evans is also a veteran of the U.S. Army. He holds a BBA from Stephen F. Austin State University and a Masters in international management from Thunderbird School of Global Management.
RAOUF S. GHALI has been our President and a member of our Board of Directors since August 2016 and our Chief OperatingExecutive Officer since January 2015.October 2018. Prior to that, he was our Chief Operating Officer from January 2015 to October 2018, President of our Project Management Group (International) from January 2005 to January 2015, Senior Vice President in charge of project management operations in Europe, North Africa and the Middle East from 2001 to 2004, and Vice President from 1993 to 2001. Prior to joining us, he worked for Walt Disney Imagineering from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Ghali earned both a B.S. in business administration and economics and an M.S. in business organizational management from the University of LaVerne.
 
MICHAEL V. GRIFFIN has been our Regional President, Americas since September 2017. Mr. Griffin started his career with Hill in 1981. Prior to joining us, Mr. Griffin worked for the City of Philadelphia in the Department of Public Property. He has more than 40 years of construction industry experience and has managed or overseen the delivery of a wide variety of technically complex facilities and projects. He has proven expertise in the planning, design and construction of major building, transportation and heavy civil construction projects. He earned both a B.S. and a M.S. in civil engineering from Villanova University, and a MBA in finance from La Salle University. He is a registered Professional Engineer in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York and Maryland.
WILLIAM H. DENGLER, JR. has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since November 2018. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President and General Counsel sincefrom August 2016. Mr. Dengler was previously2016 to November 2016, Senior Vice President and General Counsel from 2007 to 2016, Vice President and General Counsel from 2002 to 2007, and Corporate Counsel from 2001 to 2002. Mr. Dengler also serves as corporate secretary to Hill and its subsidiaries. Prior to joining Hill, Mr. Dengler served as Assistant Counsel to former New Jersey Governors Donald DiFrancesco and Christine Todd Whitman from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Dengler earned his B.A. in political science from McDaniel College and his J.D. from Rutgers University School of Law at Camden. He is licensed to practice law in New Jersey, as well as before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and the U.S. Supreme Court.

MARCO A. MARTINEZTODD WEINTRAUB has been our Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer since November 2017.2018. Mr. MartinezWeintraub has over 27nearly 30 years of financial and operational leadership experience, including serving as Senior Vice PresidentCFO, Corporate Controller, Director of Accounting and Chief Financial OfficerAccounting Manager for six publicly traded companies. In addition, Mr. Weintraub has served on the Board of Pernix GroupDirectors for multiple companies, including International Matex Tank Terminals, Atlantic Aviation, Macquarie Renewable Energy Holdings, Hawaii Gas and Vice PresidentParking Company of America, where he was Chair. As CFO, Mr. Weintraub has been a key contributor whose companies have produced above market shareholder returns. He has a proven track record of implementing effective financial controls and Chief Financial Officeroperational improvements, deploying growth capital, executing mergers and Treasurer, Vice Presidentacquisitions, managing a portfolio of Contract Performance of MYR Group.operating businesses, optimizing capital structure and performing capital markets activities and investor relations. Mr. Martinez earned both a BBAWeintraub graduated Magna Cum Laude from Siena College in accounting and a M.S. in finance from Loyola University, Chicago.1990.
 
ABDO E. KARDOUS assumed the post of Regional President, Middle East in April 2018. AbdoMr. Kardous joined Hill in 1997 as part of the Grand Mosque team, was promoted to Vice President in our Dubai office, and then named SVP Middle East. He was key to establishing Hill’s presence across the Gulf Cooperation Council before serving as Hill’s Senior Vice President and Managing Director for the Asia/Pacific Region. AbdoMr. Kardous is a member of both the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) and Association for Project Management (API), and has recently served on the Advisory Board of the Chicago based Council of Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat (CTBUH). He holds a B.S., Magna Cum Laude, in Civil Engineering, from the University of Maryland and an M.S. in Civil Engineering from the University of California, Berkley. AbdoMr. Kardous brings more than 30 years of experience to the Middle East region, with expertise in the design, procurement, construction, and delivery of multi-billion-dollar projects in the residential, hospitality, energy, infrastructure, and marine sectors, among others. He was also named Hill Internationals' Project Manager of the Year in 2001.

J CHARLES LEVERGOOD "Chuck" is our Senior Vice President of Business Development, Americas. Chuck brings 32 years of experience in strategic business development, marketing and sales, consulting services, and construction management for multi-billion-dollar pursuits. Prior to joining Hill, he worked for 13 years at Jacobs Engineering Group in a variety of positions, most recently as Vice President of Mega Sales and Global Strategy for Jacobs’ Global Buildings and Infrastructure group. Chuck also served as Vice President with Parsons Brinckerhoff and earlier as Director of Marketing with HNTB. Chuck earned his B.S.C.E. in Civil Engineering from Bucknell University and his M.S.C.E. in Civil Engineering from Purdue University. He is a registered professional engineer in Indiana, Maryland, Virginia, and the District of Columbia.

Employees
 
At June 30, 2018,December 31, 2020, we had 2,856(in ones) 2,704 professionals. Of these professionals, 2,7312,603 worked in our Project Management Group and 125101 worked in our Corporate office.offices. Our personnel included 2,4302,299 full-time employees, 106138 part-time employees, 233216 independent external contractors and 8750 external contractors provided by third-party agencies. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.
 
8


Access to Company Information
 
We electronically file our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The public may read and copy any of the reports that are filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330.SEC. The SEC maintains an Internetinternet site at www.sec.gov that contains periodic reports, proxy statements, information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.
 
We make available, free of charge, through our website or by responding to requests addressed to our Legal Department, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed by us with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended. These reports are available as soon as practicable after such material is filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our primary website is www.hillintl.com. We post the charters for our audit, compensation and governance and nominating committees, corporate governance principles and code of ethics in the “Investors” section of our website. The information contained on our website, or on other websites linked to our website, is not part of this document.


Item 1A. Risk Factors.Factors
 
Our business involves a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. The risks and uncertainties described below could individually or collectively have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. While these are not the only risks and uncertainties we face, we believe that the more significant risks and uncertainties are as follows:
 
Risks Affecting the Business
 
Acts of terrorism, political, governmental and social upheaval and threats of armed conflicts in or around various areas in which we operate could limit or disrupt markets and our operations, including disruptions resulting from the evacuation of personnel, cancellation of contracts or the loss of personnel.


Acts of terrorism, political, governmental and social upheaval and threats of armed conflicts in or around various areas in which we operate could limit or disrupt markets and our operations, including disruptions resulting from the evacuation of personnel, cancellation of contracts or the loss of personnel, and may affect timing and collectability of our accounts receivable. Such events may cause further disruption to financial and commercial markets and may generate greater political and economic instability in some of the geographic areas in which we operate.



We may be unable to collect amounts owed to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.


Accounts receivable represent the largest asset on our balance sheet. While we take steps to evaluate and manage the credit risks relating to our clients, economic downturns or other events can adversely affect the markets we serve and our clients ability to pay, which could reduce our ability to collect all amounts due from clients. If our clients delay in paying or fail to pay us a significant amount of our outstanding receivables, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition.
 
Our business is sensitive to oil and gas prices, and fluctuations in oil and gas prices may negatively affect our business.
 
Historically, oil and natural gas prices have been volatile and are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply and demand, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. Significant drops in oil or gas prices have led, and could lead to further slowdowns, in construction in oil and gas producing regions, which has had and could continue to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
9


Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, liquidity and financial results.
 
The markets that we serve are subject to fluctuation based on general global economic conditions and other factors. Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business and results of operations, primarily by limiting our access to credit and disrupting our clients’ businesses. The reduction in financial institutions’ willingness or ability to lend has increased the cost of capital and reduced the availability of credit. Although we currently believe that the financial institutions with which we do business will be able to fulfill their commitments to us, there is no assurance that those institutions will be able or willing to continue to do so, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Changes in general market conditions in the locations where we work may adversely affect our clients’ level of spending, ability to obtain financing, and ability to make timely payments to us for our services, which could require us to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts, negatively impact our days sales outstanding, results of operations and liquidity.
 
We may be unable to win new contract awards if we cannot provide clients with letters of credit, bonds or other forms of guarantees.
 
In certain international regions, primarily the Middle East, it is industry practice for clients to require letters of credit, bonds, bank guarantees or other forms of guarantees. These letters of credit, bonds or guarantees indemnify our clients if we fail to perform our obligations under our contracts. We currently have relationships with various domestic and international banking institutions to assist us in providing clients with letters of credit or guarantees. In the event there are limitations in worldwide banking capacity, we may find it difficult to find sufficient bonding capacity to meet our future bonding needs. Failure to provide credit enhancements on terms required by a client may result in our inability to compete or win a project.
 
International operations and doing business with foreign governments expose us to legal, political, operational and economic risks in different countries and currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our financial results.
 
There are risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:
 
Lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights;
Foreign governments may assert sovereign or other immunity if we seek to assert our contractual rights thus depriving us of any ability to seek redress against them;
Greater difficulties in managing and staffing foreign operations;
Differences in employment laws and practices which could expose us to liabilities for payroll taxes, pensions and other expenses;
Inadequate or failed internal controls, processes, people, and systems associated with foreign operations;
Increased logistical complexity;
Increased selling, general and administrative expenses associated with managing a larger and more global business;
Greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles;
Currency exchange rate fluctuations;
Restrictions on the transfer of cash from certain foreign countries;
Imposition of governmental controls;
Political and economic instability;
Changes in U.S. and other national government policies affecting the markets for our services and our ability to do business with certain foreign governments or their political leaders;

Conflict between U.S. and non-U.S. law;
Changes in regulatory practices, tariffs and taxes;
Less established bankruptcy and insolvency procedures;
Potential non-compliance with a wide variety of non-U.S. laws and regulations; and
General economic, political and civil conditions in these foreign markets.
 
Any of these and other factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
10


We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by any violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or similar worldwide and local anti-corruption laws.
 
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar worldwide and local anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. The policies also are applicable to agents through which we do business in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-corruption laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from improper or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Our continued expansion outside the U.S., including in developing countries, could increase the risk of such violations in the future. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business, subject us to fines, penalties and restrictions and otherwise result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. All of our acquired businesses are subject to our internal policies. However, because our internal policies are more restrictive than some local laws or customs where we operate, we may be at an increased risk for violations while we train our new employees to comply with our internal policies and procedures.
 
Our business sometimes requires our employees to travel to and work in high security risk countries, which may result in employee injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs.
 
Many of our employees often travel to and work in high security risk countries around the world that are undergoing or that may undergo political, social and economic upheavals resulting in war, civil unrest, criminal activity or acts of terrorism. For example, we have had and expect to continue to have significant projects in the Middle East and Africa. As a result, we may be subject to costs related to employee injury, repatriation or other unforeseen circumstances. Further, circumstances in these countries could make it difficult or impossible to attract and retain qualified employees, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.


We depend on government contracts for a significant portion of our revenue. Our inability to win profitable government contracts could harm our operations and adversely affect our net earnings.
 
Our inability to win profitable government contracts could harm our operations and adversely affect our net earnings. Government contracts are typically awarded through a heavily regulated procurement process. Some government contracts are awarded to multiple competitors, causing increases in overall competition and pricing pressure. In turn, the competition and pricing pressure may require us to make sustained post-award efforts to reduce costs under these contracts. If we are not successful in reducing the amount of costs, our profitability on these contracts may be negatively impacted. In addition, some of our federal government contracts require U.S. government security clearances. If we, or certain of our personnel, were to lose these security clearances, our ability to continue performance of these contracts or to win new contracts requiring such clearances may be negatively impacted.
 
We depend on long-term government contracts, many of which are funded on an annual basis. If appropriations are not made in subsequent years of a multiple-year contract, we will not realize all of our potential revenue and profit from that project.
 
Most government contracts are subject to the continuing availability of legislative appropriation. Legislatures typically appropriate funds for a given program on a year-by-year basis, even though contract performance may take more than one year. As a result, at the beginning of a program, the related contract is only partially funded, and additional funding is normally committed only as appropriations are made in each subsequent fiscal year. These appropriations and the timing of payment of appropriated amounts may be influenced by, among other things, the state of the economy, budgetary and other political issues affecting the particular government and its appropriations process, competing priorities for appropriation, the timing and amount of tax receipts and the overall level of government expenditures. If appropriations are not made in subsequent years on government contracts, then we will not realize all of our potential revenue and profit from those contracts.
 

11


We depend on contracts that may be terminated by our clients on short notice, which may adversely impact our ability to recognize all of our potential revenue and profit from the projects.
 
Substantially all of our contracts are subject to termination by the client either at its convenience or upon our default. If one of our clients terminates a contract at its convenience, then we typically are able to recover only costs incurred or committed, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to termination, which could prevent us from recognizing all of our potential revenue and profit from that contract. If one of our clients terminates the contract due to our default, we could be liable for excess costs incurred by the client in re-procuring services from another source, as well as other costs.
 
Our contracts with governmental agencies are subject to audit, which could result in adjustments to reimbursable contract costs or, if we are charged with wrongdoing, possible temporary or permanent suspension from participating in government programs.
 
Our books and records are subject to audit by the various governmental agencies we serve and by their representatives. These audits can result in adjustments to reimbursable contract costs and allocated overhead. In addition, if as a result of an audit, we or one of our subsidiaries is charged with wrongdoing or the government agency determines that we or one of our subsidiaries is otherwise no longer eligible for federal contracts, then we or, as applicable, that subsidiary, could be temporarily suspended or, in the event of convictions or civil judgments, could be prohibited from bidding on and receiving future government contracts for a period of time. Furthermore, as a United States government contractor, we are subject to increased risk of investigations, criminal prosecution, civil fraud, whistleblower lawsuits and other legal actions and liabilities, the results of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.


We submit change orders to our clients for work we perform beyond the scope of some of our contracts. If our clients do not approve these change orders, our net earnings could be adversely impacted.
 
We submit change orders under some of our contracts, typically for payment for work performed beyond the initial contractual requirements. The clients may not approve or may contest these change orders and we cannot assure you that these claims will be approved in whole, in part or at all. If these claims are not approved, our net earnings could be adversely impacted.
 
Our backlog of uncompleted projects under contract or awarded is subject to unexpected adjustments and cancellations, including the amount, if any, of future appropriations by the applicable contracting governmental agency, and it may not be indicative of our future revenue and profits.
 
The inability to obtain financing or governmental approvals, changes in economic or market conditions or other unforeseen events, such as terrorist acts or natural disasters, could lead to us not realizing any revenue under some or all of these contracts. We cannot assure you that the backlog attributed to any of our uncompleted projects under contract will be realized as revenue or, if realized, will result in profits.
 
Many projects may remain in our backlog for an extended period of time because of the size or long-term nature of the contract. In addition, from time to time, projects are scaled back or cancelled.canceled. These types of backlog reductions adversely affect the revenue and profit that we ultimately receive. Included in our backlog is the maximum amount of all indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity (“ID/IQ”), or task order, contracts, or a lesser amount if we do not reasonably expect to be issued task orders for the maximum amount of such contracts. A significant amountportion of our backlog is derivedcontains estimated revenue from ID/IQ contracts, andin which, we only include backlog for work that has been approved by the client. We cannot provide any assurance that we will, in fact, be awarded the maximum amount of such contracts.
 
Our dependence on subcontractors, partners and specialists could adversely affect our business.
 
We rely on third-party subcontractors as well as third-party strategic partners and specialists to complete our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage such subcontractors, partners or specialists or cannot engage them on a competitive basis, our ability to complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If we are unable to engage appropriate strategic partners or specialists in some instances, we could lose the ability to win some contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor or specialist is unable to deliver its services according to the negotiated terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition or over-commitment of its resources, we may be required to purchase the services from another source at a higher price. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services were needed.
 

12


If our partners fail to perform their contractual obligations on a project, we could be exposed to legal liability, loss of reputation or reduced profits.
 
We sometimes enter into joint venture agreements and other contractual arrangements with outside partners to jointly bid on and execute a particular project. The success of these joint projects depends on the satisfactory performance of the contractual obligations of both our partners and us. If any of our partners fails to satisfactorily perform its contractual obligations, we may be required to make additional investments and provide additional services to complete the project. If we are unable to adequately address our partner’s performance issues, then our client could terminate the joint project, exposing us to legal liability, loss of reputation or reduced profits.
 
The project management business is highly competitive and, if we fail to compete effectively, we may miss new business opportunities or lose existing clients and our revenues may decline.
 
The project management industry is highly competitive. We compete for contracts, primarily based on technical capability, with numerous entities, including other construction management companies, design or engineering firms, general contractors, management consulting firms and other entities. Compared to us, many of these competitors are larger, well-established companies that have broader geographic scope and greater financial and other resources. If we cannot compete effectively with our competitors, or if the costs of competing, including the costs of retaining and hiring professionals, become too expensive, our revenue growth and financial results may differ materially from our expectations.


We have acquired and may continue to acquire businesses as strategic opportunities arise and may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits of those acquisitions, or if we are unable to take advantage of strategic acquisition situations, our ability to expand our business may be slowed or curtailed.
 
In the past, we have acquired companies related to the project management business and we may continue to expand and diversify our operations with additional acquisitions as strategic opportunities arise. If the competition for acquisitions increases, or if the cost of acquiring businesses or assets becomes too expensive, the number of suitable acquisition opportunities may decline, the cost of making an acquisition may increase or we may be forced to agree to less advantageous acquisition terms for the companies that we are able to acquire. Alternatively, at the time an acquisition opportunity presents itself, internal and external pressures (including, but not limited to, borrowing capacity under our credit facilities or the availability of alternative financing), may cause us to be unable to pursue or complete an acquisition. Our ability to grow our business, particularly through acquisitions, may depend on our ability to raise capital by selling equity or debt securities or obtaining additional debt financing. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing when we need it or on terms acceptable to us.
 
In addition, managing the growth of our operations will require us to continually increase and improve our operational, financial and human resources management and our internal systems and controls. If we are unable to manage growth effectively or to successfully integrate acquisitions or if we are unable to grow organically, that could have a material adverse effect on our business.


Systems and information technology interruption and breaches in data security could adversely impact our ability to operate and our operating results.
We are heavily reliant on computer, information and communications technology and related systems in order to properly operate. From time to time, we experience system interruptions and delays. In the event we are unable to regularly deploy software and hardware, effectively upgrade our systems and network infrastructure and take other steps to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our systems, the operation of such systems could be interrupted or delayed, or our data security could be breached. In addition, our computer and communications systems and operations could be damaged or interrupted by natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failures, acts of war or terrorism, acts of God, computer viruses, physical or electronic security breaches. Any of these or other events could cause system interruptions, delays and loss of critical data including private data. While we have taken steps to address these concerns by implementing sophisticated network security, training and internal control measures, there can be no assurance that a system failure or loss or data security breach will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.


13


We are required to provide Performance Guarantees to our clients on some of our projects. If claims are made by our clients on the Performance Guarantees, the result could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are often required to provide a Performance Guarantee to our clients on projects. The guarantees provide monetary compensation to the client should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. Some of these Performance Guarantees are unconditional in that the client can request and receive payment at any time, for any reason. Historically, payments have not been unconditionally claimed from our clients. Performance Guarantee claims made by clients could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Brexit may impact our business in Europe.

The decision made in the British referendum of June 23, 2016 to leave the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit," has led to volatility in the financial markets of the United Kingdom and more broadly across Europe and may also lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in such markets. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom ceased to be a member state of the European Union. As of that date, the United Kingdom entered a transitional period with the European Union, which is expected to continue through December 31, 2020. During this transitional period, the United Kingdom retains access to the E.U. single market and customs union and the United Kingdom and European Union are expected to attempt to negotiate various aspects of their future relationship following the transitional period, including a free trade deal.

The long-term effects of Brexit will depend on the agreements or arrangements between the United Kingdom and the European Union, and the extent to which the United Kingdom retains access to E.U. markets both during and after the transitional period. The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the European Union is unclear at this stage and is likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, Brexit caused significant volatility in global stock markets and currency exchange fluctuations. To the extent our accounts receivable are denominated in British Pounds, we may be subject to increased risks related to currency exchange rates.

In addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. Brexit could also have a destabilizing effect if other E.U. member states were to consider the option of leaving the European Union. For these reasons, the United Kingdom's exit from the European Union could have adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New legal requirements in connection with climate change could adversely affect our operating results.

Our business and results of operations could be adversely affected by the passage of new climate change, defense, environmental, infrastructure and other laws, policies and regulations. Growing concerns about climate change and greenhouse gases, such as those adopted under the United Nations COP-21 Paris Agreement or the EPA Clean Power Plan, may result in the imposition of additional environmental regulations for our clients' projects in the buildings, transportation, environmental, energy and industrial markets worldwide. For example, legislation, international protocols, regulation or other restrictions on emissions regulations could increase the costs of projects for our clients or, in some cases, prevent a project from going forward, thereby potentially reducing the need for our services. We cannot predict when or whether any of these various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our clients.

The coronavirus outbreak could impact our international operations and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by the effects of a widespread outbreak of a contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of the respiratory illness caused by a coronavirus strain first identified in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China, or any other outbreak of contagious diseases, and other adverse public health developments. These effects could include disruptions or restrictions on our employees’ and subcontractors’ ability to travel, as well as temporary closures of the facilities and areas where we perform our work. Any disruption of current projects, including effects on the supply chain on which our projects depend, could adversely impact our business and results of operations which could also lead to a loss of clients, as well as competitive or business harm. In addition, a significant outbreak of contagious diseases in the human population could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our services, including the award of future projects, and could impact our results of operations.


14


Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
 
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and determined that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective which could, if not remediated, result in additional material misstatements in our financial statements.
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 13a-15(f), respectively, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As disclosed in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, management has identified several material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and has determined that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As a result of these material weaknesses, our management concluded that the Company did not maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.2020.


We have developed and have begun to implement a remediation plan designed to address these material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting and ineffective disclosure controls and procedures. If our remedial measures are insufficient, or if additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls are discovered or occur in the future, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations or financial condition, restrict our ability to access the capital markets, require us to expend significant resources to correct the weaknesses or deficiencies, subject us to fines, penalties or judgments, harm our reputation or otherwise cause a decline in investor confidence.

The NYSE has suspended trading of our common stock and may delist our common stock from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our common stock and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

On August 13, 2018, the NYSE announced the suspension of trading of our common stock due to non-compliance with Section 802.01E of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual and announced that it was initiating proceedings to delist our common stock.  As a result of the suspension, our common stock began trading on August 14, 2018 under the symbol “HILI” on the OTC Pink, which is operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. The Company has filed a Request for Review (the “Review Request”) to a Committee of the Board of Directors of NYSE Regulation (the “Committee”) with respect to the NYSE’s determination to initiate delisting proceedings. The Company expects that the Committee will hold a hearing on the Review Request on or after 25 business days from the date of filing the Review Request. While the Company expects to be current with its filings on or before the NYSE’s hearing date, we cannot assure you that our common stock will resume trading on the NYSE in the future. If the NYSE delists our common stock from listing on its exchange and we are not able to list our common stock on another national securities exchange, we expect our common stock would continue to be quoted on an over-the-counter market, such as the OTC Pink. If this were to continue, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our common stock;
reduced liquidity for our common stock;
a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
 
Future sales of our common and preferred stock may depress the price of our common stock.
 
As of August 28, 2018,March 2, 2021, there were 55,294,67056,481 shares of our common stock outstanding. An additional 6,075,2461,563 shares of our common stock may be issued upon the exercise of options held by employees, management and directors.directors and an additional 2,452 shares of our common stock may be issued upon the vesting of restricted and deferred stock units. We also have the authority, as determined by our Board of Directors, to issue up to 1,000,0001,000 shares of preferred stock and additional options to purchase 2,077,4594,015 shares of our common stock without stockholder approval. Future issuances or sales of our preferred stock or common stock could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
 

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
 
We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants of our Secured Credit Facilities and may be limited by future indebtedness incurred by our subsidiaries or us. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.


We are able to issue shares of preferred stock with greater rights than our common stock.
 
Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue one or more series of preferred stock from time to time without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our Board of Directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights and preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and other terms. If we issue preferred stock in the future that has a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or other terms, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
 
15


Provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company that our stockholders may consider favorable and could adversely affect the market value of our common stock.
 
Provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company that our stockholders may consider favorable and could adversely affect the market value of our common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:


Our Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;
Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of service with staggered three-year terms. This means that only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms;
Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;
Only our Board of Directors, our Chairman of the Board, our Chief Executive Officer or the holders of not less than 25% of our outstanding common stock and entitled to vote may call a special meeting of stockholders;
Our bylaws require advance notice for stockholder proposals and director nominations;
Our bylaws limit the removal of directors and the filling of director vacancies; and
We will indemnify officers and directors against losses that may incur in connection with investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.
 
These provisions may make it more difficult for stockholders to take specific corporate actions and could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law imposes certain restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between the Company and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. This provision is applicable to Hill and may have an anti-takeover effect that may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in the stockholder’s best interest. In general, Section 203 could delay for three years and impose conditions upon “business combinations” between an “interested shareholder” and Hill, unless prior approval by our Board of Directors is given. The term “business combination” is defined broadly to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. An “interested shareholder,” in general, would be a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or within three years did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock.
 

A small group of stockholders owns a large quantity of our common stock, thereby potentially exerting significant influence over the Company.

As of December 31, 2017, Irvin E. Richter, David L. Richter and other members of the Richter family beneficially owned approximately 16.3% of our common stock. This concentration of ownership could significantly influence matters requiring stockholder approval and could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of the Company or other business combinations that might otherwise be beneficial to our other stockholders. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may impact the market price of our common stock. In addition, the interest of our significant stockholders may not always coincide with the interest of the Company’s other stockholders. In deciding how to vote on such matters, they may be influenced by interests that conflict with our other stockholders.


Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.Comments
 
None.
16




Item 2.Properties.Properties
 
Our executive and certainoffice is an operating offices arelease currently located at One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, 17th Floor, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. We lease all of our office space and do not own any real property. The telephone number at our executive office is (215) 309-7700. In addition to our executive offices, weWe have approximately 8070 operating leases for office facilities throughout the world.world, including our executive offices.
 
Our principal worldwide office locations and the geographic regions in which we reflect their operations are:
are as follows:
United StatesAmericasEuropeMiddle EastEast/Asia/Pacific
Baltimore, MDAustin, TXAmsterdam, NetherlandsAbu Dhabi, UAE
Boston, MAAthens, GreeceDoha, QatarBaghdad, Iraq
Cleveland, OHBelgrade, SerbiaBarcelona, SpainDubai, UAEDoha, Qatar
Columbus, OHBelgrade, SerbiaDubai, UAE
East Hartford, CTBucharest, RomaniaJeddah, Saudi Arabia
Houston, TXFords, NJDusseldorf,Frankfurt, GermanyManama, BahrainKabul, Afghanistan
Irvine, CAHouston, TXFrankfurt, GermanyGeneva, SwitzerlandMuscat, OmanManama, Bahrain
Irvine, CAIstanbul, TurkeyMuscat, Oman
Irving, TXIstanbul, TurkeyLisbon, PortugalRiyadh, Saudi Arabia
Jacksonville, FLLisbon, PortugalMadrid, SpainBeijing, China
Miami, FLLondon, UKNicosia, CyprusAfricaGurgaon, India
Mission Viejo, CAMadrid, SpainAlgiers, Algeria
New York, NYPristina, KosovoNur-Sultan, KazakhstanCairo, EgyptHong Kong, China
Ontario, CANew Orleans, LAWarsaw, PolandPristina, KosovoCasablanca, MoroccoIslamabad, Pakistan
Orlando, FLOakland, CAWroclaw, PolandRome, ItalyMumbai, India
Ontario, CASarajevo Bosnia and HerzegovinaSingapore
Orlando, FLSkopje, North Macedonia
Philadelphia, PA (Headquarters)Tbilisi, GeorgiaAsia/PacificAfrica
Phoenix, AZLatin AmericaTirana, AlbaniaAstana City, KazakhstanAlgiers, Algeria
Pittsburgh, PABogota, ColombiaWarsaw, PolandGurgaon, IndiaCairo, Egypt
Plantation, FLWroclaw, PolandCasablanca, Morocco
San Diego, CATripoli, Libya
San Francisco, CA
San Jose, CA
Seattle, WA
Spokane, WA
Toledo, OH
Uniontown, PA
Washington, DC
Mexico City, MexicoHong Kong, China
San Jose, CASao Paulo, Brazil
Seattle, WA
Spokane, WA
Toledo, OH
Woodbridge, NJ
Washington, DC

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.
 
General Litigation
 
From time to time, the Company is a defendant or plaintiff in various legal proceedings which arise in the normal course of business. As such, the Company is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse outcomes to these proceedings as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of the provision required for these commitments and contingencies, if any, which would be charged to earnings, is made after careful analysis of each proceeding. The provision may change in the future due to new developments or changes in circumstances. Changes in the provision could increase or decrease the Company’s earnings in the period the changes are made. It is the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.



17

In 2013, M.A. Angeliades, Inc. (“Plaintiff”) filed a complaint with the Supreme Court of New York against the Company and the New York City Department of Design and Construction (“DDC”) regarding payment of approximately $8,771 for work performed as a subcontractor to the Company plus interest and other costs. On October 5, 2015, pursuant to a settlement agreement, Hill paid Plaintiff approximately $2,596, including interest amounting to $1,056, of which $448 had been previously accrued and $608 was charged to expense for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Plaintiff resolved its remaining issues regarding change orders and compensation for delay with DDC. On January 16, 2016, Plaintiff filed a Motion to amend its complaint against the Company claiming that the amounts paid by the Company do not reconcile with the amounts Plaintiff believes the Company received from DDC despite DDC’s records reflecting the same amount as the Company’s. On August 8, 2016, the Plaintiff’s Motion was granted and the parties resolved the matter and entered into a confidential settlement and general release on August 17, 2018. The settlement was accrued for and reflected in the Company's balance sheet and the statement of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Knowles Limited (“Knowles”), a subsidiary of the Company’s Construction Claims Group,Company, is a party to an arbitration proceeding instituted on July 8, 2014 in which Knowles claimed that it was entitled to payment for services rendered to Celtic Bioenergy Limited (“Celtic”). The arbitrator decided in favor of Knowles. The arbitrator’s award was appealed by Celtic to the U.K. High Court of Justice, Queen’s Bench Division, Technology and Construction Court (“Court”). On March 16, 2017, the Court (1) determined that certain relevant facts had been deliberately withheld from the arbitrator by an employee of Knowles and (2) remitted the challenged parts of the arbitrator’s award back to the arbitrator to consider the award in possession of the full facts. In May 2019, Celtic issued a claim against Knowles for negligent application and a hearing was held in December 2019. The arbitration was concluded in August 2020 in Knowles' favor. Celtic has appealed the arbitrator's decision.

Loss on Performance Bond

The Company is evaluatingoften required to provide a Performance Guarantee to our clients on projects. The guarantees provide monetary compensation to the client should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. Some of these Performance Guarantees are unconditional in that the client can request and receive payment at any time, for any reason. Historically, payments have not been unconditionally claimed from our clients. Performance Guarantee claims made by clients could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

On February 8, 2018, the Company received notice from the First Abu Dhabi Bank ("FAB", formerly known as the National Bank of Abu Dhabi) that Public Authority of Housing Welfare of Kuwait submitted a claim for payment on a Performance Guarantee issued by the Company for approximately $7,938 for a project located in Kuwait. FAB subsequently issued, on behalf of the judgmentCompany, such payment on February 15, 2018. The Company is taking legal action to recover the full Performance Guarantee amount. On September 20, 2018 the Kuwait First Instance Court dismissed the Company's case. As a result, the Company fully reserved the performance guarantee payment above in the first quarter of 2018 and it is presented as "Loss on Performance Bond" on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company filed an appeal before the Kuwait Court of Appeals seeking referral of the Court.matter to a panel of experts for determination. On April 21, 2019, the Court of Appeals ruled to refer the matter to the Kuwait Experts Department. Hearings with the Kuwait Experts Department were held during July and September 2019. A final report from the panel of experts was issued by the panel of experts in October 2019 for the held hearings on January 7, 2020 and February 4, 2020 and reserved the case for judgement to be issued. We filed a pleading before the Kuwait Cassation Court in August 2020 and we are awaiting a decision.


Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.Disclosures
 
Not applicable.


18


PART II


Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.Securities
 
Market Information
 
Our common stock has historically been tradedtrades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)NYSE under the trading symbol “HIL.” On August 13, 2018, the NYSE suspended the trading of our common stock and commenced proceedings to delist our common stock due to our failure to be current in our periodic reporting obligations with the SEC. As a result, on August 14, 2018, our common stock commenced trading on the OTC Pink Marketplace under the symbol “HILI”. The following table includes the range of high and low trading prices for our common stock as reported on the NYSE for the periods presented.
  Price Range
  High Low
2017  
  
Fourth Quarter $5.70
 $4.75
Third Quarter 5.70
 4.25
Second Quarter 5.30
 3.70
First Quarter 5.70
 3.85
     
2016  
  
Fourth Quarter $4.62
 $1.95
Third Quarter 4.64
 3.96
Second Quarter 4.68
 3.20
First Quarter 4.07
 2.62
 
Stockholders
 
As of December 31, 2017,March 2, 2021, there were approximately 8067 holders of record of our common stock. However, a single record stockholder account may represent multiple beneficial owners, including owners of shares in street name accounts. There areAs of March 2, 2021, there were approximately 2,4002,822 beneficial owners of our common stock.
 

Dividends
 
We have not paid any dividends on our common stock. The payment of dividends in the future will be contingent upon our earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition of our business. Our Secured Credit Facilities currently limit the payment of dividends.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The table setting forth this information is included in Part III — Item 12 of this Form 10-K. ("Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.Matters") of this Form 10-K.


Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
None.
Performance Graph
The performance graph and table below compare the cumulative total return of our common stock for the period from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2017 with the comparable cumulative total returns of the Russell 2000 Index (of which the Company was a component stock) and a peer group which consists of the following eight companies:  AECOM (ACM), Fluor Corporation (FLR), Granite Construction Incorporated (GVA), Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. (JEC), KBR, Inc. (KBR), NV5 Global, Inc. (NVEE), Tutor Perini Corporation (TPC), and Tetra Tech, Inc. (TTEK). 
chart-2d3b49fcad2457eaa23.jpg
  2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Hill International, Inc. $100.00
 $107.91
 $104.91
 $106.00
 $118.81
 $148.79
Russell 2000 Index 100.00
 136.92
 141.74
 133.66
 159.65
 180.60
Peer Group 100.00
 128.24
 119.82
 126.03
 177.30
 219.52

Item 6.Selected Financial Data.Data

The following is selected financial data from our audited consolidated financial statements for each of the last five years. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements (and related notes) appearing in Item 8 of this report and with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” On May 5, 2017, the sale of the Construction Claims Group was finalized, which is reported as discontinued operations for each year presented. See Note 2 - "Discontinued Operations" to our consolidated financial statements for additional information. The data presented below is in thousands, except for (loss) earnings per share data.

  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Income Statement Data:  
  
  
  
  
Revenue $483,736
 $516,012
 $544,760
 $489,348
 $452,602
Direct expenses 336,883
 358,943
 373,544
 322,733
 303,918
Gross profit 146,853
 157,069
 171,216
 166,615
 148,684
Selling, general and administrative expenses 151,186
 170,682
 172,649
 146,265
 125,672
Share of (profit) loss of equity method affiliates (3,777) 37
 237
 
 
Operating profit (loss) (556) (13,650) (1,670) 20,350
 23,012
Interest and related financing fees, net 3,031
 2,355
 3,611
 3,099
 4,522
(Loss) earnings before income taxes (3,587) (16,005) (5,281) 17,251
 18,490
Income tax expense 3,103
 5,955
 5,833
 9,997
 6,650
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations (6,690) (21,960) (11,114) 7,254
 11,840
Discontinued Operations:          
Loss from discontinued operations (14,479) (11,776) (2,564) (18,627) (9,512)
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations , net of tax 48,713
 
 
 
 
  Total gain (loss) from discontinued operations 34,234
 (11,776) (2,564) (18,627) (9,512)
           
Net earnings (loss) 27,544
 (33,736) (13,678) (11,373) 2,328
Less: net earnings - noncontrolling interests 178
 76
 823
 1,304
 2,271
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Hill International, Inc. $27,366
 $(33,812) $(14,501) $(12,677) $57
      

    
Basic (loss) earnings per common share from continuing operations $(0.13) $(0.43) $(0.24) $0.13
 $0.24
Basic loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.28) (0.22) (0.05) (0.42) (0.24)
Basic gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax 0.93
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc. $0.52
 $(0.65) $(0.29) $(0.29) $
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 52,175
 51,724
 50,874
 44,370
 39,098
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share from continuing operations $(0.13) $(0.43) $(0.24) $0.13
 $0.24
Diluted loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.28) (0.22) (0.05) (0.42) (0.24)
Diluted gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax 0.93
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc. $0.52
 $(0.65) $(0.29) $(0.29) $
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 52,175
 51,724
 50,874
 44,370
 39,098


  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Discontinued Operations Data (1):  
  
  
  
  
Revenue $62,149
 $169,252
 $168,029
 $153,839
 $124,164
Operating (loss) profit (4,975) 3,970
 10,753
 9,842
 10,399
Interest and related financing fees, net 8,858
 11,271
 11,053
 27,386
 18,343
Gain (Loss) before income taxes 47,610
 (7,301) (300) (17,544) (7,944)
Gain (Loss) from discontinued operations $34,234
 $(11,776) $(2,564) $(18,627) $(9,512)
Not applicable.
(1) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding this statement.
  As of December 31,
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Selected Balance Sheet Data:  
  
  
  
  
Cash and cash equivalents $21,353
 $25,637
 $24,089
 $30,124
 $30,381
Accounts receivable, net 156,860
 164,844
 187,721
 146,035
 128,241
Current assets held for sale 
 54,651
 60,092
 53,393
 51,071
Current assets 198,411
 266,461
 295,723
 257,294
 238,298
Assets held for sale 
 32,091
 36,199
 37,649
 37,817
Total assets 293,295
 400,075
 426,455
 396,072
 375,747
Current liabilities held for sale 
 25,888
 27,350
 28,779
 22,258
Current liabilities 125,874
 139,525
 144,596
 139,968
 139,788
Liabilities held for sale 
 5,087
 6,730
 3,787
 3,579
Total debt 37,782
 144,103
 144,983
 121,524
 131,235
Stockholders’ equity:          
Hill International, Inc. share of equity $109,075
 $74,358
 $101,577
 $106,710
 $80,751
Noncontrolling interests 1,595
 1,994
 2,360
 9,944
 12,894
Total equity $110,670
 $76,352
 $103,937
 $116,654
 $93,645



Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.Operations

Introduction


The following discussion and analysis presented below provides information to assist in understanding our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Company's selected consolidated financial data included in Part II, item 6. Selectedother sections of this report, including the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and the Company's consolidated financial statements includedcontained in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K10-K. In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in Part I, “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A.“Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview
We earn revenue by deploying professionals to provide services to our clients, including project management, construction management facilities management and related consulting. These services are primarily delivered on a “cost plus” or “time and materials” ("T&M") basis in which we bill negotiated hourly or monthly rates or a negotiated multiple of the direct cost of these professionals, plus actual out-of-pocket expenses. Our direct expenses are the actual cost of these professionals, including most payroll and benefits, except for paid time-off, which is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A"). We also provide services under fixed price contracts and T&M contracts with a descriptioncap.

19



Our revenue consists of two components: CFR and reimbursable expenses. The professionals we deploy are occasionally subcontractors. We generally bill the actual cost of these subcontractors and recognize this cost as both revenue (reimbursable expenses) and direct expense. CFR refers to our revenue excluding amounts paid or due to subcontractors. We believe CFR is an important measure because it represents the revenue on which we earn gross profit, whereas total revenue includes the costs for subcontractors on which we generally pass through and earn minimal or no gross profit.

We compete for business based on a variety of factors such as technical capability, global resources, price, reputation and past experience, including client requirements for substantial experience in similar projects. We have developed significant long-standing relationships, which bring us repeat business and would be very difficult to replicate. We believe we have an excellent reputation for attracting and retaining professionals. In addition, we believe there are high barriers to entry for new competitors especially in the project management market.

SG&A expenses consist primarily of personnel costs that are not billable and corporate or regional costs such as sales, business development, proposals, operations, finance, human resources, legal, marketing, management and administration.

The Company operates in a single reporting segment, known as the Project Management Group which provides fee-based project, construction and facilities management services to our clients. Our experienced professionals are capable of managing all phases of the construction process from concept through completion, including cost and budget controls, scheduling, estimating, expediting, inspection, contract administration and management of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers. 

Impact of COVID-19 on our Business

In December 2019, COVID-19 was identified in Wuhan, China. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic as a result of the further spread of the virus into all regions of the world, including those regions where our primary operations occur.
We instituted a work-from-home policy for all offices and employees globally in late March 2020, except for field-based employees who normally work on-site at our client’s facilities. These field-based employees are complying with our respective clients’ policies. The majority of our field employees are located in the regions where they deliver their services, so travel restrictions enacted by various government authorities did not impair their ability to continue to perform services for our clients. Employees have been returning to their assigned offices, on a modified basis, as their city, state and country reopens, consistent with the applicable requirements of local law.
Most of the projects to which we provide services have been classified as essential services by the relevant governmental authority and as such have continued despite restrictions on the operation of "non-essential" businesses by certain governmental authorities. The majority of our billable employees have continued to provide billable services to our clients, either on-site or remotely at the same or at a slightly reduced volume as in effect prior to the spread of COVID-19. We estimate that COVID-19 resulted in loss of CFR of approximately $25,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, inclusive of delayed projects awards and cancellations brought on by the virus.

Nearly all our employees had company laptop computers and the ability to work remotely prior to the institution of our work-at-home policy. The work-at-home policy did not have a significant impact on our employees’ ability to perform their job requirements. Our internal control structure does not generally require physical access to our office locations, and has not to date and is not expected in the future to be adversely impacted by the spread of COVID-19 and the corresponding response by certain governmental authorities. Processes that require physical access to our offices, such as receiving mail (including collections) and processing and mailing manual checks, are being performed by designated individuals at a reduced frequency while certain of our offices remain closed.
The main impacts on our business observed to date other than those discussed above are delays in the procurement processes of a number of our current and potential clients and a temporary slowing of certain collections. We expect these delays in the procurement process to adversely impact the timing of our new bookings, resulting in lower bookings, CFR and backlog for the duration of the economic slowdown caused by the pandemic.
We also experienced a slightly lower than normal amount of collections during the latter part of March. Collections returned to a more normal level during the second quarter and remained at a more normal level through the remainder of the year. We had unrestricted cash of $34,229 and available borrowing capacity on our credit facilities totaling $11,711 at December 31, 2020.
20


Management implemented various actions and policies that resulted in approximately $11,000 in cost reductions to partially offset the expected reduction in CFR. This is higher than the $10,000 estimated previously due to the continuation of cost reductions as COVID-19 has continued to impact the business beyond the time initially contemplated. We expect costs in 2021 to increase modestly in line with an anticipated rebound in activity, as the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic subside and the Company's activity increases. The Company will continue to manage costs and its association with CFR relative to the evolving effects of COVID-19.

The full extent and duration of the impact of COVID-19 on our operations and financial performance is currently unknown, and depends on future developments that are uncertain and unpredictable, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, its impact on capital and financial markets on a macro-scale and any new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the virus, its spread to other regions and the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, among others.
We will continue to evaluate the potential short-term and long-term implications of COVID-19 on our consolidated financial statements and operations. We believe that the lower backlog reflected in the financial statements at December 31, 2020 was primarily due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. The potential additional future impacts to our consolidated financial statements of operations include, but are not limited to: decreased CFR, lower gross and operating margins, impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and fair value and collectability of receivables.
Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management currently believes that it has adequate liquidity and business plans to continue to operate the business and mitigate the risks associated with COVID-19 for at least the Company.next 12 months from the date of this report.

Overview
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
On December 20, 2016, we entered into a definitive Stock Purchase Agreement to sell our Construction Claims Group, which is reported herein as discontinued operations. The transaction was finalized on May 5, 2017, and as a result of this transaction our management will focus on our Project Management business. See Note 2 ofOur consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K forwere prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While there are a number of accounting policies, methods and estimates that affect the consolidated financial statements, areas that management considers critical are discussed below. We believe our assumptions are reasonable and appropriate, however, actual results may be materially different than estimated.
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue primarily from providing professional services to our clients under various types of contracts. We evaluate contractual arrangements to determine how to recognize revenue. Below is a description of the transaction. Subsequentbasic types of contracts from which we may earn revenue:
Time and Materials Contracts

Under the T&M arrangements, contract fees are based upon time and materials incurred. The contracts may be structured as basic T&M, cost plus a margin or time and materials subject to a maximum contract value (the "cap value"). Due to the salepotential limitation of Constructionthe cap value, the economic factors of the contracts subject to a cap value differ from the economic factors of basic T&M and cost plus a margin contracts.

The majority of our contracts are for consulting projects where we bill the client monthly at hourly billing rates. The hourly billing rates are determined by contractual terms. Under cost plus a margin contracts, we charge our clients for our costs, plus a fixed fee or rate.

Under T&M contracts with a cap value, we charge our clients for time and materials based upon the work performed, subject to a cap or a not to exceed value. There are often instances that a contract is modified to extend the contract value past the cap. As the consideration is variable depending on the outcome of the contract renegotiation, we estimate the total contract price in accordance with the variable consideration guidelines and only include consideration we expect to receive. When we expect to reach the cap value, we generally renegotiate the contract or cease work when the maximum contract value is reached. We continue to work if it is probable that the contract will be extended. We only include consideration on contract renegotiations to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. If we continue to work and are uncertain that a contract change order will be processed, the variable consideration will be constrained until it is probable that the contract will be renegotiated. We are only entitled to consideration for the work we have performed, and the cap value is not a guaranteed contract value.

21


Fixed Price Contracts

Under fixed price contracts, our clients pay an agreed amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. We are guaranteed to receive the consideration to the extent that we deliver under the contract. We recognize revenue over a period of time on fixed price contracts using the input method based upon direct costs incurred to date, which are compared to total projected direct costs. Costs are the most relevant measure to determine the transfer of the service to the client. We assess contracts quarterly and will recognize any expected future loss before actually incurring the loss. When we expect to reach the total consideration under the contract, we begin to negotiate a change order.

Change Orders and Claims Group, Hill International, Inc. currently provides

Change orders are modifications of an original contract that effectively change the provisions of the contract without adding new provisions. Either we or our client may initiate change orders. They may include changes in specifications or design, manner of performance, facilities, equipment, materials, sites and period of completion of the work. Management evaluates when a change order is probable based upon its experience in negotiating change orders, the client’s written approval of such changes or separate documentation of change order costs that are identifiable. Change orders may take time to be formally documented and terms of such change orders are agreed with the client before the work is performed. Sometimes circumstances require that work progresses before an agreement is reached with the client. If we are having difficulties in renegotiating the change order, we will stop work if possible, record all costs incurred to date, and determine, on a project management, construction managementby project basis, the appropriate final revenue recognition.

Claims are amounts in excess of the agreed contract price that we seek to collect from clients or others for client-caused delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders that are either in dispute or are unapproved as to both scope and price, or other causes of unanticipated additional contract costs. Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We make ongoing estimates relating to the collectability of our accounts receivable and maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments.  Estimates used in determining accounts receivable allowances are based on our evaluation of specific client accounts and contracts involved and the financial condition of our clients. The factors we consider in our evaluations include, but are not limited to, client type (U.S. federal and other consulting services primarilynational governments, state and local governments or private sector), historical contract performance, historical collection and delinquency trends, client credit worthiness, and general economic and political conditions. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $53,450 and $59,131, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance included approximately $33,242 and $32,864 related to our receivables in Libya at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Contingencies
Estimates are inherent in the buildings, transportation, environmental, energyassessment of our exposure to insurance claims that fall below policy deductibles and industrial markets.to litigation and other legal claims and contingencies, as well as in determining our liabilities for incurred but not reported insurance claims. Significant judgments by us and reliance on third-party experts are utilized in determining probable and/or reasonably estimable amounts to be recorded or disclosed in our financial statements. The results of any changes in accounting estimates are reflected in the financial statements of the period in which the changes are determined. We do not believe that material changes to these estimates are reasonably likely to occur.




22



20172020 Business Overview


Consolidated ResultsCritical Accounting Policies and Estimates
(In thousands)
  Years Ended December 31, Change
  2017 2016 $ %
Income Statement Data:  
  
  
  
Revenue $483,736
 $516,012
 $(32,276) (6.3)%
Direct expenses 336,883
 358,943
 (22,060) (6.1)%
Gross profit 146,853
 157,069
 (10,216) (6.5)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses 151,186
 170,682
 (19,496) (11.4)%
Share of (profit) loss of equity method affiliates (3,777) 37
 (3,814) 
Operating profit (loss) (556) (13,650) 13,094
 
Interest and related financing fees, net 3,031
 2,355
 676
 28.7 %
Loss before income taxes (3,587) (16,005) 12,418
 (77.6)%
Income tax expense 3,103
 5,955
 (2,852) (47.9)%
Loss from continuing operations (6,690) (21,960) 15,270
 (69.5)%
Discontinued operations:        
Loss from discontinued operations (14,479) (11,776) (2,703) 23.0 %
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 48,713
 
 48,713
 
Total gain (loss) from discontinued operations 34,234
 (11,776) 46,010
 
Net income (loss) 27,544
 (33,736) 61,280
 
Less: net earnings - noncontrolling interests 178
 76
 102
 134.2 %
Net income (loss) attributable to Hill International, Inc. $27,366
 $(33,812) $61,178
 
Our consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While there are a number of accounting policies, methods and estimates that affect the consolidated financial statements, areas that management considers critical are discussed below. We believe our assumptions are reasonable and appropriate, however, actual results may be materially different than estimated.
 
Revenue decreased $32,276,Recognition
We generate revenue primarily from providing professional services to our clients under various types of contracts. We evaluate contractual arrangements to determine how to recognize revenue. Below is a description of the basic types of contracts from which we may earn revenue:
Time and Materials Contracts

Under the T&M arrangements, contract fees are based upon time and materials incurred. The contracts may be structured as basic T&M, cost plus a margin or 6.3%,time and materials subject to $483,736 in 2017, primarily duea maximum contract value (the "cap value"). Due to the $43,649 decreasepotential limitation of the cap value, the economic factors of the contracts subject to a cap value differ from the economic factors of basic T&M and cost plus a margin contracts.

The majority of our contracts are for consulting projects where we bill the client monthly at hourly billing rates. The hourly billing rates are determined by contractual terms. Under cost plus a margin contracts, we charge our clients for our costs, plus a fixed fee or rate.

Under T&M contracts with a cap value, we charge our clients for time and materials based upon the work performed, subject to a cap or a not to exceed value. There are often instances that a contract is modified to extend the contract value past the cap. As the consideration is variable depending on the outcome of the contract renegotiation, we estimate the total contract price in accordance with the variable consideration guidelines and only include consideration we expect to receive. When we expect to reach the cap value, we generally renegotiate the contract or cease work when the maximum contract value is reached. We continue to work if it is probable that the contract will be extended. We only include consideration on contract renegotiations to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the Middle East asamount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. If we continue to work and are uncertain that a resultcontract change order will be processed, the variable consideration will be constrained until it is probable that the contract will be renegotiated. We are only entitled to consideration for the work we have performed, and the cap value is not a guaranteed contract value.

21


Fixed Price Contracts

Under fixed price contracts, our clients pay an agreed amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. We are guaranteed to receive the consideration to the extent that we deliver under the contract. We recognize revenue over a period of time on fixed price contracts using the input method based upon direct costs incurred to date, which are compared to total projected direct costs. Costs are the most relevant measure to determine the transfer of the closeoutservice to the client. We assess contracts quarterly and will recognize any expected future loss before actually incurring the loss. When we expect to reach the total consideration under the contract, we begin to negotiate a change order.

Change Orders and Claims

Change orders are modifications of projectsan original contract that effectively change the provisions of the contract without adding new provisions. Either we or our client may initiate change orders. They may include changes in United Arab Emiratesspecifications or design, manner of $26,564performance, facilities, equipment, materials, sites and Saudi Arabiaperiod of $6,167completion of the work. Management evaluates when a change order is probable based upon its experience in negotiating change orders, the client’s written approval of such changes or separate documentation of change order costs that are identifiable. Change orders may take time to be formally documented and terms of such change orders are agreed with the client before the work is performed. Sometimes circumstances require that work progresses before an agreement is reached with the client. If we are having difficulties in renegotiating the change order, we will stop work if possible, record all costs incurred to date, and determine, on a decreaseproject by project basis, the appropriate final revenue recognition.

Claims are amounts in activityexcess of the agreed contract price that we seek to collect from clients or others for client-caused delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders that are either in dispute or are unapproved as to both scope and price, or other causes of unanticipated additional contract costs. Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We make ongoing estimates relating to the collectability of our accounts receivable and maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments.  Estimates used in determining accounts receivable allowances are based on our evaluation of specific client accounts and contracts involved and the Muscat International Airport projectfinancial condition of our clients. The factors we consider in Oman. In addition, Asia Pacific had a decrease of $6,350 primarily from a decreaseour evaluations include, but are not limited to, client type (U.S. federal and other national governments, state and local governments or private sector), historical contract performance, historical collection and delinquency trends, client credit worthiness, and general economic and political conditions. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $53,450 and $59,131, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance included approximately $33,242 and $32,864 related to our receivables in activity on large projects in AfghanistanLibya at December 31, 2020 and India. Latin America had a $7,003 decrease in revenue primarily due to weaker economic conditions in Brazil. These reductions were partially offset by increases2019, respectively.
Contingencies
Estimates are inherent in the United Statesassessment of $23,546, which included a Western region revenue increaseour exposure to insurance claims that fall below policy deductibles and to litigation and other legal claims and contingencies, as well as in determining our liabilities for incurred but not reported insurance claims. Significant judgments by us and reliance on third-party experts are utilized in determining probable and/or reasonably estimable amounts to be recorded or disclosed in our financial statements. The results of approximately $16,759 due to the addition of new projects.

Gross profit decreased $10,216, or 6.5%, to $146,853any changes in 2017 primarily due to the winding down of major projectsaccounting estimates are reflected in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and Latin America regions. These decreases were partially offset by increasesfinancial statements of the period in revenues inwhich the United States primarily relatedchanges are determined. We do not believe that material changes to new work in the Western Region.these estimates are reasonably likely to occur.
SG&A expenses decreased $19,496, or 11.4% in 2017, primarily due to decreases in the Middle East as a result of a $3,663 decrease in unapplied labor from the closeout of projects and a $10,696 decrease in bad debt expense due to the large increase in reserves for certain accounts receivable in the Middle East during 2016. In addition, there was a $10,336 decrease in Europe and a $4,207 decrease in Africa primarily related to a reduction in foreign currency translation expense. Partially offsetting these decreases were cost increases primarily due to expenses related to the Company’s profit improvement plan of approximately $5,019, increased severance costs of approximately $7,078 and restatement expenses of approximately $1,440.
22


Operating loss was $556 in 2017 compared to a loss of $13,650 in 2016. The decrease in operating loss was primarily due to an increase in operating profit in the United States of approximately $5,449 related to increased revenues in the Western region from new work. The Middle East contributed to the reduction in operating loss primarily from decreases in unapplied labor, bad debt and foreign currency translation expense. Europe also contributed to the decrease in operating loss due to a decrease in foreign currency translation expense. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in Corporate expenses primarily due to the profit improvement plan, restatement expenses and increased severance costs.2020 Business Overview


Income tax expense was $3,103 for 2017 compared to $5,955 for 2016. The decrease resulted primarily from a release in the valuation allowance and differences in statutory tax rates between foreign and U.S. jurisdictions, offset by the tax impact related to 2017 tax reform (or "2017 Tax Act").


Net income attributable to Hill was $27,366 in 2017 compared to a net loss of  $33,812 in 2016. Diluted income per common share attributable to Hill was $0.52 in 2017 compared to a net loss per diluted common share attributable to Hill of $0.65 in 2016. Diluted loss per common share from continuing operations in 2017 was $0.13 compared to a diluted loss per share from continuing operations in 2016 of $0.43.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While there are a number of accounting policies, methods and estimates that affect the consolidated financial statements, as described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, areas that are particularly significantmanagement considers critical are discussed below. We believe our assumptions are reasonable and appropriate, however, actual results may be materially different than estimated.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We generate revenue primarily from providing professional services to our clients under various types of contracts. We evaluate contractual arrangements to determine how to recognize revenue. Below is a description of the basic types of contracts from which we may earn revenue:
 
Time and Materials Contracts

Under the T&M arrangements, contract fees are based upon time and materials incurred. The contracts may be structured as basic T&M, cost plus a margin or time and materials subject to a maximum contract value (the "cap value"). Due to the potential limitation of the cap value, the economic factors of the contracts subject to a cap value differ from the economic factors of basic T&M and cost plus a margin contracts.

The majority of our contracts are for workconsulting projects where we bill the client monthly at hourly billing rates. The hourly billing rates are determined by contractcontractual terms. For governmental clients, the hourly rates are generally calculated as either (i) a negotiated multiplier of our direct labor costs or (ii) as direct labor costs plus overhead costsUnder cost plus a negotiated profit percentage. For commercial clients, the hourly rates are generally taken from a standard fee schedule by staff classification or they can be at a negotiated discount from this schedule. In some cases, primarily for foreign work, a fixed monthly staff rate is negotiated rather than an hourly rate. This monthly rate is determined based upon a buildup of direct labor costs plus overhead and profit. We account for these contracts on a time-and-materials method, recognizing revenue as costs are incurred. Some of our time-and-materials contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and accordingly, revenue under these contracts is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method where costs incurred to date are compared to total projected costs at contract completion.
Cost Plus Contracts
Under cost plusmargin contracts, we charge our clients for our costs, including both direct and indirect costs, plus a fixed fee or rate.  We generally recognize revenue

Under T&M contracts with a cap value, we charge our clients for time and materials based upon the work performed, subject to a cap or a not to exceed value. There are often instances that a contract is modified to extend the contract value past the cap. As the consideration is variable depending on the labor and non-labor costs we incur, plus the portionoutcome of the fixed fee or ratecontract renegotiation, we have earned to date. Included inestimate the total contract price in accordance with the variable consideration guidelines and only include consideration we expect to receive. When we expect to reach the cap value, we generally renegotiate the contract or cease work when the maximum contract value is reached. We continue to work if it is probable that the contract will be extended. We only include consideration on contract renegotiations to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. If we continue to work and are uncertain that a contract change order will be processed, the variable consideration will be constrained until it is probable that the contract will be renegotiated. We are only entitled to consideration for cost-plus fee arrangementsthe work we have performed, and the cap value is the portion of the fee for which receipt is determined to be probable.not a guaranteed contract value.

Fixed-Price
21


Fixed Price Contracts

Under fixed-pricefixed price contracts, our clients pay us an agreed amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. We are guaranteed to receive the consideration to the extent that we deliver under the contract. We recognize revenue over a period of time on fixed-pricefixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completioninput method wherebased upon direct costs incurred to date, which are compared to total projected direct costs at contract completion.  Priorcosts. Costs are the most relevant measure to completion, our recognized profit margins on any fixed-price contract depend ondetermine the accuracytransfer of our estimatesthe service to the client. We assess contracts quarterly and will increaserecognize any expected future loss before actually incurring the loss. When we expect to reach the extent that our actual costs are belowtotal consideration under the original estimated amounts. Conversely, if our costs exceed these estimates, our profit margins will decrease,contract, we begin to negotiate a change order.

Change Orders and we may realize a loss on a project.Claims

For all contract types noted above, changeChange orders are includedmodifications of an original contract that effectively change the provisions of the contract without adding new provisions. Either we or our client may initiate change orders. They may include changes in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable thatspecifications or design, manner of performance, facilities, equipment, materials, sites and period of completion of the change order will result in an addition to contract value and when the change order can be estimated.work. Management evaluates when a change order is probable based upon its experience in negotiating change orders, the customer’sclient’s written approval of such changes or separate documentation of change order costs that are identifiable. AdditionalChange orders may take time to be formally documented and terms of such change orders are agreed with the client before the work is performed. Sometimes circumstances require that work progresses before an agreement is reached with the client. If we are having difficulties in renegotiating the change order, we will stop work if possible, record all costs incurred to date, and determine, on a project by project basis, the appropriate final revenue recognition.

Claims are amounts in excess of the agreed contract revenueprice that we seek to collect from clients or others for client-caused delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders that are either in dispute or are unapproved as to both scope and price, or other causes of unanticipated additional contract costs. Costs related to change orders and claims is included in total estimated contract revenueare recognized when the amount can be reliably estimated, which is typically evidenced by a contract or other evidence providing a legal basis for the claim.they are incurred.


If estimated total costs on any contract indicate a loss, we charge the entire estimated loss to operations in the period when the loss becomes evident and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Such losses could occur at any time and the effects may be material.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We make ongoing estimates relating to the collectability of our accounts receivable and maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments.  Estimates used in determining accounts receivable allowances are based on our evaluation of specific client accounts and contracts involved and the financial condition of our clients. The factors we consider in our evaluations include, but are not limited to, client type (U.S. federal and other national governments, state and local governments or private sector), historical contract performance, historical collection and delinquency trends, client credit worthiness, and general economic and political conditions. At December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $72,850$53,450 and $71,082,$59,131, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance included approximately $33,242 and $32,864 related to our receivables in Libya at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value may be below its carrying amount. The Company tests goodwill annually for impairment during the third fiscal quarter. To determine the fair value of our reporting unit, we use the discounted cash flow method and the quoted price method, weighting the results of each method.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth, the period over which cash flows will occur, and determination of the weighted average cost of capital, among other things. Based on the valuation as of July 1, 2017, the fair value of the Company exceeded its carrying value. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect our determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment. Changes in future market conditions, our business strategy, or other factors could impact upon the future value of our project management operations, which could result in future impairment charges.
We amortize acquired intangible assets over their estimated useful lives and review the long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Determining whether impairment has occurred typically requires various estimates and assumptions, including determining which cash flows are directly related to the potentially impaired asset, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, their amount and the asset’s residual value, if any.  In turn, measurement of an impairment loss requires a determination of fair value, which is based on the best information available. We use internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals, as appropriate, to determine fair value. We derive the required cash flow estimates from our historical experience and our internal business plans and apply an appropriate discount rate.
Income Taxes
We make judgments and interpretations based on enacted tax laws, published tax guidance, as well as estimates of future earnings.  These judgments and interpretations affect the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance. We evaluate the deferred tax assets to determine on the basis of objective factors whether the net assets will be realized through future years’ taxable income. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates and assessments, additional valuation allowances may be required.
We will recognize a tax benefit in the financial statements for an uncertain tax position only if management’s assessment is that the position is “more likely than not” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent) to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position. The term “tax position” refers to a position in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods.
Stock Options
We recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards. These awards have included awards of common stock, deferred stock units and stock options. While fair value may be readily determinable for awards of stock and deferred stock units, market quotes are not available for long-term, nontransferable stock options because these instruments are not traded. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options. Option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including but not limited to stock price volatility, expected life and stock option exercise behavior.

Contingencies
 
Estimates are inherent in the assessment of our exposure to insurance claims that fall below policy deductibles and to litigation and other legal claims and contingencies, as well as in determining our liabilities for incurred but not reported insurance claims. Significant judgments by us and reliance on third-party experts are utilized in determining probable and/or reasonably estimable amounts to be recorded or disclosed in our financial statements. The results of any changes in accounting estimates are reflected in the financial statements of the period in which the changes are determined. We do not believe that material changes to these estimates are reasonably likely to occur.



22


2020 Business Overview

Consolidated Results
(In thousands)
 Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Income Statement Data:  
Consulting fee revenue$296,615 $308,620 
Reimbursable expenses71,909 67,817 
Total revenue368,524 376,437 
Direct expenses249,173 249,587 
Gross profit119,351 126,850 
Selling, general and administrative expenses109,215 109,746 
Foreign currency exchange loss2,923 1,159 
Plus: Share of profit of equity method affiliates3,286 2,601 
Operating profit10,499 18,546 
Less: Interest and related financing fees, net5,224 5,795 
Plus: Other (loss) income, net(5,711)394 
(Loss) income before income taxes(436)13,145 
Income tax expense (benefit)7,134 (1,109)
Net (loss) income(7,570)14,254 
Less: net income - noncontrolling interests612 170 
Net (loss) income attributable to Hill International, Inc.$(8,182)$14,084 

Results of Operations
 
Year Ended December 31, 20172020 Compared to
Year Ended December 31, 20162019
  
Revenues:Total Revenue:
 20202019Change
Americas$192,777 52.4 %$200,142 53.1 %$(7,365)(3.7)%
Middle East/Asia/Pacific92,639 25.1 %104,927 27.9 %(12,288)(11.7)%
Europe53,819 14.6 %43,488 11.6 %10,331 23.8 %
Africa29,289 7.9 %27,880 7.4 %1,409 5.1 %
Total$368,524 100.0 %$376,437 100.0 %$(7,913)(2.1)%
  2017 2016 Change
United States $227,581
 47.1% $204,035
 39.5% $23,546
 11.5 %
Latin America 11,772
 2.4% 18,775
 3.6% (7,003) (37.3)%
Europe 43,179
 8.9% 41,062
 8.0% 2,117
 5.2 %
Middle East 169,964
 35.1% 213,613
 41.4% (43,649) (20.4)%
Africa 23,100
 4.8% 24,037
 4.7% (937) (3.9)%
Asia/Pacific 8,140
 1.7% 14,490
 2.8% (6,350) (43.8)%
Total $483,736
 100.0% $516,012
 100.0% $(32,276) (6.3)%
Consulting Fee Revenue:

 20202019Change
Americas$137,247 46.2 %$140,992 45.7 %$(3,745)(2.7)%
Middle East/Asia/Pacific89,037 30.0 %100,751 32.6 %(11,714)(11.6)%
Europe43,769 14.8 %41,305 13.4 %2,464 6.0 %
Africa26,562 9.0 %25,572 8.3 %990 3.9 %
Total$296,615 100.0 %$308,620 100.0 %$(12,005)(3.9)%


The decreaseTotal revenue decreased approximately $7,913 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the same time period in the prior year. CFR was $296,615 and $308,620 of the total revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 20172020 and 2019, respectively, which was approximately 80.5% and 82.0% of total revenues, respectively.

The decrease in total revenue and the corresponding decrease in CFR for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 20162019 was primarily due to delayed project starts and project suspensions due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
23



Gross Profit:
 20202019Change
% of CFR% of CFR
Americas$61,228 51.3 %44.6 %$60,980 48.1 %43.3 %$248 0.4 %
Middle East/Asia/Pacific28,553 23.9 %32.1 %38,847 30.6 %38.6 %(10,294)(26.5)%
Europe16,795 14.1 %38.4 %15,928 12.6 %38.6 %867 5.4 %
Africa12,775 10.7 %48.1 %11,095 8.7 %43.4 %1,680 15.1 %
Total$119,351 100.0 %40.2 %$126,850 100.0 %41.1 %$(7,499)(5.9)%

The change in gross margin as a percentage of CFR for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019 was primarily due to the following:

Americas:

The increase in gross margin as a percentage of CFR in the region is primarily due to a $1,700 decrease in the Middle Eastdirect benefit expenses as a result of the closeout of projects in United Arab Emirates of $26,564 and Saudi Arabia of $6,167 and a decrease in activitysuspension of the Muscat International Airport project in Oman. In addition, Asia Pacific had a decreaseemployers 401(k) match during the second half of $6,350 primarily from a decrease in activity of large projects in Afghanistan and India. Latin America had a revenue decline primarily due to weaker economic conditions in Brazil. These reductions were partially offset by increases in the United States primarily in the Western region, were revenue increased approximately $16,759 due to the addition of new projects.2020. This match has been reinstated for 2021.


Gross Profit:Middle East/Asia/Pacific:
  2017 2016 Change
      
% of
Revenue
     
% of
Revenue
    
United States $66,117
 45.1% 29.1% $60,464
 38.4% 29.6% $5,653
 9.3 %
Latin America 4,723
 3.2% 40.1% 7,304
 4.7% 38.9% (2,581) (35.3)%
Europe 13,524
 9.2% 31.3% 13,465
 8.6% 32.8% 59
 0.4 %
Middle East 48,221
 32.8% 28.4% 60,079
 38.3% 28.1% (11,858) (19.7)%
Africa 10,284
 7.0% 44.5% 8,770
 5.6% 36.5% 1,514
 17.3 %
Asia/Pacific 3,984
 2.7% 48.9% 6,987
 4.4% 48.2% (3,003) (43.0)%
Total $146,853
 100.0% 30.4% $157,069
 100.0% 30.4% $(10,216) (6.5)%



The decrease in gross profit wasmargin as a percentage of CFR in the region is primarily due to work on a large project in Qatar which started during the winding downsecond half of major projects2019 with lower than average margin, an increase in expense related to the liquidation of a bond and a reduction in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and Latin America regions. These decreases were partially offset by increasesrevenue of an ongoing project related to updated cost projections. A settlement on a project in Kuwait, which terminated during 2020, also contributed to the decrease in gross profitmargin.

Africa:

The increase in gross margin as a percentage of CFR in the United States relatedregion is primarily due to new work in the Western Region.receiving a $1,200 credit from one of our partners.


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:


SG&AOur total selling, general and administrative expenses represented 31.3%("SG&A") was approximately the same amount for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 33.1%2019.

During 2020, labor expenses were reduced by approximately $900 and travel expenses were reduced by approximately $2,800, as a result of revenuesthe COVID-19 stay at home orders issued throughout the world. In addition, legal expenses were lower in 2017 and 2016, respectively.

SG&A expenses decreased $19,496 from $170,682 in 2016 to $151,186 in 2017. The decrease was2020 by approximately $2,200 primarily due to decreases in the Middle East as a result of a $10,696 decrease insettlement and return of previously incurred legal expenses, professional fees were reduced by approximately $1,800 due to lower fees being charged and bad debt expense due to the large increase in reserves for certain accounts receivable in the Middle East during 2016 and a $3,663 decrease primarily due to non productive labor costs reduction related to the closeout of projects. In addition, there was a $10,336 decrease in Europe and a $4,207 decrease in Africa primarily related to a reduction in foreign currency translation expense. Partially offsetting these decreases were cost increases primarily due to expenses related to the Company’s profit improvement plan of approximately $5,019, increased severance costs of approximately $7,078 and restatement expenses of approximately $1,440.

Operating Profit (Loss):
  2017 2016 Change
    
% of
Revenue
   
% of
Revenue
    
United States $23,191
 10.2 % $17,742
 8.7 % $5,449
 30.7 %
Latin America (3,190) (27.1)% 1,702
 9.1 % (4,892) 
Europe 3,221
 7.5 % (8,285) (20.2)% 11,506
 
Middle East 21,096
 12.4 % 15,992
 7.5 % 5,104
 31.9 %
Africa (752) (3.3)% (7,083) (29.5)% 6,331
 (89.4)%
Asia/Pacific* (1,378) (16.9)% 1,097
 7.6 % (2,475) 
Corporate (42,744) 
 (34,815) 
 (7,929) 22.8 %
Total $(556) (0.1)% $(13,650) (2.6)% $13,094
 
*includes Hill's share of (profits) loss of equity method affiliates on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Operating loss decreased primarily due to an increase in operating profit in the United Statesreduced by $2,000 as a result of increased revenuespayments received on accounts receivables previously reserved. Offsetting these reductions were a $7,124 net benefit in 2019 from the collection of a fully-reserved receivable and a $1,600 of additional depreciation charge for the write-off of leasehold improvements related to the Company subletting office space in Philadelphia to a third party during the first quarter of 2020, an approximate $350 increase in computer equipment and software costs primarily related to remote working and increases in other indirect expenses.

During 2019, we received a payment of more than $9,400, which netted to $7,124 after payments to subcontractors and other costs, against the approximately $42,000 outstanding accounts receivable that we had been owed from the Organization for the Development of Administrative Centres ("ODAC"), an agency of the Libyan national government, which we had previously fully reserved. Upon receiving payment, the reserve was reversed in the Western region from new work. The Middle East contributedamount received, which decreased the bad debt expense for 2019.

SG&A expenses represented approximately 36.8%and 35.6% of CFR for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

24


Foreign Currency Exchange Loss

Foreign currency exchange losses were approximately $1,800 greater for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 compared to the decreasesame period in 2019. The currency exchange losses were primarily caused by an 18% weakening of the operating loss primarily from decreasesBrazilian Real against the Euro prior to declaring bankruptcy of our Brazilian subsidiary and a 12% strengthening of the Egyptian pound against the Euro in unapplied labor, bad debt and foreign currency translation expense. Europe also contributed to the decrease in operating loss due2019 compared to a decrease4% weakening during the same period in foreign currency translation expense. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in Corporate expenses primarily due to the profit improvement plan, restatement expenses and increased severance costs. Corporate expenses increased by $7,929, and represented 8.8% of total revenue in 2017 compared to 6.7% of total revenue in 2016.2020.

Interest and related financing fees, net
 
Net interestInterest and related financing fees, increased $676net, include interest expense of $5,357, net of $133 in interest income, and interest expense of $6,082, net of $287 in interest income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which decreased as a result of higher weighted-average interest rates billed to $3,031 in 2017 as compared with $2,355 in 2016 due to the establishment of newus on our secured credit facilities and long term financing afterwith Société Générale throughout the Construction Claims Group sale.year ended December 31, 2019.


Income Taxes
 
In 2017, income tax expense was $3,103 compared to $5,955 in 2016. The effective income tax rates for 2017,2020, and 20162019 were (86.5)(1636.2)% and (37.2)(8.4)%, respectively. The differences between the federal statutory rate and theCompany’s effective tax rate are caused by several items including the difference betweendiffers from the U.S. federal statutory rates andrate, for the foreignyear ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to additional uncertain tax rates,position accruals, as well as the impact of the Tax Reform and Jobs Act, the interaction ofinability to recognize any tax benefit for losses between continuing and discontinuing operation and other miscellaneous items.in certain jurisdictions, particularly Brazil.


In 2016, theThe Company’s effective tax rate differedfor the year ended December 31, 2019 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily as a resultdue to benefits recognized from provision to return adjustments and the reversal of the inability to record an incomeoutstanding tax benefitaccrual related to the U.S. net operating loss and increases caused by various foreign withholding taxes.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Hill
Net income attributable to Hill International, Inc. for 2017 was $27,366, or $0.52 per diluted common share as compared to a 2016 loss of $33,812, or $0.65 per diluted common share. Net loss from continuing operations for 2017 was $6,690, or $0.13 per diluted share, compared to net loss from continuing operations of $21,960, or $0.43 per diluted share, in 2016.


Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Revenues:
  2016 2015 Change
United States $204,035
 39.5% $187,399
 34.4% $16,636
 8.9 %
Latin America 18,775
 3.6% 26,350
 4.8% (7,575) (28.7)%
Europe 41,062
 8.0% 42,635
 7.8% (1,573) (3.7)%
Middle East 213,613
 41.4% 248,193
 45.6% (34,580) (13.9)%
Africa 24,037
 4.7% 23,935
 4.4% 102
 0.4 %
Asia/Pacific 14,490
 2.8% 16,248
 3.0% (1,758) (10.8)%
Total $516,012
 100.0% $544,760
 100.0% $(28,748) (5.3)%

The primary decrease in revenue occurred in the Middle East with decreases of $14,419 in the United Arab Emirates and $6,687 in Saudi Arabia as economic conditions caused a decrease in funding for projects and a decrease of $7,713 in Oman resulting from the wind-down of a major project. The increase in revenues in the United States occurred throughout all regions. In Latin America, the decrease was primarily in Brazil where revenues decreased by $6,774 as the economic conditions in the region continue to reduce available work. In Europe, decreases in Romania, Azerbaijan and Luxembourg wereClaims Construction Group sale. This is partially offset by additional uncertain tax position accruals, as well as additional increases in Turkey, Greece, Serbia, Portugalour valuation allowances.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and Poland. In Africa, revenues were up slightly where increasesprojected future taxable income in Algeria and Morocco were partially offset by a decrease in Egypt. The decrease in Asia/Pacific occurred primarily in Afghanistan and was partially offset by an increase in India.

Gross Profit:
  2016 2015 Change
      
% of
Revenue
     
% of
Revenue
    
United States $60,464
 38.4% 29.6% $55,362
 32.2% 29.5% $5,102
 9.2 %
Latin America 7,304
 4.7% 38.9% 11,074
 6.5% 42.0% (3,770) (34.0)%
Europe 13,465
 8.6% 32.8% 13,664
 8.0% 32.0% (199) (1.5)%
Middle East 60,079
 38.3% 28.1% 76,816
 44.9% 31.0% (16,737) (21.8)%
Africa 8,770
 5.6% 36.5% 7,169
 4.2% 30.0% 1,601
 22.3 %
Asia/Pacific 6,987
 4.4% 48.2% 7,131
 4.2% 43.9% (144) (2.0)%
Total $157,069
 100.0% 30.4% $171,216
 100.0% 31.4% $(14,147) (8.3)%
The decrease in gross profit included decreases inmaking this assessment. Management evaluates the Middle East and Latin America dueneed for valuation allowances on the deferred tax assets according to the decreases in revenues partially offset by increases in the United States. The overall gross profit percentage decreased slightly due to lower margins primarily in the United Arab Emirates, Qatarprovisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. We consider both positive and Mexico.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses represented 33.1% and 31.7% of revenues in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

SG&A expenses decreased $1,967 from $172,649 in 2015 to $170,682 in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to the following:
A net decrease of $4,661 in unapplied and indirect labor primarily due to reductions in staff in Saudi Arabia, Brazil and Spain during 2015 and early 2016, a net decrease in foreign currency transaction losses of $1,867, a net decrease in amortization expense of $1,309 and a net decrease to Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses of $3,180; partially offset by
A net increase of $8,193 in bad debt expense for certain accounts receivable within primarily the Middle East and Asia Pacific regions.

Operating Profit (Loss):
  2016 2015 Change
    
% of
Revenue
   
% of
Revenue
    
United States $17,742
 8.7 % $14,300
 7.6 % $3,442
 24.1 %
Latin America 1,702
 9.1 % (2,384) (9.0)% 4,086
 
Europe (8,285) (20.2)% (15,180) (35.6)% 6,895
 (45.4)%
Middle East 15,992
 7.5 % 36,307
 14.6 % (20,315) (56.0)%
Africa (7,083) (29.5)% 864
 3.6 % (7,947) 
Asia/Pacific* 1,097
 7.6 % 2,418
 14.9 % (1,321) (54.6)%
Corporate (34,815) 
 (37,995) 
 3,180
 
Total $(13,650) (2.6)% $(1,670) (0.3)% $(11,980) 717.4 %
*includes Hill's share of loss (profits) of equity method affiliates on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The decrease in operating profit was primarily due to the decrease in revenues, the increase in bad debt expense in the Middle East and the decrease in gross profit in Africa, partially offset by increases in Europe due to a reduction in direct expenses and in the United States related to higher revenues. Corporate expenses decreased by $3,180, and represented 6.7% of total revenue in 2016 compared to 7.0% of total revenue in 2015.
Interest and related financing fees, net
Net interest and related financing fees decreased $1,256 to $2,355 in 2016 as compared with $3,611 in 2015. The decrease was primarily due to interest of $1,056 paid to a subcontractor as a result of a legal settlement in 2015.
Income Taxes
negative evidence. In 2016, income tax expense was $5,955 compared to $5,833 in 2015. The effective income tax expense rates for 2016 and 2015 were (37.2%)  and (110.5%), respectively. The increase in expense in 2016 compared to 2015 results from the mix of income and tax rates in various foreign jurisdictions. The difference in the Company’s 2016 effective tax rate compared to the 2015 rate is primarily related to a significant decrease in the Company’s foreign pretax earnings of approximately $18,000, primarily related to the Middle East operations without a significant related income tax benefit. In addition, the Company recognized an income tax expense of $689 in 2016 resulting from adjustments to agree the 2015 book amount to the actual amounts reported on the tax returns in foreign jurisdictions. In both years, the Company’s effective tax rate is significantly higher than the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily as a resultmaking this determination, management assesses all of the inability to record anevidence available at the time including recent earnings, internally-prepared income tax benefit related to the U.S. net operating lossprojections, and increases caused by various foreign withholding taxes.historical financial performance.

In 2015, several items materially affected the Company’s effective tax rate. An income tax benefit of $205 resulted from adjustments to agree the 2014 book amount to the actual amounts reported on the tax returns in foreign jurisdictions. The benefit was offset by increased foreign withholding taxes.
Net Loss Attributable to Hill
Net loss attributable to Hill International, Inc. for 2016 was $33,812, or $0.65 per diluted common share based on 51,724 diluted common shares outstanding, as compared to net loss for 2015 of $14,501, or $0.29 per diluted common share based upon 50,874 diluted common shares outstanding. Net loss from continuing operations for 2016 was $21,960, or $0.43 per diluted share, compared to net loss from continuing operations of $11,114, or $0.24 per diluted share, in 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
At December 31, 2017,Our primary cash obligations are our payroll and our project subcontractors. Our primary sourcessource of liquidity consisted of $21,353 cash is receipts from clients. We generally pay our employees semi-monthly in arrears and invoice our clients monthly in arrears. Our clients generally remit payment approximately three months, on average, after invoice date. This creates a lag between the time we pay our employees and the time we receive payment from our clients. We bill our clients for any subcontractors used and pay those subcontractors after receiving payment from our clients, so no such timing lag exists for the payments we make to subcontractors.
We utilize cash equivalents, of which $21,140 was on deposit in foreign locations,hand and $19,770 of available borrowing capacity under our various credit facilities. At December 31, 2016, we were in default of our Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio and Excess Account Concentration covenant. On March 27, 2017, we received a waiver of the default from Société Générale. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of ourrevolving credit facilities to fund the working capital requirement caused by the lag discussed above and term loan.other operating needs. We believe that we haveour expected cash receipts from clients, together with current cash on hand and revolving credit facilities, are sufficient liquidity to support the reasonably anticipated cash needs of our operations over the next twelve months.



From July 18, 2018 to August 8, 2018 we were notAt December 31, 2020 and 2019, our primary sources of liquidity consisted of $34,229 and $15,915 in compliance with the requirementscash and cash equivalents, respectively, of which $28,842 and $15,260 was on deposit in foreign locations, respectively, and $11,711 and $14,735 of available borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facilities, which required the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K by July 17, 2018, the Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018 by July 30, 2018 and the Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2018 by August 14, 2018. We obtained a waiver of non-compliance of the related covenants in our Revolving Credit Facilities which require us to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018 and the Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2018 by September 30, 2018. If we do not file such reports in accordance with this deadline, we may again be in noncompliance with the requirements of the Revolving Credit Facilities, however we expect to comply with these requirements.
Sources of Additional Capital
various credit facilities, respectively. We also have relationships with other foreign banks for the issuance of letters of credit, letters of guarantee and performance bonds in a variety of foreign currencies. At December 31, 2017,2020 and 2019, we had approximately $79,041$52,236 and $50,779 of availability under these arrangements. Our sources of liquidity under arrangements with foreign banks are available for repatriation as deemed necessary by us with some restrictions and tax implications.

We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to support the reasonably anticipated cash needs of our operations over the next twelve months from the date of this filing.

25


Sources of Additional Capital
 
A significant increase in our current backlog may require us to obtain additional financing. If additional financing is required in the future due to an increase in backlog or changes in strategic or operating plans, we cannot provide any assurance that any other sources of financing will be available, or if available, that the financing will be on terms acceptable to us.
 
Cash Flows
Years ended December 31,
20202019Change
Net cash provided by operating activities$12,278 $9,979 $2,299 
Net cash used in investing activities(2,893)(3,936)1,043 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities6,515 (4,931)11,446 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash540 763 (223)
Deconsolidated cash— 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$16,431 $1,875 $14,556 
For the year ended December 31, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $4,284 to $21,353. This compares to a net increase in cash and cash equivalents of $1,548 during the prior year. Cash used in operating activities was $11,953, cash provided by investing activities was $126,324 and cash used in financing activities was $115,818. We also experienced a net decrease in cash of $2,837 from the effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Operating Activities
 
OurThe increase in cash from operations used $11,953during 2020 was primarily due to increased collection activity of cashour outstanding accounts receivable balances, the deferral of in 2017, compared with providing cashpayroll taxes permitted under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act"), the suspension of $8,898the 401(k) match by the Company for most of the year and $536 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts include cash used by discontinued operationsthe deferral of $12,634, $7,943 and $5,928 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.certain rent payments.

Our continuing operations had losses of $6,690, $21,960 and $11,114 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Depreciation and amortization from continuing operations was $6,523, $7,265 and $7,940 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Cash held in restricted accounts asis primarily collateral for the issuance of performance and advance payment bonds, letters of credit and escrow were relatively unchanged betweenand was $7,184 and $9,067 at December 31, 20172020 and 2016 at $4,4072019, respectively. The decrease is primarily due to the release of cash collateral and $4,312, respectively. reduction of certain performance bonds.

Although we continually monitor our accounts receivable, weWe manage our operating cash flows by managing the working capital accounts in total, rather than by individual elements.total. The primary elements of our working capital are accounts receivable, prepaid and other current assets, accounts payable and deferred revenue. Accounts receivable consist of billing to our clients for our consulting fees and other job-related costs. Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of prepayments for various selling, general and administrative costs, such as insurance, rent, maintenance, etc. Accounts payable consist of obligations to third parties relating primarily to costs incurred for specific engagements, including pass-through costs such as subcontractor costs. Deferred revenue consists of payments received from clients in advance of work performed.
 
From year to year, the components of our working capital accounts may reflect significant changes. The changes are primarily due primarily to the timing of cash receipts and payments with our working capital accounts combined with increaseschanges in our receivables and payables relative to the increasechanges in our overall business, as well asbusiness. 

Investing Activities
During 2020 and 2019, cash was used in investing activities primarily for the purchase of fixed assets. In 2020, cash was also used to purchase an engineering license in New York. Fixed asset purchases in 2019 include leasehold improvements at our acquisition activity. Philadelphia office to consolidate space and sublease our unused floor.


InvestingFinancing Activities
 
Net cash provided by investing activities in 2017 was $126,324 as a result of the disposition of the discontinued operations during the second quarter of 2017 (see Note 2 to our financial statements). Net cash used in investingfinancing activities during 20162020 was $4,050 for the purchasefrom net borrowings on revolving debt of leasehold improvements, computers, office equipment$5,800 and furniture and fixtures. Of this amount, $1,800 was used to implement a database system for our Human Resources department.
Financing Activities
$1,300 of term loans. Net cash used in financing activities during 20172019 was $115,818, primarily due to the $117,494 pay-offnet pay-downs on revolving debt of our 2014$4,065 and term loan, $25,940 in net payments against our revolving credit facilities and paymentsloans of $4,038 for fees associated with our 2017 Credit Facility. These payments were partially offset by $30,000 of proceeds from our new term loans.

$1,060.
 
NewAccounting Pronouncements
 
For information with respect to new accounting pronouncements and the impact of these pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 43 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" hereof.
 
26


Quarterly Fluctuations
 
Our operating results vary from period to period as a result of the timing of projects and assignments. We do not believe that our business is seasonal.
 
Inflation
Although we are subject to fluctuations in the local currencies of the countries in which we operate, we do not believe that inflation will have a significant effect on our results of operations or our financial position.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The following charttable provides information with respect to off-balance sheet arrangements:arrangements with domestic and foreign banks for the issuance of performance bonds, advance payment guarantees and other letters of credit that are scheduled to expire in 2021 and beyond. The total amount of these arrangements in the following table includes amounts issued in various foreign currencies and are based on the foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2020, where applicable.
 
  Total (1) 2018 2019-2020 2021-2022 2023 and later
Performance bonds (2) $50,362
 $23,852
 $9,896
 $14,404
 $2,210
Advance payment guarantee (2) 12,769
 7,642
 4,389
 330
 408
Tender bonds (3) 5,176
 5,176
 
 
 
Bid bonds (3) 1,319
 1,319
 
 
 
Letters of Credit (4) 4,034
 4,034
 
 
 
Other 949
 822
 
 127
 
  $74,609
 $42,845
 $14,285
 $14,861
 $2,618
 
Total (1)
20212022-20232024-20252026 and later
Performance bonds (2)(4)
$46,503 $32,914 $6,628 $3,791 $3,170 
Advance payment guarantee (2)
16,475 4,110 6,905 3,329 2,131 
Bid or tender bonds (3)
1,955 1,862 93 — — 
Other (4)
2,449 2,249 200 — — 
 $67,382 $41,135 $13,826 $7,120 $5,301 
(1)At December 31, 2017, the Company had provided cash collateral amounting to $4,407 for certain of these items. That collateral is reflected in restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding these arrangements.
(2)Represents guarantee of service performance bonds and advance payments through international banks required under certain international contracts.
(3)Represents tender and bid bonds issued through international banks as part of the bidding process for new work to assure our client that we will enter into the service contract.
(4)Primarily represents the indemnity escrow required in conjunction with the sale of the Claims Group.
(1)At December 31, 2020, the Company had provided cash collateral amounting to $7,184 for certain of these items. That collateral is reflected in restricted cash on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. See Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding these arrangements.
(2)Represents guarantee of service performance bonds and advance payments through domestic and international banks required under certain client contracts.
(3)Represents tender and bid bonds issued through international banks as part of the bidding process for new work to assure our client that we will enter into the service contract.
(4)Includes off-balance sheet arrangements with open-ended expiration dates.

Contractual Obligations
 
The following chart provides information with respect totable reflects contractual obligations:debt obligations under our notes payable and credit facilities, fees paid on our off-balance sheet arrangements and minimum cash rental payments due for our operating lease obligations over the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2020:
  Total 2018 2019-2020 2021-2022 2023 and later
Long-term debt obligations (1) $38,674
 $3,406
 $2,028
 $4,596
 $28,644
Interest expense on notes payable (2) 18,036
 3,814
 6,946
 6,076
 1,200
Operating lease obligations (3) 32,181
 6,981
 9,655
 6,036
 9,509
  $88,891
 $14,201
 $18,629
 $16,708
 $39,353
 Total20212022-20232024-20252026 and thereafter
Principal and repayment of notes payable and credit facilities (1)
$49,281 $955 $47,659 $579 $88 
Interest expense on notes payable and credit facilities (2) (5)
8,127 4,092 4,014 19 
Fees paid on off-balance sheet arrangements (3) (5)
2,224 942 886 351 45 
Operating lease obligations (4) (5)
21,598 5,772 8,170 4,698 2,958 
Finance lease obligations (4) (5)
265 75 150 40 — 
 $81,495 $11,836 $60,879 $5,687 $3,093 
(1)Excludes the amortization of deferred financing costs.
(2)Estimated using the interest rates in effect at December 31, 2017.
(3)Represents future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases. We expect to fund these commitments with existing cash and cash flow from operations.

(1)    Reduced by the amortization of deferred financing costs related to our term loan debt. Balances due partially include amounts payable in various foreign currencies and are reflected based on foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2020, where applicable.
(2)Estimated using the weighted average effective interest rates as of December 31, 2020 on our notes payable and credit facilities. Includes the amortization of deferred financing costs related to our term loan and revolving credit facilities.
(3)Fees paid on our off-balance sheet arrangements are included in interest and related financing fees, net, in our consolidated statements of operations.
(4)Represents future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable lease terms. Amounts exclude contingent rental payments, where applicable, that may be payable based on lease provisions where annual rent increases are based on certain economic indexes, among other items. We expect to fund these commitments with existing cash and cash flow from operations.
(5)Amounts presented are partially payable in various foreign currencies and are based on the foreign currency rates at December 31, 2020.
27



The liability for unrecognized tax benefits is not included in the table above due to the subjective nature of the costs and timing of anticipated payments.



Subsequent Event

Change in CEO

On August 17, 2018, the Board of Directors appointed Raouf S. Ghali as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective as of October 1, 2018. In addition to his role as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Ghali will continue to serve as a member of the Board of Directors.

Payment Agreement of Assessed Tax Liability (Libya)

The Company had an agreement with ODAC in which the ODAC would pay the Libyan government 5,599 LYD (approximately $4,600) for assessed taxes that the Company owed and in return, the Company would reduce the amount ODAC owed the Company by an equal amount. Notice was received subsequent to year end that ODAC had made the agreed upon payment.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
We are exposed to certain market risks primarily related to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.
Foreign Exchange Rates
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk resulting from our operations outsidea smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the U.S., whichSecurities Exchange Act of 1934 and are denominated, primarily in Euros, U.A.E. dirhams, Qatari riyal, Omani rial, Saudi riyal, Brazilian real, Polish zloty as well as other currencies. We do not comprehensively hedge our exposurerequired to currency rate changes; however, we limit exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in most of our contracts through provisions that require client payments to be in currencies corresponding toprovide the currency in which costs are incurred. We currently do not hedge foreign currency cash flows for contract work performed, although we may do so in the future. The functional currency of our significant foreign operations is the respective local currency.information under this item.
28
Interest Rates


Our borrowings under our term loan and revolving credit facilities with Société Générale and other U.S. Loan Parties, along with our other revolving credit facilities, bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates had changed by 100 basis points, our interest expense and cash flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 would have changed by approximately $742.


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.Data



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Hill International, Inc.



Opinion on the Financial Statementsfinancial statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hill International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiariessubsidiaries (the “Company"“Company”) as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016, and2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss,(loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2020, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule identified inincluded under Item 1515(a) (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, and the consolidated results of theirits operations and theirits cash flows for each of the two years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"(“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated August 31, 2018 disclaimedMarch 16, 2021 expressed an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a scope limitation.adverse opinion.


Basis for Opinion

opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.



Critical audit matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition – Estimates-at-Completion

As described further in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Company generally recognizes revenue over a period of time as control transfers to a customer, based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the related performance obligation. The selection of the method used to measure progress requires judgment and is dependent on the contract type selected by the customer during contract negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided. For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the Company uses the ratio of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input model) represents a reasonable measure of progress toward the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total transaction price earned. We identified the initial development and subsequent updates to estimates-at-completion as a critical audit matter.

The principal considerations for our determination that the development and updating of estimates-at-completion in recognizing revenue is a critical audit matter are the significant management judgments involved in the initial creation and subsequent updates to the Company’s estimates-at-completion and related profit recognized, which required subjective management and auditor judgment in the development and execution of such estimates. Inputs and assumptions requiring significant management judgment included anticipated direct labor, subcontract labor, and other direct costs required to deliver on unfinished performance obligations.

29


Our audit procedures related to this matter included the following, among others:

We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls relating to the development of initial estimates-to-completion and the ongoing updating and monitoring of estimates specific to the estimates-at-completion.

We tested management’s process for developing, revising and applying estimates-at-completion to a sample of contracts. Our testing included evaluating key inputs and assumptions by comparing the estimates to underlying supporting documentation or other corroborating evidence that supports estimated costs. We interviewed project managers of the Company to evaluate progress to date and discuss factors impacting the estimated hours to complete the project.

To assess the Company’s ability to develop reliable estimates, we performed the following analytical analysis:

o We performed analytical procedures of gross margin fluctuations on a contract by contract basis to
corroborate cumulative catch-up adjustments.

o We performed a look-back analysis on a contract by contract basis comparing actual costs incurred during the
year to prior year estimated costs.


/s/ EisnerAmperGRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.2019.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
EISNERAMPER LLPMarch 16, 2021
Iselin, New Jersey
August 31, 2018
30





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Hill International, Inc.


Disclaimer of Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We were engaged to audit Hill International, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Hill International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017,2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). AsIn our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described in Item 9the following paragraphs on the achievement of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, since we were engaged to auditobjectives of the Company’scontrol criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting subsequent toas of December 31, 2017 and we were unable to apply other procedures to obtain sufficient evidence about2020, based on criteria established in the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, the scope of our work was not sufficient to enable us to express, and we do not express, an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO.


A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’scompany’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Item 9A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K describes theThe following material weaknesses that have been identified and included in management’s assessment. These material weaknesses

Revenue Recognition - the Company failed to:

o Consistently ensure there were consideredeffective and documented review controls over the set-up and monitoring of
its estimates at completion calculations for long-term fixed fee contracts;

o Design controls to ensure the proper set-up of contract information in determining the nature, timing,system and extentover the review and
     approval of manual billings. This contract information and manual billing is used in the audit tests applied in our audit ofrevenue recognition
process

Vendor Approval - The Company did not properly design policies, procedures and controls to ensure that vendors were properly reviewed, approved and set-up within the December 31, 2017 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated August 31, 2018, on those financial statements.system.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"(“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheetsfinancial statements of Hill International, Inc. and Subsidiariesthe Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, andfor the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year periodyear ended December 31, 2017,2020. The material weaknesses identified above were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the related notes2020 consolidated financial statements, and the financial statement schedule identified in Item 15, andthis report does not affect our report dated August 31, 2018March 16, 2021 which expressed an unqualified opinion.opinion on those financial statements.


Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion

opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitationslimitations of Internal Controlinternal control over Financial Reportingfinancial reporting

An entity’sA company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An entity’sA company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i)(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (ii)company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the entitycompany are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the entity;company; and (iii)(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entity’scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.



31



Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



/s/ EisnerAmperGRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
EISNERAMPER LLPMarch 16, 2021
Iselin, New Jersey
August 31, 2018


32


HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
 December 31, December 31,
 2017 2016 20202019
Assets  
  
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents $21,353
 $25,637
Cash and cash equivalents$34,229 $15,915 
Cash - restricted 4,407
 4,312
Cash - restricted3,752 4,666 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $72,850 and $71,082 156,860
 164,844
Accounts receivable - affiliates 4,599
 5,712
Accounts receivable, netAccounts receivable, net98,186 103,892 
Accounts receivable - affiliates, netAccounts receivable - affiliates, net23,285 18,776 
Current portion of retainage receivableCurrent portion of retainage receivable11,775 16,459 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 9,053
 7,751
Prepaid expenses and other current assets9,378 9,340 
Income taxes receivable 2,139
 3,554
Income taxes receivable2,298 2,256 
Current assets held for sale 
 54,651
Total current assets 198,411
 266,461
Total current assets182,903 171,304 
Property and equipment, net 12,004
 16,389
Property and equipment, net9,443 11,895 
Cash - restricted, net of current portion 1,160
 313
Cash - restricted, net of current portion3,432 4,401 
Operating lease right-of-use assetsOperating lease right-of-use assets13,116 17,451 
Financing lease right-of-use assetsFinancing lease right-of-use assets288 
Retainage receivable 13,095
 17,225
Retainage receivable6,044 5,695 
Acquired intangibles, net 3,908
 6,006
Acquired intangibles, net2,253 232 
Goodwill 52,658
 50,665
Goodwill46,397 48,024 
Investments 3,639
 3,501
Investments2,805 1,711 
Deferred income tax assets 4,052
 3,200
Deferred income tax assets3,698 3,800 
Other assets 4,368
 4,224
Other assets1,620 5,038 
Assets held for sale 
 32,091
Total assets $293,295
 $400,075
Total assets$271,999 $269,551 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current maturities of notes payable and long-term debt $3,241
 $1,983
Current maturities of notes payable and long-term debt$987 $1,792 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 83,221
 85,680
Accounts payable and accrued expenses67,797 65,172 
Income taxes payable 16,494
 4,874
Income taxes payable2,219 3,152 
Current portion of deferred revenue 13,945
 12,943
Current portion of deferred revenue3,305 10,773 
Current portion of operating lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of operating lease liabilities4,797 5,736 
Current portion of financing lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of financing lease liabilities70 
Other current liabilities 8,973
 8,157
Other current liabilities5,796 4,876 
Current liabilities held for sale 
 25,888
Total current liabilities 125,874
 139,525
Total current liabilities84,971 91,501 
Notes payable and long-term debt, net of current maturities 34,541
 142,120
Notes payable and long-term debt, net of current maturities48,294 41,150 
Retainage payable 599
 961
Retainage payable600 1,551 
Deferred income tax liabilities 933
 560
Deferred income tax liabilities1,210 419 
Deferred revenue 7,212
 22,804
Deferred revenue7,488 3,041 
Non-current operating lease liabilitiesNon-current operating lease liabilities13,184 17,030 
Non-current financing lease liabilitiesNon-current financing lease liabilities186 
Other liabilities 13,466
 12,666
Other liabilities6,778 4,631 
Liabilities held for sale 
 5,087
Total liabilities 182,625
 323,723
Total liabilities162,711 159,323 
Commitments and contingencies 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)00
Stockholders’ equity: 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, none issued 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 59,389 shares and 58,835 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively 6
 6
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 0ne issuedPreferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 0ne issued
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 62,920 and 62,708 shares issued at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectivelyCommon stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 62,920 and 62,708 shares issued at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital 197,104
 190,353
Additional paid-in capital215,010 212,759 
Accumulated deficit (53,983) (81,349)Accumulated deficit(79,542)(71,360)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (4,011) (4,611)
Treasury stock of 6,977 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016 (30,041) (30,041)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)1,318 (3,817)
Treasury stock of 6,807 and 6,546 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectivelyTreasury stock of 6,807 and 6,546 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively(29,056)(28,231)
Hill International, Inc. share of equity 109,075
 74,358
Hill International, Inc. share of equity107,736 109,357 
Noncontrolling interests 1,595
 1,994
Noncontrolling interests1,552 871 
Total equity 110,670
 76,352
Total equity109,288 110,228 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $293,295
 $400,075
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$271,999 $269,551 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

33


HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Revenue $483,736
 $516,012
 $544,760
Direct expenses 336,883
 358,943
 373,544
Gross profit 146,853
 157,069
 171,216
Selling, general and administrative expenses 151,186
 170,682
 172,649
Share of (profit) loss of equity method affiliates (3,777) 37
 237
Operating loss (556) (13,650) (1,670)
Interest and related financing fees, net 3,031
 2,355
 3,611
Loss before income taxes (3,587) (16,005) (5,281)
Income tax expense 3,103
 5,955
 5,833
Loss from continuing operations (6,690) (21,960) (11,114)
Discontinued operations:      
Loss from discontinued operations (14,479) (11,776) (2,564)
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 48,713
 
 
Total earnings (loss) from discontinued operations 34,234
 (11,776) (2,564)
Net earnings (loss) 27,544
 (33,736) (13,678)
Less: net earnings - noncontrolling interests 178
 76
 823
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Hill International, Inc. $27,366
 $(33,812) $(14,501)
       
Basic loss per common share from continuing operations - Hill International Inc. $(0.13) $(0.43) $(0.24)
Basic loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.28) (0.22) (0.05)
Basic gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax 0.93
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc. $0.52
 $(0.65) $(0.29)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 52,175
 51,724
 50,874
       
Diluted loss per common share from continuing operations - Hill International Inc. $(0.13) $(0.43) $(0.24)
Diluted loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.28) (0.22) (0.05)
Diluted gain on disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax 0.93
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc. $0.52
 $(0.65) $(0.29)
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 52,175
 51,724
 50,874
 Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Consulting fee revenue$296,615 $308,620 
Reimbursable expenses71,909 67,817 
Total revenue368,524 376,437 
Direct expenses249,173 249,587 
Gross profit119,351 126,850 
Selling, general and administrative expenses109,215 109,746 
Foreign currency exchange loss2,923 1,159 
Plus: Share of profit of equity method affiliates3,286 2,601 
Operating profit10,499 18,546 
Less: Interest and related financing fees, net5,224 5,795 
Plus: Other (loss) income, net(5,711)394 
(Loss) income before income taxes(436)13,145 
Income tax expense (benefit)7,134 (1,109)
Net (loss) income(7,570)14,254 
Less: net income - noncontrolling interests612 170 
Net (loss) income attributable to Hill International, Inc.$(8,182)$14,084 
Basic (loss) income per common share - Hill International, Inc.$(0.14)$0.25 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding56,603 56,280 
Diluted (loss) income per common share - Hill International, Inc.$(0.14)$0.25 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding56,603 56,280 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

34


HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS(LOSS) INCOME
(In thousands)
 
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Net earnings (loss) $27,544
 $(33,736) $(13,678)
Foreign currency translation adjustments 1,125
 5,062
 (2,202)
Other, net of tax 
 585
 (226)
Comprehensive earnings (loss) 28,669
 (28,089) (16,106)
Comprehensive earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests 703
 (255) (2,628)
Comprehensive earnings (loss) attributable to Hill International, Inc. $27,966
 $(27,834) $(13,478)
 Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Net (loss) income$(7,570)$14,254 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax5,204 (1,146)
Comprehensive (loss) income(2,366)13,108 
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests681 266 
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Hill International, Inc.$(3,047)$12,842 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

35


HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2020 and 20152019
(In thousands)
 Common StockAdditional
Paid-in
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Treasury StockHill Share of Stockholders’ EquityNon-controlling InterestsTotal
Stockholders’
Equity
 SharesAmountCapital(Deficit)Income (Loss)SharesAmount
Balance - December 31, 201862,181 $$210,084 $(85,444)$(2,575)6,546 $(28,231)$93,840 $605 $94,445 
Net earnings— — — 14,084 — — — 14,084 170 14,254 
Other comprehensive earnings (loss)— — — — (1,242)— — (1,242)96 (1,146)
Shares issued to Board of Directors128 — — — — — — — — 
Share-based compensation expense322 — 2,514 — — — — 2,514 — 2,514 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan77 — 161 — — — — 161 — 161 
Balance - December 31, 201962,708 212,759 (71,360)(3,817)6,546 (28,231)109,357 871 110,228 
Net (loss) earnings— — — (8,182)— — — (8,182)612 (7,570)
Other comprehensive earnings— — — — 5,135 — — 5,135 69 5,204 
Shares issued to Board of Directors277 — — — — — — — — 
Share-based compensation expense— 2,006 — — — — 2,006 — 2,006 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan196 — 245 — — — — 245 — 245 
Transfer of shares pledged as collateral (1)
(261)— — — — 261 (825)(825)— (825)
Balance - December 31, 202062,920 $$215,010 $(79,542)$1,318 6,807 $(29,056)$107,736 $1,552 $109,288 
  Common Stock 
Additional
Paid-in
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
 Treasury Stock Hill Share of Stockholders’ Non-controlling 
Total
Stockholders’
  Shares Amount Capital (Deficit) (Loss) Shares Amount Equity Interests Equity
Balance - December 31, 2014 56,920
 $6
 $179,912
 $(33,292) $(11,612) 6,546
 $(28,304) $106,710
 $9,944
 $116,654
Net (loss) earnings 
 
 
 (14,501) 
 
 
 (14,501) 823
 (13,678)
Other comprehensive earnings (loss) 
 
 
 
 1,023
 
 
 1,023
 (3,451) (2,428)
Stock issued to Board of Directors 25
 
 115
 
 
 
 
 115
 
 115
Stock-based compensation expense 
 
 2,983
 
 
 
 
 2,983
 
 2,983
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan 43
 
 126
 
 
 
 
 126
 
 126
Exercise of stock options 189
 
 468
 
 
 
 
 468
 
 468
Cashless exercise of stock options 85
 
 361
 
 
 67
 (361) 
 
 
Stock issued for acquisition of CPI 148
 
 530
 
 
 
 
 530
 
 530
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (253) (253)
Acquisition of additional interest in subsidiary 925
 
 4,703
 
 
 
 
 4,703
 (4,703) 
Purchase of treasury stock 
 
 
 
 
 130
 (580) (580) 
 (580)
Balance - December 31, 2015 58,335
 6
 189,198
 (47,793) (10,589) 6,743
 (29,245) 101,577
 2,360
 103,937
Net (loss) earnings 
 
 
 (33,812) 
 
 
 (33,812) 76
 (33,736)
Other comprehensive earnings (loss) 
 
 
 
 5,978
 
 
 5,978
 (331) 5,647
Stock issued to Board of Directors
3
 
 10
 
 
 
 
 10
 
 10
Stock-based compensation expense 
 
 2,486
 256
 
 
 
 2,742
 
 2,742
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan 59
 
 182
 
 
 
 
 182
 
 182
Exercise of stock options 117
 
 351
 
 
 
 
 351
 
 351
Cashless exercise of stock options 321
 
 796
 
 
 234
 (796) 
 
 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (111) (111)
Decrease related to ESA Put Options 
 
 (2,670) 
 
 
 
 (2,670) 
 (2,670)
Balance - December 31, 2016 58,835
 6
 190,353
 (81,349) (4,611) 6,977
 (30,041) 74,358
 1,994
 76,352
Net earnings 
 
 
 27,366
 
 
 
 27,366
 178
 27,544
Other comprehensive earnings (loss) 
 
 
 
 600
 
 
 600
 525
 1,125
Stock-based compensation expense 
 
 3,012
 
 
 
 
 3,012
 
 3,012
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan 36
 
 139
 
 
 
 
 139
 
 139
Exercise of stock options 518
 
 1,914
 
 
 
 
 1,914
 
 1,914
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (193) (193)
Change in estimate of ESA put option price 
 
 777
 
 
 
 
 777
 
 777
Reversal of accrual for portion of ESA put 
 
 1,099
 
 
 
 
 1,099
 
 1,099
Acquisition of additional interest in ESA 
 
 (190) 
 
 
 
 (190) (909) (1,099)
Balance - December 31, 2017 59,389
 $6
 $197,104
 $(53,983) $(4,011) 6,977
 $(30,041) $109,075
 $1,595
 $110,670


(1) See Note 12 - Stockholders' Equity for more detail.


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

36


HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Cash flows from operating activities:  
Net (loss) income$(7,570)$14,254 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization4,038 3,824 
Recovery of bad debts(1,940)(11,360)
Amortization of deferred loan fees699 715 
Deferred tax expense782 751 
Share-based compensation2,006 2,514 
Lease right-of use assets4,135 3,899 
Loss on liquidation of subsidiary5,501 
Foreign currency remeasurement losses (gains)2,923 (905)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable13,463 27,315 
Accounts receivable - affiliates(4,509)485 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets1,149 (3,792)
Income taxes receivable(419)(1,504)
Retainage receivable(337)200 
Other assets(4,693)(164)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses(245)(14,934)
Deferred payroll tax payments3,623 
Income taxes payable(952)(5,703)
Deferred revenue(3,102)(2,554)
Lease liabilities(4,622)(4,630)
Other current liabilities1,168 124 
Retainage payable(952)624 
Other liabilities2,132 820 
Net cash provided by operating activities12,278 9,979 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for purchase of property and equipment(1,843)(3,936)
Acquisition of Grandfathered Engineering Corporation license(1,050)
Net cash used in investing activities(2,893)(3,936)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on term loans(893)(1,060)
Proceeds from term loan borrowings1,310 
Proceeds from revolving loans53,630 37,296 
Repayment of revolving loans(47,777)(41,361)
Proceeds from stock issued under employee stock purchase plan245 194 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities6,515 (4,931)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash540 763 
Deconsolidated cash
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash16,431 1,875 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash — beginning of year24,982 23,107 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash — end of year$41,413 $24,982 
37


  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Cash flows from operating activities:  
  
  
Net income (loss) $27,544
 $(33,736) $(13,678)
Loss from discontinued operations 14,479
 11,776
 2,564
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes (see note 2) (48,713) 
 
Loss from continuing operations (6,690) (21,960) (11,114)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:      
Depreciation and amortization 6,523
 7,265
 7,940
Provision for bad debts 6,908
 14,454
 6,262
Amortization of deferred loan fees 961
 1,778
 1,778
Deferred tax benefit (1,815) (692) (1,786)
Loss on sale of assets 184
 
 
Stock based compensation 2,893
 2,496
 2,755
Unrealized foreign exchange losses on inter-company balances 834
 11,579
 13,929
Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):      
Restricted cash (921) 22
 11,170
Accounts receivable 6,586
 5,284
 (51,041)
Accounts receivable - equity method affiliate 1,120
 3,345
 (3,762)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (699) (808) 4,446
Income taxes receivable 1,794
 (1,058) (384)
Retainage receivable 6,725
 (14,982) 662
Other assets (4,131) 5,970
 1,717
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (7,587) (2,805) 18,704
Income taxes payable 2,025
 (3,337) (50)
Deferred revenue (17,038) 9,989
 1,554
Other current liabilities 692
 (84) (1,423)
Retainage payable (370) (968) (519)
Other liabilities 2,687
 1,353
 5,626
Net cash provided by continuing operations 681
 16,841
 6,464
Net cash used in discontinued operations (12,634) (7,943) (5,928)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (11,953) 8,898
 536
Cash flows from investing activities:      
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired 
 
 (4,354)
Purchase of additional interest in Engineering S.A. (1,099) 
 
Payments for purchase of property and equipment (1,884) (2,363) (10,083)
Proceeds from sale of assets 60
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations (2,923) (2,363) (14,437)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of discontinued operations 129,247
 (1,687) (4,996)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 126,324
 (4,050) (19,433)
Cash flows from financing activities:      
Payments on term loans (206) (1,390) (1,240)
Proceeds from term loan borrowing 30,000
 
 23,548
Payoff and termination of term loan (117,494) 
 
Net payments on revolving credit facility (25,940) (109) 
Payment of financing fees (4,038) 
 
Proceeds from Philadelphia Industrial Development Corporation loan 
 
 750
Payment of holdback purchase price 
 (1,531) 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest (193) (111) (253)
Proceeds from stock issued under employee stock purchase plan 139
 182
 126
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 1,914
 351
 272
Purchase of treasury stock 
 
 (580)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (115,818) (2,608) 22,623
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (2,837) (692) (9,761)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (4,284) 1,548
 (6,035)
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of year 25,637
 24,089
 30,124
Cash and cash equivalents — end of year $21,353
 $25,637
 $24,089
Years Ended December 31,
20202019
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest and related financing fees paid$4,670 $5,347 
Income taxes paid3,748 4,821 
Transfer of proceeds from shares pledged as collateral to treasury stock825 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities8,448 8,164 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities(1)
1,293 21,351 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for financing lease liabilities288 
Cancellation of PIDC-Local Development Corporation forgivable loan345 
(1) Amounts relate to the Company's adoption of the new accounting guidance for leases, as described in Note 3 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for the year ended December 31, 2019.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

38


HILL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share data)



Note 1 — The Company

Hill International, Inc. (“Hill”(including, as required by its context, its subsidiaries, “Hill” or the “Company”) is a professional services firm that provides program management, project management, construction management and other consulting services primarily to the buildings, transportation, environmental, energy and industrial markets worldwide. Hill’s clients include the U.S. federal government, U.S. state and local governments, foreign governments and the private sector. The Company had approximately 2,700 professionals in approximately 70 offices worldwide as of December 31, 2020.


The Company was incorporated on June 28, 2006 upon merging with Arpeggio Acquisition Corp in the state of Delaware. Prior to the merger, Arpeggio Acquisition Corp. completed its final public offering on June 30, 2004. Hill's common stock is traded on the NYSE under the trading symbol “HIL.”

All amounts included in the following Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are in thousands, except per share data.

Note 2 — Discontinued Operations

The Construction Claims Group sale closed on May 5, 2017 for a total purchase price of $140,000 in cash less: (1) an estimated working capital adjustment at closing amounting to approximately $8,449; and (2) approximately $2,187 of assumed indebtedness. In addition, the Company was required to provide a $3,750 letter of credit into escrow in order to secure certain of the Company’s indemnification obligations for 12 months following closing. The funds provided by the sale of the Construction Claims Group and the cash received upon the draw down under the 2017 Term Loan Facility and the amended Revolving Credit Facilities (described below) were required to be used as follows: (a) $117,000 to pay off the 2014 Term Loan Facility; (b) approximately $8,793 to pay down the International Revolver; and (c) approximately $1,214 to pay accrued interest and certain bank fees. The remaining proceeds, along with a portion of the proceeds from the 2017 Term Loan, were used to pay down the $25,000 U.S. Revolver.

The Company and the purchasers of the Construction Claims Group were unable to agree upon a final net working capital amount. After agreeing to a reduction in the proceeds of $3,203 and pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company participated in a dispute resolution process by which independent accounting experts determined in June 2018 that the final net working capital should be reduced by an additional $1,876. The total reduction in the proceeds from the buyer of $5,079 was completed and finalized in June 2018 and was included in calculating the gain during the second quarter of 2017.

The Company entered into a transition services agreement (the “TSA”) and certain other agreements with the Purchasers that govern the relationships between the Purchasers and the Company following the Construction Claims Group sale. Pursuant to the TSA, the Company provided the Purchasers with certain specified services on a transitional basis following the Construction Claims Group sale, including support in areas such as facilities, finance, human resources, legal, marketing, technology and treasury. In addition, the Company granted the Purchasers a license to use certain office premises as specified in the TSA. The TSA also outlined the services that the Purchasers provided to the Company following the Construction Claims Group sale, including support in areas such as finance, legal and treasury. The charges for the transition services and licensed premises generally allowed the providing company recovery of incremental costs and expenses it actually incurred in connection with providing the services and premises apart from the provision of certain services that are provided at no cost for terms specified in the TSA.

The assets and liabilities of the Construction Claims Group are reflected as held for sale in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the operating results and cash flows of the Construction Claims Group are reflected as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented.

The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations which were classified as held for sale are as follows:
  At Closing December 31, 2016
Accounts receivable, net $47,611
 $50,892
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 3,153
 3,064
Income taxes receivable 17
 695
Total current assets classified as held for sale $50,781
 $54,651
     
Property and equipment, net 5,786
 4,617
Acquired intangibles, net 3,289
 3,397
Goodwill 23,454
 23,461
Investments 5
 6
Other assets 2,860
 610
Total non-current assets classified as held for sale $35,394
 $32,091
     
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 15,960
 21,539
Income taxes payable 
 92
Deferred revenue 
 1,562
Other current liabilities 15,867
 2,695
Total current liabilities classified as held for sale $31,827
 $25,888
     
Deferred income taxes 
 385
Deferred revenue 92
 1,012
Retained Earnings 
 457
Other liabilities 1,257
 3,233
Total non-current liabilities classified as held for sale $1,349
 $5,087
     
Net Assets $52,999
 $55,767

The line items constituting earnings from discontinued operations consist of the following:
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
  (1)    
Revenue $62,149
 $169,252
 $168,029
Direct expenses 31,339
 78,688
 78,476
Gross profit 30,810
 90,564
 89,553
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2) 35,785
 86,594
 78,800
Operating profit (loss) (4,975) 3,970
 10,753
Interest and related financing fees, net (3) 8,858
 11,271
 11,053
  Loss before income taxes (13,833) (7,301) (300)
Pretax gain on disposal of discontinued operations (4) 61,443
 
 
Earnings (loss) before income taxes 47,610
 (7,301) (300)
Income tax expense (5) 13,376
 4,475
 2,264
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations $34,234
 $(11,776) $(2,564)
In connection with the sale of the Construction Claims Group, the Company was required to pay off the 2014 Term Loan Facility (See Note 11). Accordingly, the Company has allocated to discontinued operations all interest expense related to the 2014 Term Loan Facility.
(1)Results of operations for the Construction Claims Group are reflected through April 30, 2017, the effective closing date of the Construction Claims Group sale.
(2)No amortization or depreciation expense was recorded by the Company in 2017 as the Construction Claims Group’s assets were held for sale as of December 31, 2016.
(3)In connection with the sale of the Construction Claims Group, the Company was required to pay off its existing term loan facility and amend and pay down its existing revolving credit facilities (See Note 11). Interest expense and debt issuance costs attributable to the Construction Claims Group were charged to discontinued operations.
(4)The pretax gain on the sale of the Construction Claims Group was calculated as follows:

Adjusted purchase price$129,364
Cash transferred to buyer4,041
Net proceeds from Purchaser125,323
Less net assets held for sale52,999
Less other adjustments *10,881
Pretax gain on disposal$61,443

* $5,079 represents the net working capital settlement, $2,793 represents corporate costs related to the finalization of the sale and $3,009 represent other sales costs.

(5)The effective tax rates on pretax income from discontinued operations were 28.1%, (61.3)% and (754.7)% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 2017 rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the taxability of the gain on the sale in the U.S and foreign jurisdictions.


Note 3 - Liquidity

At December 31, 2017 and 2016 ourThe Company's principal sources of liquidity consisted of $21,353 and $25,637, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents; $11,943equivalents of $34,229 and $8,981, respectively,$15,915 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; available borrowing capacity of $7,495 and $9,052 under the Company's domestic revolving credit facility with Société Générale at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; available borrowing capacity under the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility; $6,292Company's international revolving credit facility with Société Générale of $1,085 and $333, respectively of$3,145 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; and available borrowing capacity under the International Revolving Credit Facility and $1,534 and $3,862, respectively, under other foreign credit agreements.agreements of $3,131 and $2,538 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Additional information regarding the Company's credit facilities is set forth in Note 1110 - Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt.



From July 18, 2018 to August 8, 2018In December 2019, COVID-19 was identified in Wuhan, China. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic as a result of the further spread of the virus into all regions of the world, including those regions where the Company's primary operations occur. The effects of this global pandemic on the Company was notincludes anticipated lower gross and operating margins, as well as temporary delays in compliancecertain accounts receivable collections. These effects may continue in the foreseeable future. The Company is focused on preserving its principal sources of liquidity and managing its cash flow and will continue to evaluate the potential short-term and long-term implications of COVID-19 on its consolidated statements of operations. The Company has achieved approximately $11,000 in corporate cost reductions in 2020. The Company believes that it has adequate liquidity and business plans to continue to operate the business and mitigate the risks associated with COVID-19 for the requirements of its Revolving Credit Facilities, which requirednext 12 months from March 16, 2021, the filingdate of this Annual Report on Form 10-K by July 17, 2018, the Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018 by July 30, 2018 and the Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2018 by August 14, 2018. The Company obtained a waiver of non-compliance of the related covenants in its Revolving Credit Facilities which require the Company to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018 and the Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2018 by September 30, 2018. If the Company does not file such reports in accordance with this deadline, it may again be in noncompliance with the requirements of the Revolving Credit Facilities. As of the filing of this document, the Company believes it will be able to meet these deadlines.filing.


Note 43 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
(a)Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hill International, Inc. and its majority owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.



39


Reclassification

Certain back-office expenses and foreign currency translation gains and losses that had previously been included in the individual regions in the operating profit/(loss) table presentation are currently being included within the corporate costs line item on the operating profit/(loss) tables herein. The related 2019 prior period operating profit (loss) by geographic region and corporate costs have been recast to reflect this change. This change only affects the presentation in the operating profit/(loss) tables and has no impact on total operating profit/(loss) reported.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses that, in previous periods, had been included in selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, are presented as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The related foreign currency transaction gains and losses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 have been reclassed to reflect this change. This change has no impact on the total operating profit/(loss) reported.

Certain accrued agency fees that had previously been included in accrued payroll and related expenses in the components of accounts payable and accrued expenses table in Note 9 - Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses are currently being included within the accrued agency fees line item. The related amounts at December 31, 2019 have been reclassed to reflect this change.

Interest costs and (gains)/losses recognized with the Company's End of Service Benefit plan ("EOSB" plan) had previously been included in SG&A and are now presented in other (loss) income, net in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 for $637 and $219, respectively. This change results in an increase on the total operating profit previously reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, but has no impact on the total net income reported.

Certain geographic regions have been combined in tables throughout the document including in Note 4 - Revenue from Contract with Clients, Note 6 - Property and Equipment and Note 17 - Segment and Related Information. In the current year, Americas includes United States and Latin America and Middle East/Asia/Pacific includes Middle East and Asia/Pacific. The related 2019 presentation has been recast to conform to current year presentation.

Other (Loss) Income, net

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, a loss of $5,501 was recognized due to the bankruptcy filing and deconsolidation of our subsidiaries in Brazil (see Note 18 - Deconsolidation of Controlling Interest in Subsidiaries). Also, the Company's EOSB plan (see Note 16 Benefit Plans) interest cost and actuarial loss totaling $637 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 is included within Other (loss) income, net. An additional $345 of other income was recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, representing the cancellation of a loan agreement made with the PIDC-Local Development Corporation that was funded to the Company on October 24, 2014 as part of the city of Philadelphia's (the "City") Economic Stimulus Program. In February 2020, the City agreed to cancel this loan due to the Company satisfying all obligations upon which cancellation of such debt was conditioned in the Loan Agreement.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $394 of income in Other (Loss) Income, net, related to the settlement of a $1,000 grant received from the Pennsylvania Department of Community and Economic Development (the "PADCED") in May 2015 (the "Grant"), net of $606 of expense related to interest costs, net of gains, related to the Company's EOSB plan and other non-operating activity. The Grant was used as part of the relocation of Hill's corporate headquarters to the city of Philadelphia where partial or full repayment of the Grant is required if specific conditions were not met, which included maintaining a minimum number of employees throughout 2018, among other conditions, with the possibility of extension at the PADCED's discretion. In July 2019, the PADCED concluded that the Company is required to repay $351 of the Grant since the Company failed to meet its employment commitment. In July 2020, the PACDED agreed to further reduce the required repayment to $324 payable in 4 installments of $81, with the last installment due May 1, 2021.

40


(b)Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions
 
Assets and liabilities of all foreign operations are translated at year-end rates of exchange while revenues and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements are accumulated in a separate component of stockholders’ equity entitledtitled accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) until the entity is sold or substantially liquidated. Gains or losses arising from foreign currency transactions (transactions denominated in a currency other than the entity’s local currency), including those resulting from intercompany transactions, are reflected in selling, general and administrative expensesforeign currency exchange loss in the consolidated statementstatements of operations. The impact of foreign exchange on long-term intercompany loans, for which repayment has not been scheduled or planned and permanent equity has been elected, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) on the Company's consolidated balance sheet.sheets. There were no such long-term intercompany loans as of December 31, 2020.
 
(c)Use of Estimates and Assumptions
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and the revenue and expenses reported for the periods covered by the financial statements and certain amounts disclosed in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. The estimates affecting the consolidated financial statements that are particularly significant include revenue recognition, allocation of purchase price to acquired intangibles andcalculations, goodwill fair value of contingent consideration,impairment determination on recoverability of long-lived assets, income taxes, allowance for doubtful accounts, right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities and commitments and contingencies.
 
(d)Fair Value Measurements
 
The fair value of financial instruments, which primarily consists of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximates carrying value due to the short-term nature of the instruments. The carrying value of a significant portion of our various credit facilities approximates fair value as the interest rates are variable and approximates current market levels.
 
Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and the Company considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.
 
Non-financial assets and liabilities, such as goodwill and long lived assets that are initially recorded at fair value, will be assessed for impairment, if deemed necessary. DuringAdditional information related to the years ended December 31, 2017Company's impairment assessment of these assets are included in paragraphs (k) Long-Lived Assets and 2016,(l) Goodwill below.

See paragraph below (s) Share-Based Compensation, to be read in conjunction with Note 11 Share-Based Compensation, for information related to certain share-based compensation awards that require the Company did not record any impairment to any financial or nonfinancial assets or liabilities.estimate the fair value of such award when the value cannot be measured at the time of the grant.
 
(e)Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and investments in money market funds and investment grade securities held with financial institutions. The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 

(f)Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash primarily represents cash collateral required to be maintained in foreign bank accounts to serve as collateral for letters of credit, bonds or guarantees on severalcertain projects. TheGenerally, the cash will remain restricted until the respective project has been completed, which typically is greater than one year.


41


The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statements of cash flows:
20202019
Cash and cash equivalents$34,229 $15,915 
Cash - restricted3,752 4,666 
Cash - restricted, net of current portion3,432 4,401 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows$41,413 $24,982 

(g)Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash investmentsequivalents and accounts receivable.
 
The Company maintains its cash accounts with high quality financial institutions. Although the Company believes that the financial institutions with which it does business will be able to fulfill their commitments, there is no assurance that those institutions will be able to continue to do so.
 
The Company provides professional services, under contractual arrangements, to domestic and foreign governmental units, institutions and the private sector. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and requires customary retainers where appropriate.
 
No single client contributed 10% or more to revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015.2019.


The following table presents the number of clients that contributedcomprised of 10% or more toof the Company's billed accounts receivable:
 December 31,
 20202019
Number of 10% clients
Percentage of billed accounts receivable16 %14 %
  December 31,
  2017 2016
Number of 10% clients 2
 2
Percentage of accounts receivable 34% 32%


(h)Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate prepared by management based on identification of the collectability of specific accounts and the overall condition of the receivable portfolios. When evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company specifically analyzes trade receivables, including retainage receivable, historical bad debts, client credits, client concentrations, client credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in client payment terms. If the financial condition of clients were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. Likewise, should the Company determine that it would be able to realize more of its receivables in the future than previously estimated, an adjustment to the allowance would increase earnings in the period such determination was made. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed at a minimum on a quarterly basis and adjustments are recorded as deemed necessary.
 
(i)Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
MethodEstimated Useful Life
Furniture and equipmentStraight-line10 years
Leasehold improvementsStraight-lineShorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Computer equipment and softwareStraight-line3 to 5 years
AutomobilesStraight-line5 years
 

42


The Company capitalizes costs associated with internally developed and/or purchased software systems that have reached the application development stage and meet recoverability tests. Capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services utilized in developing or obtaining internal-use software, payroll and payroll-related expenses for employees who are directly associated with and devote time to the internal-use software project.projects. Capitalization of such costs begins when the preliminary project stage is complete and ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose. Costs for general and administrative, overhead, maintenance and training, as well as the cost of software that does not add functionality to existing systems, are expensed as incurred.
 
Upon retirement or other disposition of these assets, the cost and related depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in results of operations. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals of minor items are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized.
 
(j)Retainage Receivable
 
Retainage receivable represents balances billed but not paid by clients pursuant to retainage provisions in the construction managementtheir contracts and will be due upon completion of specific tasks or the completion of the contract. The current portion of retainage receivable is included in accounts receivable and the long-term portion of retainage receivable is included in retainage receivable in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
(k)Long-Lived Assets
 
Acquired intangible assets consist of contract rights, client related intangibles and trade names arising from the Company’s Project Management acquisitions. Contract rights represent the fair value of contracts in progress and backlog of an acquired entity. For intangible assets purchased in a business combination, the estimated fair values of the assets are used to establish the cost bases.basis.  Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, the income approach and the cost approach are used to measure fair value. These assets are amortized over their estimated lives which range from three to fifteen years.
 
The Company reviews long-lived assets to be held-and-used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows over the remaining useful life of a long-lived asset is less than its carrying amount, the asset is considered to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. When fair values are not available, the Company estimates fair value using the expected future cash flow discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks associated with the recovery of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

NaN such impairment losses were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $563, which is in SG&A on the consolidated statements of operations and in depreciation and amortization on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The impairment related to the Company's 2015 acquisition of one of its current subsidiaries, IMS Proje Yonetimi ve Danismanlik A.S. ("IMS"), which is based out of the Company's office in Turkey. The Company's consolidated balance sheet included an intangible asset related to IMS for client relationships prior to the impairment. In addition to the decline in the intangible asset's carrying value as a result of the Company's exposure to foreign exchange losses, the Company assessed that the client relationships that were in-place at the time of the intangible asset's initial fair value measurement no longer had any value at December 31, 2019.

Acquired intangible assets also includes the purchase of an engineering license during the year ended December 31, 2020. The transaction was recorded as an asset acquisition, with an indefinite useful life.

(l)Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value may be below its carrying amount. The Company tests goodwill annually for impairment during the third fiscal quarter. To determine the fair value of our reporting unit, we use the discounted cash flow, methodthe public company and the quoted price method,methods, weighting the results of each method.


Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth, the period over which cash flows will occur, and determination of the weighted average cost of capital, among other things. Based on the valuation as of July 1, 2017, the fair value of the Company substantially exceeded its carrying value. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect our determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment. Changes in future market conditions, our business strategy, or other factors could impact upon the future value of our project management operations, which could result in future impairment charges.
43


Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the businesses, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. The Company’s changes in estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment. During the three months ended March 31, 2020 the Company determined that the significant decline in its market capitalization as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic indicated that an impairment loss may have been incurred. The Company bypassed the qualitative assessment and proceeded directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test concluded that the fair value of the Company (reporting unit) exceeded its carrying amount at that time, and therefore, goodwill was not considered impaired. The Company also performed its annual impairment test effective July 1, 2017 and noted no impairment.2020. Based on the valuation as of July 1, 2020, the fair value of the Company exceeded its carrying value. The Company also determined that no0 impairment existed at December 31, 20172020 and 2016.December 31, 2019. In the future, the Company will continue to perform the annual test during its fiscal third quarter unless events or circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred before that time.
 

(m)Investments
 
The Company will, in the ordinary course of business, form joint ventures for specific projects. These joint ventures have historically required limited or no investment and simply provide a pass-through for the Company’s billings. Any distributions in excess of the Company’s billings are accounted for as income when received.received and are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. In addition, the Company may make other investments accounted for at-cost. The Company’s equity method and cost-basistotal investments at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 are as follows:
 December 31,
 20202019
RAMPED Metro Joint Venture (1)(3)
1,493 527 
Concessia, Cartera y Gestion de Infrastructuras S.A. (2) 
1,193 1,096 
Other (3)
119 88 
 $2,805 $1,711 
  December 31,
  2017 2016
RAMPED Metro Joint Venture (1) $675
 $687
Concessia, Cartera y Gestion de Infrastructuras S.A. (2)  2,870
 2,515
Other 94
 299
  $3,639
 $3,501
(1)The Company has a 45.0% interest in this joint venture, which was formed for construction management of the Riyadh Metro system in Saudi Arabia.
(2)The Company has a 5.7% interest in Concessia, Cartera y Gestion de Infrastructuras S.A. ("Concessia"), an entity which invests in the equity of companies that finance, construct and operate various public and private infrastructure projects in Spain. The practicability exception to fair value measurement was elected due to the fact that there is no readily determinable fair value for this investment. Therefore, the investment is measured at-cost, less impairment, plus or minus observable price changes (in orderly transactions) of an identical or similar investment of the same issuer. There have been no impairments of and no observable price changes in the investment.
(1)The Company has a 45% interest in this joint venture, which was formed for construction management of the Riyadh Metro system in Saudi Arabia.
(2)The Company has a 4.45% interest in this entity, which invests in the equity of companies that finance, construct and operate various public and private infrastructure projects in Spain.
(3)Includes investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

(n)    Deferred Financing Costs, Net

Net deferred financing costs include debt discount and debt issuance costs associated with obtaining commitments for financing transactions. Deferred financing costs related to revolving-debt arrangements are reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the loan. Deferred financing costs related to any term debt that requires scheduled repayments are recorded as a direct deduction from the Company's notes payable and other long-term debt and are amortized over the term of the respective financing agreement using the effective interest method. The amortization of such costs are included in interest and related financing fees, net, on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Unamortized deferred financing costs are expensed if the associated debt is refinanced or repaid before the maturity.

(o)Deferred Revenue
 
In certain instances, the Company may collect advance payments from clients for future services. These payments are reflected as deferred revenue in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.sheets. As the services are performed, the Company reduces the balance and recognizes revenue.
 
(o)
44


(p)Deferred Rent


Rent expense for operating leases is determined by expensingThe Company adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-2, Leases (Topic 842) on January 1, 2019, which required the total amount of cash rent due over the life of theCompany to recognize lease assets and operating lease liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheet for all leases with estimated lease terms of more than one year. See further detail in Note 15 - Leases.

Leases with estimated lease terms of less than one year or arrangements where the Company subleases real estate to a third party were not accounted for under ASU 2016-2. Such leases remained accounted for under the previous Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 840, Leases. The lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis. The differencebasis over the lease term and any differences between the rent paid under the terms of the lease and the straight-line rent expensed on a straight-line basisexpense is recorded as a liability. The deferred rent atliability. At December 31, 20172020 and 20162019, deferred rent was $3,211 and $2,830, respectively,$2, and is included in other current liabilities and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.sheets.
 
(p)(q)Income Taxes
 
The Company estimates income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent it believes recovery is not likely, the Company establishes a valuation allowance. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance in a period, it must include an expense within the tax provision in the consolidated statements of earnings. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more“more likely than notnot” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent) to be realized in future years. If the Company determines in the future that it is more likely than not to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position, that the deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance will be realized, then the previously provided valuation allowance will be adjusted.
 
The Company recognizes a tax benefit in the financial statements for an uncertain tax position only if management’s assessment is that the position is “moremore likely than not” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent)not to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position. The term “tax position” refers to a position in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods.
 
(q)(r)Revenue Recognition
 
The Company generates revenue primarily from providing professional services to its clients under various types of contracts. In providing these services, the Company may incur reimbursable expenses, which consist principally of amounts paid to subcontractors and other third parties and travel and other job related expenses that are contractually reimbursable from clients. The Company includes reimbursable expenses in computing and reporting its total revenue as long as the Company remains responsible to the client for the fulfillment of the contract and for the overall acceptability of all services provided.
 

If estimated total costs on any contract project a loss, the Company charges the entire estimated loss to operations in the period the loss becomes known. The cumulative effect of revisions to revenue, estimated costs to complete contracts, including penalties, incentive awards, change orders, claims, anticipated losses, and others are recorded in the accounting period in which the events indicating a loss are known and the loss can be reasonably estimated. These loss projects are re-assessed for each subsequent reporting period until the project is complete. Such revisions could occur at any time and the effects may be material.

The Company evaluates contractual arrangements to determineSee, "Note 4 - Revenue from Contracts with Clients" for more detail regarding how to recognize revenue. Below is a description of the basic types of contracts from which the Company may earn revenue:
Time and Materials Contracts
The majority of the Company’s contracts are for work where it bills the client monthly at hourly billing rates. The hourly billing rates are determined by contract terms. For governmental clients, the hourly rates are generally calculated as either (i) a negotiated multiplier of the Company’s direct labor costs or (ii) as direct labor costs plus overhead costs plus a negotiated profit percentage. For commercial clients, the hourly rates are generally taken from a standard fee schedule by staff classification or they can be at a negotiated discount from this schedule. In some cases, primarily for foreign work, a fixed monthly staff rate is negotiated rather than an hourly rate. This monthly rate is determined based upon a buildup of direct labor costs plus overhead and profit. The Company accounts for these contracts on a time-and-materials method, recognizing revenue as costs are incurred. Some of the Company’s time-and-materials contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and accordingly, revenue under these contracts is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method where costs incurred to date are compared to total projected costs at contract completion.

Cost Plus Contracts
Under cost plus contracts, the Company charges its clients for its costs, including both direct and indirect costs, plus a fixed fee or rate. The Company generally recognizes revenue based on the labor and non-labor costs it incurs, plus the portion of the fixed fee or rate it has earned to date. Included in the total contract value for cost-plus fee arrangements is the portion of the fee for which receipt is determined to be probable. The Company invoices for its services as revenue is recognized or in accordance with agreed-upon billing schedules. Aggregate revenue from cost-plus contracts may vary based on the actual number of labor hours worked and other actual contract costs incurred. However, if actual labor hours and other contract costs exceed the original estimate agreed to by its client, the Company generally must obtain a change order, contract modification or successfully prevail in a claim in order to receive additional revenue relating to the additional costs (see “Change Orders and Claims”).
Fixed-Price Contracts
Under fixed-price contracts, the Company’s clients pay an agreed amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. The Company recognizes revenue on fixed-price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method where direct costs incurred to date are compared to total projected direct costs at contract completion. Prior to completion, the Company’s recognized profit margins on any fixed-price contract depend on the accuracyunder each of its estimates and will increase to the extent that its actual costs are below the original estimated amounts. Conversely, if its costs exceed these estimates, its profit margins will decrease, and the Company may realize a loss on a project. Losses are recognized immediately upon the determination that a loss will be incurred. In order to increase aggregate revenue on a fixed-price contract, the Company generally must obtain a change order, contract modification or successfully prevail in a claim in order to receive payment for the additional costs (see “Change Orders and Claims”).contractual arrangements.
 
Change Orders and Claims(s)Share-Based Compensation
 
For all contract types noted above, change orders are included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable thatcompensation issued under equity-classified awards, the change order will result in an addition to contract value and when the change order can be estimated. Change orders are modifications of an original contract that effectively change the provisions of the contract without adding new provisions. Either the Company or its client may initiate change orders. They may include changes in specifications or design, manner of performance, facilities, equipment, materials, sites and period of completion of the work. Management evaluates when a change order is probable based upon its experience in negotiating change orders, the customer’s written approval of such changes or separate documentation of change order costs that are identifiable.

Claims are amounts in excess of the agreed contract price that the Company seeks to collect from its clients or others for client-caused delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders that are either in dispute or are unapproved as to both scope and price, or other causes of unanticipated additional contract costs. Additional contract revenue related to claims is included in total estimated contract revenue when the amount can be reliably estimated, which is typically evidenced by a contract or other evidence providing a legal basis for the claim.
Change orders and claims occur when changes are experienced once contract performance is underway. Change orders are documented and terms of such change orders are agreed with the client before the work is performed. However, there may be circumstances which require that work progresses before an agreement is reached with the client. Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred. Change orders and claims are included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order or claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value that can be reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on claims until final settlement occurs; unapproved change orders are evaluated as claims. This can lead to a situation where costs are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized when client agreement is obtained or claims resolution occurs, which can be in subsequent periods.
The Company has contracts with the U.S. government that contain provisions requiring compliance with the U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulations (“FAR”). These regulations are generally applicable to all of its federal government contracts and are partially or fully incorporated in many local and state agency contracts. They limit the recovery of certain specified indirect costs on contracts subject to the FAR. Cost-plus contracts covered by the FAR provide for upward or downward adjustments if actual recoverable costs differ from the estimate billed under forward pricing arrangements. Most of the Company's federal government contracts are subject to termination at the convenience of the client. Contracts typically provide for reimbursement of costs incurred and payment of fees earned through the date of such termination.
Federal government contracts which are subject to the FAR and some state and local governmental agencies require audits, which are performed for the most part by the Defense Contract Audit Agency (“DCAA”). The DCAA audits the Company’s overhead rates, cost proposals, incurred government contract costs and internal control systems. During the course of its audits, the DCAA may question incurred costs if it believes the Company has accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of the FAR or Cost Accounting Standards and recommend that its U.S. government corporate administrative contracting officer disallow such costs. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant disallowed costs because of such audits. However, the Company can provide no assurance that the DCAA audits will not result in material disallowances of incurred costs in the future.
(r)Share-Based Compensation
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the estimated fair value of any share-based compensation award when the fair value of the award is not readily determinable, which generally applies to options issued to purchase the Company’s common stock. Thestock, but may also include restricted stock units, deferred stock units and common stock if the fair value cannot be determined. Option-pricing valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions.

45


Once the fair value of the award is determined, the value is recognized as share-based compensation expense less estimated forfeitures,and is being recognized over the service period on a straight-line basis.basis or when the conditions of the award have been met. Forfeitures reduce compensation expense in the period they occur. The Company’s policy is to primarily use newly issued shares to satisfy the exercise of stock options.

(s)Any liability-classified awards are recorded at fair value based on the closing stock price of the Company's common stock and are re-measured each period until settlement of the award.

See Note - 11 Share-Based Compensation for more detail.
(t)Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted toare reflected in SG&A expenses in the following:
Years Ended December 31,
2017 2016 2015
$379
 $556
 $421
Company's consolidated statements of operations. These costs incurred were $253 and $229 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
(t)Earnings(u)Income (loss) per Share ("EPS")
 
Basic earningsincome (loss) per common share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earningsincome (loss) per common share incorporatesincludes the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method.method and any other unvested share-based compensation awards, if dilutive.
 
Options to purchase 6,075 shares, 6,899 sharesStock options, deferred stock and 3,849restricted stock units totaling 2,300 and 2,376 shares of the Company’s common stock were not included in the calculation of diluted common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015,2019, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive.
 

The following table provides a reconciliation to net lossincome (loss) used in the numerator for lossnet (loss) income per common share from continuing operations attributable to Hill:
  2017 2016 2015
Loss from continuing operations $(6,690) $(21,960) $(11,114)
Less: net earnings - noncontrolling interest 178
 76
 823
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Hill $(6,868) $(22,036) $(11,937)
Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Net (loss) income$(7,570)$14,254 
Less: net earnings - noncontrolling interest612 170 
Net (loss) income attributable to Hill International, Inc.$(8,182)$14,084 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding56,60356,280
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options
Unvested share-based compensation units
Diluted weighted average shares common outstanding56,603 56,280 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc.$(0.14)$0.25 
 
(u)(v)New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2014,Changes to U.S. GAAP are typically established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"(“FASB”) issuedin the form of Accounting Standard Update ("ASU"Standards Updates (“ASUs”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09” ) orto the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification 606 (“ASC 606”ASC”). This ASU supersedesThe Company considers the revenue recognition requirements in FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition,applicability and most industry-specific topics. The new guidance identifies howimpact of all ASUs and, when entities should recognize revenue. The new rules establish a core principle requiring the recognition of revenuebased on its assessment, determined that any recently issued or proposed ASUs not listed below are either not applicable to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount reflecting the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such goods or services. In connection with this new standard, the FASB has issued several amendments to ASU 2014-09 to provide additional clarification and implementation instructions relating to (i) principal versus agent considerations, (ii) identifying performance obligations and licensing, (iii) narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients and (iv) technical corrections and improvements. However, none of the amendments change the core principle of the guidance in ASU 2014-09.

The new guidance in ASU 2014-09, as well as all amendments, is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The new guidance permits two methods of adoption, full retrospective or modified retrospective, and the Company has elected to use the modified retrospective method ofor adoption in which the cumulative effect of applying the ASU will be recognized at January 1, 2018, the date of initial application. Management has implemented a plan of adoption and is progressing with its evaluation of the adoptionhave minimal impact on the Company’s financial statements.

The Company’s implementation plan status is as follows:

Formed an ASU 2014-09 working group comprised of management representatives.
Analyzed the Company’s revenue streams.
Selected representative contracts within each revenue stream and evaluated under ASU 2014-09.
Identified the impact from the standard on current business processes.
Evaluated additional disclosure requirements and monitoring changes to the Company’s internal controls.

As part of its ASU 2014-09 adoption plan, management has completed its reviews of various types of revenue contracts and disaggregated the revenue into two revenue streams: (i) fixed price and (ii) time and materials. Based on the Company’s completed contract reviews, it does not anticipate a material impact to its results of operations as the pattern of revenue recognition and the measurement of variable consideration is expected to be consistent under the new standard. However, the Company’s current assessment of the impact could change as the adoption plan is concluded. The Company has determined that there will be an impact to financial reporting due to the enhanced revenue disclosures and internal control over financial reporting due to the new disclosure requirements of ASC 606. The Company will adopt the requirements of the new standard effective January 1, 2018 in the Company's Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-1, Financial Instruments — Overall (Topic 825-10), which requires all equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through net income (other than those accounted for under equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee). The amendments in this ASU also require an entity to (1) present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments and (2) provide separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements. In addition, the amendments in this pronouncement eliminate the requirement to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.  This ASU is effective for the Company commencing January 1, 2018.  The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.statements.



46


In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-2, Leases (Topic 842), which will require the Company the recognize lease assets and lease liabilities (related to leases previously classified as operating under previous GAAP) on its consolidated balance sheet.  The ASU will be effective for the Company commencing January 1, 2019.  The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments (Topic 326) — Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which provides guidance regarding the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments.  The new guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in the current guidance with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit loss estimates.  This ASU will be effective for the Company commencing January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted commencing January 1, 2019.  The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230):  Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.  The primary purpose of the ASU is to reduce the diversity in practice that has resulted from the lack of consistent principles on this topic. This ASU’s amendments add or clarify guidance on eight cash flow issues:  debt prepayment, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments, insurance claim proceeds, life insurance proceeds, distributions from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The ASU is effective commencing January 1, 2018. The Company plans on adopting this ASU effective January 1, 2018 and is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its Statement of Cash Flows.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory.  Under the new standard, an entity is required to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset (with the exception of inventory) when the transfer occurs.  Under current U.S. GAAP, entities are prohibited from recognizing current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity transfer until the asset is sold to a third party. Examples of assets that would be affected by the new guidance are intellectual property and property, plant, and equipment.  The ASU will be effective for the Company commencing January 1, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), which addresses classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The ASU requires an entity’s reconciliation of the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows to include in cash and cash equivalents amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. The ASU does not define restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents, but the Company will need to disclose the nature of the restrictions. The ASU is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company will adopt this ASU effective January 1, 2018 in the Company's Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-1, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of providing a more robust framework to assist management when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The ASU is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments are to be applied prospectively to business combinations that occur after the effective date.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-4, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), which removes step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. As a result, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting units’ fair value. The guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017, and the prospective transition method should be applied. The Company does not expect the adoption ofadopted this guidance to have a materialon January 1, 2020 and it did not materially impact on ourits consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-9, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The ASU is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. This ASU will be applied prospectively to any awards modified on or after the adoption date.

In FebruaryAugust 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-3, Technical Corrections2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Improvements to Financial Instruments—OverallOther-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 825-10)350-40): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, that clarifies the guidance in ASU No. 2016-1, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10) relate to: Equity Securities without a Readily Determinable Fair Value— Discontinuation, Equity Securities without a Readily Determinable Fair Value— Adjustments, Forward Contracts and Purchased Options, Presentation RequirementsCustomer’s Accounting for Certain Fair Value Option Liabilities, Fair Value Option Liabilities DenominatedImplementation Costs Incurred in a Foreign Currency and Transition GuidanceCloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The amendments in this update align the requirements for Equity Securities withoutcapitalizing implementation costs incurred in a Readily Determinable Fair Value. Forhosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities ASU 2018-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017,2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years beginningyears. Early adoption of the amendments in this update is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for all entities. The amendments in this update should be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after June 15, 2018. Allthe date of adoption. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis and will begin to capitalize certain implementation costs that may have been previously expensed as incurred. There was no impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities ("VIE"). The amendments in this ASU for determining whether a decision-making fee is a variable interest require reporting entities may early adopt ASU 2018-3to consider indirect interests held through related parties under common control on a proportional basis rather than as the equivalent of a direct interest in its entirety (as currently required by GAAP). These amendments will create alignment between determining whether a decision-making fee is a variable interest and determining whether a reporting entity within a related party group is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017,annual periods, including interim periods within those fiscal years, as long as they haveannual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019 for public companies. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in January 1, 2020. There was no impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2016-1.2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808): Clarifying the Interaction between Topic 808 and Topic 606. This ASU provides guidance on whether certain transactions between collaborative arrangement participants should be accounted for with revenue under Topic 606, specifically when the collaborative arrangement participant is a customer in the context of a unit-of-account. It provides more comparability in the presentation of revenues for certain transactions between collaborative arrangement participants, including adding unit-of-account guidance in Topic 808 to align with the guidance in Topic 606 (that is, a distinct good or service) when an entity is assessing whether the collaborative arrangement or a part of the arrangement is within the scope of Topic 606. The standard is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019 for public companies. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in January 1, 2020. There was no impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments (Topic 326) - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which provides guidance regarding the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. The new guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in the current guidance with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to determine credit loss estimates. This ASU will be effective for the Company commencing January 1, 2023. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on itsour consolidated financial statements and related disclosuresdisclosures.

Note 4 — Revenue from Contracts with Clients

The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for such goods or services.

47


Below is a description of the basic types of contracts from which the Company may earn revenue:

Time and Materials Contracts

Under the time and materials (“T&M”) arrangements, contract fees are based upon time and materials incurred. The contracts may be structured as basic time and materials, cost plus a margin or time and materials subject to a maximum contract value (the "cap value"). Due to the potential limitation of the cap value, the economic factors of the contracts subject to a cap value differ from the economic factors of basic T&M and cost plus contracts. The majority of the Company’s contracts are for consulting projects where it bills the client monthly at hourly billing rates. The hourly billing rates are determined by contractual terms. Under cost plus a margin contracts, the Company charges its clients for its costs, plus a fixed fee or rate. Under time and materials contracts with a cap value, the Company charges the clients for time and materials based upon the work performed however there is a cap or a not to exceed value. There are often instances that a contract is modified to extend the contract value past the cap. As the consideration is variable depending on the outcome of the contract renegotiation, the Company will estimate the total contract price in accordance with the variable consideration guidelines and will adopt this ASU concurrentlyonly include consideration that it expects to receive from the client. When the Company is reaching the cap value, the contract will be renegotiated, or Hill ceases work when the maximum contract value is reached. The Company will continue to work if it is probable that the contract will be extended. The Company will only include consideration or contract renegotiations to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with ASU 2016-1.the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. If the Company continues to work and is uncertain that a contract change order will be processed, the variable consideration will be constrained to the cap until it is probable that the contract will be renegotiated. The Company is only entitled to consideration for the work it has performed, and the cap value is not a guaranteed contract value.


In June 2018,Fixed Price Contracts

Under fixed price contracts, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting to simplify the accountingCompany’s clients pay an agreed amount negotiated in advance for share-based transactions by expanding thea specified scope of Topic 718work. The Company is guaranteed to receive the consideration to the extent that the Company delivers under the contract. The Company recognizes revenue over a period of time on fixed price contracts using the input method based upon direct costs incurred to date, which are compared to total projected direct costs. Costs are the most relevant measure to determine the transfer of the service to the client. The Company assesses contracts quarterly and will recognize any expected future loss before actually incurring the loss. When the Company is expecting to reach the total value under the contract, the Company will begin to negotiate a change order.

Change Orders and Claims

Change orders are modifications of an original contract. Either the Company or its client may initiate change orders. They may include changes in specifications or design, manner of performance, facilities, equipment, materials, sites and period of completion of the work. Management evaluates when a change order is probable based upon its experience in negotiating change orders, the client’s written approval of such changes or separate documentation of change order costs that are identifiable. Change orders may take time to be formally documented and terms of such change orders are agreed with the client before the work is performed. Sometimes circumstances require that work progresses before an agreement is reached with the client. If the Company is having difficulties in renegotiating the change order, the Company will stop work if possible, record all costs incurred to date, and determine, on a project by project basis, the appropriate final revenue recognition.

Claims are amounts in excess of the agreed contract price that the Company seeks to collect from only beingits clients or others for client-caused delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders that are either in dispute or are unapproved as to both scope and price, or other causes of unanticipated additional contract costs. Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred. The Company evaluates claims on an individual basis and recognizes revenue it believes is probable to collect.

U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulations

The Company has contracts with the U.S. government that contain provisions requiring compliance with the U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulations (“FAR”). These regulations are generally applicable to share-based paymentsall of its federal government contracts and are partially or fully incorporated in many local and state agency contracts. They limit the recovery of certain specified indirect costs on contracts subject to employees to also include share-based payment transactionsthe FAR. Cost-plus contracts covered by the FAR provide for acquiring goods and servicesupward or downward adjustments if actual recoverable costs differ from nonemployees. As a result, nonemployee share-based transactions will be measured by estimating the fair valueestimate billed under forward pricing arrangements. Most of the equity instrumentsCompany's federal government contracts are subject to termination at the grant date, taking into consideration the probability of satisfying performance conditions. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. Our equity incentive plans limit the awards of share-based payments to employees and directorsconvenience of the Companyfederal government. Contracts typically provide for reimbursement of costs incurred and we do not expect this updatepayment of fees earned through the date of such termination.
48



Federal government contracts that are subject to have a material impact onthe FAR and that are required by state and local governmental agencies to be audited are performed, for the most part, by the Defense Contract Audit Agency (“DCAA”). The DCAA audits the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 5 — Acquisitions
Foroverhead rates, cost proposals, incurred government contract costs and internal control systems. During the year ended December 31, 2017course of its audits, the DCAA may question incurred costs if it believes the Company didhas accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of the FAR or Cost Accounting Standards and recommend that its U.S. government corporate administrative contracting officer disallow such costs. Historically, the Company has not enter into any additional acquisitions. incurred significant disallowed costs because of such audits. However, the Company can provide no assurance that the DCAA audits will not result in material disallowances of incurred costs in the future.

Disaggregation of Revenues
The Company's previous years' acquisition activityCompany has 1 operating segment, the Project Management Group, which reflects how the Company is detailed below. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the operating results of these businesses from their respective dates of acquisition. Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented because they are not materialbeing managed. Additional information related to the Company’s consolidated results of operations, either individually oroperating segment is provided in the aggregate.

Note 17 - Segment and Related Information. The Company expenses all acquisition-related costs plus any anticipated restructuring costs for which it is not obligated at the acquisition date, rather than including such costs as a component of the purchase consideration. During 2017Project Management Group provides extensive construction and 2016 the Company had no acquisition related costs to expense. During 2015, the Company expensed $139 of acquisition-related costs.
IMS Proje Yonetimi ve Danismanlik A.S.
On April 15, 2015, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of IMS, a firm that provides project management services to construction owners worldwide. The Company considered the type of client, type of contract and geography for international developers, institutional investorsdisaggregation of revenue. The Company determined that disaggregating by (1) contract type; and major retailers.  IMS had approximately 80 professionals(2) geography would provide the most meaningful information to understand the nature, amount, timing, and is headquartered in Istanbul, Turkey. Consideration consisteduncertainty of an Initial Purchase Priceits revenues. The type of 12,411 Turkish Lira (“TRY”) (approximately $4,640 as of the closing date) comprised of TRY 4,139 (approximately $1,547) paid in cash on the closing date plus a second payment of TRY 8,272 (approximately $3,145) which was paid on May 12, 2015; a Holdback Purchase Price of TRY 4,400 (approximately $1,626) which was paid on April 15, 2016, less any set off related to certain indemnification obligations; and a potential Additional Purchase Price of (i) TRY 1,700 (approximately $628) if earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization for the twelve month period subsequent to the closing date (“EBITDA”) exceeds TRY 3,500 (approximately $1,294) or (ii) TRY 1,500 ($554) if EBITDA is less than TRY 3,500 butclient does not less than TRY 3,200 ($1,183).  IMS’s EBITDA through the one-year anniversary of the acquisition date was not sufficient to earn any of the Additional Purchase Price and the liability was eliminated by a credit of approximately $673 to selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Engineering S.A.
On February 28, 2011,influence the Company’s subsidiary, Hill Spain, indirectly acquired 60%revenue generation. Ultimately, the Company is supplying the same services of the outstanding common stock of Engineering S.A., now known as Hill International do Brasil, S.A. (“ESA”) with approximately 400 professionals. Engineering S.A., headquartered in Sao Paulo, providesprogram management, project management, construction management, project management oversight, troubled project turnaround, staff augmentation, project labor agreement consulting, commissioning, estimating and engineering consultingcost management, labor compliance services throughout Brazil. ESA’s shareholders entered intoand facilities management services. The Company’s contracts are generally long term contracts that are either based upon time and materials incurred or provide for a fixed price. The contract type will determine the level of risk in the contract related to revenue recognition. For purposes of disaggregation of revenue, the contract types have been grouped into: (1) Fixed Price - which include fixed price projects; and, (2) T&M - which include T&M contracts, T&M with a cap and cost plus contracts. The geography of the contracts will depict the level of global economic factors in relation to revenue recognition.

The components of the Company’s revenue by contract type and geographic region for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019
Fixed PriceT&MTotalPercent of Total RevenueFixed PriceT&MTotalPercent of Total Revenue
Americas$21,964 $170,813 $192,777 52.4 %$26,664 ( 1)$173,478 $200,142 53.1 %
Middle East/Asia/Pacific16,242 76,397 92,639 25.1 %31,923 73,004 104,927 27.9 %
Europe44,003 9,816 53,819 14.6 %27,645 ( 2)15,843 43,488 11.6 %
Africa4,159 25,130 29,289 7.9 %1,492 26,388 27,880 7.4 %
   Total$86,368 $282,156 $368,524 100.0 %$87,724 $288,713 $376,437 100.0 %
(1) Includes $1,122 of revenue, previously classified as T&M contracts.
(2) Includes $4,109 of revenue, previously classified as T&M contracts.

The Company recognizes revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company exercises judgment in determining if the contractual criteria are met to determine if a contract with a client exists, specifically in the earlier stages of a project when a formally executed contract may not yet exist. The Company typically has one performance obligation under a contract to provide fully-integrated project management services, and, occasionally, a separate performance obligation to provide facilities management services. Performance obligations are delivered over time as the client receives the service.

49


The consideration promised within a contract may include fixed amounts, variable amounts, or both. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable, in the Company’s judgment, that a significant future reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. In estimating the transaction price for pending change orders, the Company considers all relevant facts, including documented correspondence with the client regarding acknowledgment and/or agreement wherebywith the minority shareholders hadmodification, as well as historical experience with the client or similar contractual circumstances. The Company transfers control of its service over time and, therefore, satisfies a rightperformance obligation and recognizes revenue over time by measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. The Company’s fixed price projects and T&M with a cap contracts, expected to compel (“ESA Put Option”) Hill Spainexceed the cap value, generally use a cost-based input method to purchase any or allmeasure its progress towards complete satisfaction of their shares during the period from February 28, 2014performance obligation as the Company believes this best depicts the transfer of control to February 28, 2021. Hill Spain also hadthe client. Under the cost-based measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Due to the nature of the work required to be performed under the Company’s performance obligations, estimating total revenue and cost at completion on its long term contracts is complex, subject to many variables and requires significant judgment.

For basic and cost plus T&M contracts and T&M with a cap, not expected to exceed the cap, contracts, the Company recognizes revenue over time using the output method which measures progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation based upon actual costs incurred, using the right to compel (“ESA Call Option”)invoice practical expedient.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable includes amounts billed and currently due from clients and amounts for work performed which have not been billed to date. The billed and unbilled amounts are stated at the minority shareholdersnet estimated realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to sell any or allprovide for the estimated amount of their shares duringreceivables that will not be collected. The allowance is based upon an assessment of client creditworthiness, historical payment experience and the same time period. The purchase price for such shares shall be seven timesage of outstanding receivables.

Contract Assets and Liabilities

Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically resulting from performance under long-term contracts where the earnings before interest and taxes for ESA’s most recently ended fiscal year, net of any financial debt plus excess cash multiplied by a percentage whichrevenue recognized exceeds the shares to be purchased bearamount billed to the total number of shares outstanding at the time of purchase, but in the event the ESA Call Option is exercised by Hill Spain, the purchase price shall be increased by five percent.

In April 2015, two shareholders who owned approximately 19% of ESA exercised their ESA Put Options claiming an aggregate value of BRL 10,645. As an incentive to the sellers to receive Hill’s common stock as payment, the Company offered the sellers a 25% premium. The sellers countered the Company’s offer by requesting payment in common stock at the U.S. dollar value on April 4, 2015 (approximately $4,374) as well as a price guarantee upon the sale of the stock during a 30-day period after closing. The Company agreed to the counter offer and paid the liability with 925 shares of its common stock in August 2015. In November 2015, the Company paid approximately $580 to the selling shareholders to repurchase 130 shares of its common stock. The Company then owned approximately 91% of ESA.
On June 17, 2016, the three remaining minority shareholders exercised their ESA Put Option claiming a value of BRL 8,656 (approximately $2,670) at December 31, 2016. The company accrued the liability whichclient. Retainage receivable is included in othercontract assets. The current portion of retainage receivable is a contract asset, which prior to the adoption of ASC 606, had been classified within accounts receivable.

The Company’s contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized and are reported as an adjustment to additional paid-in capitaldeferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet atsheets. The Company classifies billings in excess of revenue recognized as deferred revenue as current or non-current based on the timing of when revenue is expected to be recognized.

The difference between the opening and closing balances of the Company’s contract assets and contract liabilities primarily results from the timing of the Company’s performance and client payments. The amount of revenue recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016. 2020 and 2019 that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period was $9,955 and $14,156, respectively.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The remaining performance obligations represent the aggregate transaction was finalized during 2017price of executed contracts with agreementclients for which work has partially been performed or not started as of the end of the reporting period. The Company’s remaining performance obligations include projects that have a written award, a letter of intent, a notice to proceed or an agreed upon work order to perform work on mutually accepted terms and conditions. T&M contracts are excluded from the minority shareholders to a reduced total paymentremaining performance obligation as these contracts are not fixed price contracts and the consideration expected under these contracts is variable as it is based upon hours and costs incurred in accordance with the variable consideration optional exemption. As of BRL 6,084 (approximately $1,893), at which time the Company revised its previous estimate and recorded a reduction to the liability and increase to additional paid in capital. In November 2017, the Company settle with one minority shareholder, acquiring his remaining interest in ESA. The Company reflected such acquisition of additional interest in ESA in its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017. Subsequently, in February 20182020 and 2019, the Company settledaggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $101,800 and $113,592, respectively. During the following 12 months, approximately 47% of the remaining performance obligations are expected to be recognized as revenue with the two remaining minority shareholders acquiring their remaining interests in ESA.balance recognized over 2 to 5 years.
50



Note 65 — Accounts Receivable
 
The components of accounts receivable and accounts receivable - affiliates reflected in the Company's consolidated balance sheets, are as follows:
 December 31,
Accounts Receivable20202019
Billed (1)
$113,021 $132,339 
Unbilled (2)
37,960 30,026 
 $150,981 $162,365 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)(3)
(52,795)(58,473)
Accounts Receivable, net$98,186 $103,892 
Accounts Receivable - Affiliates
Billed$15,560 $12,546 
Unbilled (2)
8,380 6,888 
 $23,940 $19,434 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (3)
(655)(658)
Accounts Receivable - Affiliates, net$23,285 $18,776 
  December 31,
  2017 2016
Billed $186,411
 $200,134
Retainage, current portion 9,249
 10,824
Unbilled 34,050
 24,968
  229,710
 235,926
Allowance for doubtful accounts (72,850) (71,082)
Total $156,860
 $164,844
(1) Includes $33,242 and $32,864 related to amounts due from a client in Libya as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which were both fully reserved for in the allowance for doubtful accounts.

(2) Amount is net of unbilled reserves.
(3) See Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for breakdown of allowance for doubtful accounts for amounts added/(recovered), net of charge-offs for amounts determined to be uncollectible, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Unbilled receivables primarily represent revenue earned on contracts that the Company is contractually precluded from billing until predetermined future dates.

BadThe Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of amounts that have been billed to-date, the client's history, credit, concentration and current economic changes. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed, at a minimum, on a quarterly basis and adjustments are recorded as deemed necessary.

During the year ended December 31, 2019 , the Company recovered amounts due from a client in Libya of $9,652. The client's accounts receivable balance had been reserved for in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts in previous years, which were reversed as a result of the receipt of the payments. NaN additional amounts were recovered from the Libyan client during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net bad debt expenserecoveries of $6,908, $14,454$1,936 and $6,262 is$8,426 are included in selling, general and administrativeSG&A expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015,2019, respectively. 


51



Note 76 — Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets based on the type of property and equipment . Upon retirement or other disposition of these assets, the cost and related depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in results of operations. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals of minor items are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized.

The components of property and equipment are as follows:
 December 31,
 20202019
Furniture and equipment$8,416 $10,608 
Leasehold improvements10,197 10,977 
Automobiles1,309 1,334 
Computer equipment and software28,069 29,285 
 47,991 52,204 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(38,548)(40,309)
Property and equipment, net$9,443 $11,895 
  December 31,
  2017 2016
Furniture and equipment $10,267
 $10,434
Leasehold improvements 8,567
 8,615
Automobiles 738
 844
Computer equipment and software 27,889
 28,881
  47,461
 48,774
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization (35,457) (32,385)
Property and equipment, net $12,004
 $16,389



Information with respect toThe Company's depreciation expense isfor the related balances were recorded as follows:follows to the Company's consolidated statements of operations:
 Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Total depreciation expense$3,959 $2,810 
Portion charged to direct expenses$397 $856 
Portion charged to selling, general and administrative expense$3,562 $1,954 
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
       
Total depreciation expense $4,482
 $4,347
 $3,715
       
Portion charged to cost of services $980
 $890
 $813
       
Portion charged to selling, general and administrative expense $3,502
 $3,457
 $2,902


Note 87 — Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the Company’srepresents acquired intangible assets:assets as a result of the Company's acquisition history and the client contracts that were attained at the time of the acquisition:
 December 31,
 20202019
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Engineering license$2,100 $— $$— 
Client relationships509 356 1,080 848 
Total$2,609 $356 $1,080 $848 
Intangible assets, net$2,253 $232 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company acquired a Grandfathered Engineering Corporation license ("engineering license"), which was determined to have an indefinite useful life. As such, 0 amortization expense was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020.

52


  December 31,
  2017 2016
  
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
         
Client relationships $16,397
 $12,862
 $16,699
 $11,298
         
Acquired contract rights 1,007
 1,007
 2,058
 1,912
         
Trade names 877
 504
 959
 500
         
Total $18,281
 $14,373
 $19,716
 $13,710
         
Intangible assets, net $3,908
   $6,006
  
The Company's client relationships intangible assets are amortized over the estimated life of ten years.


Amortization expense related to these intangible assets of $79 and $1,014 for years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The twelve months ended December 31, 2019 included an impairment loss of $563 and was reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses on the Company's consolidated statements of operations. This client relationship intangible asset related to the Company's 2015 acquisition of one of its current subsidiaries, IMS Proje Yonetimi ve Danismanlik A.S. ("IMS"), which is based out of the Company's office in Turkey. The Company's consolidated balance sheets included an intangible asset related to IMS for client relationships prior to the impairment. In addition to the decline in the intangible asset's carrying value as follows:a result of the Company's exposure to foreign exchange losses, the Company assessed that the client relationships that were in-place at the time of the intangible asset's initial fair value measurement no longer had any value at December 31, 2019. The Company did 0t incur any impairment losses during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Years Ended December 31,
2017 2016 2015
$2,041
 $2,918
 $4,225

The following table presents the estimated amortization expense based on our presentremaining intangible assets for the next five years: 
 Estimated
 Amortization
Years Ending December 31,Expense
2021$51 
202251 
202351 
2024
2025

 Estimated
 Amortization
Years Ending December 31,Expense
2018$1,087
2019990
2020728
2021338
2022265


Note 98 — Goodwill
 
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s carrying value of goodwill:
Balance, December 31, 2018$48,869 
Translation adjustments (1)
(845)
Balance, December 31, 201948,024 
Translation adjustments (1)
(1,627)
Balance, December 31, 2020$46,397 
(1) The translation adjustments are calculated based on the foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

During the three months ended March 31, 2020 the Company determined that the significant decline in its market capitalization as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic indicated that an impairment loss may have been incurred. The Company bypassed the qualitative assessment and proceeded directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test concluded that the fair value of the Company (reporting unit) exceeded its carrying amount at that time, and therefore, goodwill was not considered impaired.

The Company performed its annual impairment test effective July 1, 2020 and noted 0 impairment. Based on the valuation as of July 1, 2020, the fair value of the Company exceeded its carrying value. The Company also determined that 0 impairment existed at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. In the future, the Company will continue to perform the annual test during 2017its third quarter unless events or circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred before that time. 

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the businesses, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and 2016:

determination of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. The Company’s changes in estimates and assumptions, including decreases in stock price and market capitalization, could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment. As a result of recent events, including market volatility and the impact on the global economy, it is as least reasonably possible that changes in one or more of those assumptions could result in impairment of our goodwill in future periods.
53
Balance, December 31, 2015$49,739
Translation adjustments926
Balance, December 31, 201650,665
Translation adjustments1,993
Balance, December 31, 2017$52,658



Note 109 — Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
 
Below areThe table below reflects the componentsCompany's breakdown of the amounts in accounts payable and other accrued expenses:expenses by cost category as of the periods presented below:
 December 31,
 20202019
Accounts payable$20,953 $22,102 
Accrued payroll and related expenses26,691 24,718 
Accrued subcontractor fees8,711 9,405 
Accrued agency fees (1)
4,239 4,395 
Accrued legal and professional fees2,894 2,169 
Other accrued expenses4,309 2,383 
 $67,797 $65,172 
(1) $4,156 in accrued agency fees at December 31, 2019 that were previously included in accrued payroll and related expenses are now reflected in accrued agency fees.
54
  December 31,
  2017 2016
Accounts payable $32,345
 $30,944
Accrued payroll and related expenses 29,569
 32,618
Accrued subcontractor fees 10,814
 9,188
Accrued agency fees 1,671
 5,702
Accrued legal and professional fees 2,983
 2,223
Other accrued expenses 5,839
 5,005
  $83,221
 $85,680




Note 1110 — Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt

OutstandingThe table below reflects the Company's notes payable and long-term debt, obligationswhich includes credit facilities:
Interest Rate (1)
Balance Outstanding as of
LoanMaturityInterest Rate TypeDecember 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Secured Credit Facilities
Hill International, Inc. - Société Générale 2017 Term Loan Facility06/20/2023Variable7.67%7.92%$28,950 $29,250 
Hill International, Inc. - Société Générale Domestic Revolving Credit Facility (2)
05/04/2022Variable5.50%6.27%14,400 9,400 
Hill International N.V. - Société Générale International Revolving Credit Facility (3)(6)
05/04/2022Variable4.11%4.16%4,035 2,302 
Unsecured Credit Facilities
Hill International, Inc. - First Abu Dhabi Bank PJSC Overdraft Credit Facility (4)
04/18/2021Variable5.65%5.81%593 
Hill International Brasil S.A. - Revolving Credit Facility (5)
06/12/2020Fixed3.07%3.24%498 
Unsecured Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
Hill International Spain SA-Bankia S.A. & Bankinter S.A. (6)
12/31/2021Fixed2.21%2.21%581 1,054 
Philadelphia Industrial Development Corporation Loan04/01/2027Fixed2.79%2.79%421 486 
Hill International Spain S.A.-Bankinter S.A.2020 Term Loan (6)(7)
05/04/2024Variable2.23%N/A357 
Hill International Spain S.A.-Banco Santander, S.A. Term Loan (6)(7)
05/30/2025Fixed3.91%N/A367 
Hill International Spain S.A.-BBVA, S.A. P.P. Term Loan (6)(7)
06/19/2025Variable2.28%N/A367 
Hill International Spain S.A.-Bankia, S.A. 2020 Term Loan (6)(7)
06/05/2025Variable2.54%N/A303 
Total notes payable and long-term debt, gross49,781 43,583 
Less: unamortized discount and deferred financing costs related to Société Générale 2017 Term Loan Facility(500)(641)
Notes payable and long-term debt$49,281 $42,942 
Current portion of notes payable1,171 1,972 
Current portion of unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs(184)(180)
Current maturities of notes payable and long-term debt$987 $1,792 
Notes payable and long-term debt, net of current maturities48,294 41,150 
Footnotes to the Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt Table Above:

(1) Interest rates for variable interest rate debt are reflected on a weighted average basis through December 31, 2020 and 2019 since the loan origination or modification date.

(2) At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $6,605 and $6,548 of outstanding letters of credit, respectively, in addition to the balances outstanding above, which resulted in $7,495 and $9,052 of available borrowing capacity under the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. The amounts available were based on the maximum borrowing capacity of $28,500 and $25,000 as follows:of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See 'Secured Credit Facilities' section below for further information.
55


  December 31,
  2017 2016
2014 Term Loan Facility, net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs of $4,416 at December 31, 2016 $
 $112,884
2017 Term Loan Facility, net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs of $892 at December 31, 2017 28,958
 
Domestic Revolving Credit Facility 3,300
 16,500
International Revolving Credit Facility 
 11,102
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities with a consortium of banks in Spain 2,609
 2,962
Borrowing from Philadelphia Industrial Development Corporation 599
 655
Borrowings under overdraft credit facilities with the National Bank of Abu Dhabi 2,316
 
  37,782
 144,103
Less current maturities 3,241
 1,983
Notes payable and long-term debt, net of current maturities $34,541
 $142,120


(3) As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $2,189 and $2,232 of outstanding letters of credit, respectively, in addition to the balances outstanding above, which resulted in $1,085 and $3,145 of available borrowing capacity under the International Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. The amounts available were based on the Company's borrowing capacity of $7,309 and $7,679 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See ''Secured Credit Facilities' section below for further information.
In conjunction
(4) FAB overdraft credit facility lender was formerly known as National Bank of Abu Dhabi. There is no stated maturity date, however, the loan is subject to annual review in April of each year, or at any other time as determined by FAB. Therefore, the amount outstanding is reflected within the current maturities of notes payable and long-term debt. Balances outstanding are reflected in U.S. dollars based on the conversion rates from AED as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company had $3,131 and $2,538 of availability under the credit facility as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(5) See Note 18 - Deconsolidation of Controlling Interest in Subsidiaries related to the bankruptcy and liquidation of Hill International Brasil S.A. (the "borrower"), which resulted in the deconsolidation of the borrower from the Company's consolidated financial statements. This unsecured revolving credit facility was subject to automatic renewals on a monthly basis. Effective with the saleNovember 2019 renewal of its Construction Claims Groupthe unsecured revolving credit facility, the interest rate was reduced by the credit facility lender from 3.30% to 2.80%. The Company had 0 availability under the unsecured credit facility as of December 31, 2019. The amounts outstanding are based on conversion rates from Brazilian Real as of December 31, 2019.

(6) Balances outstanding are reflected in U.S. dollars based on the conversion rates from Euros as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, accordingly.

(7) Includes loan agreements entered into between April and June 2020, where the respective loan agreements require interest-only monthly payments during grace periods that last from six months or one year from the date of the agreements. The variable interest loans are subject to either semi-annual or annual review by the respective lenders thereof and the respective interest rates in respect thereof are determined based on the European Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or “EURIBOR,” for the relevant interest period (or at a substitute rate to be determined to the extent EURIBOR is not available), plus a margin, as set by the respective lender.

Secured Credit Facilities

On May 5, 2017 (See Note 2), the Company terminated and paid off the 2014 Term Loan Facility and amended and paid down its Domestic and International Revolving Credit Facilitiesentered into a credit agreement with Société Générale (the “Agent”), and other U.S. Loan Parties (the “U.S. Lenders”). There was approximately $117,000 outstanding under the 2014 Term Loan, $25,000 outstanding on the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and €8,300 ($8,793) outstanding on the International Revolving Credit Facility prior to the debt modification. In the second quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a charge of approximately $4,024 for the expensing of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the pay off of the 2014 Term Loan Facility and approximately $325 for the expensing of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the modification and change of borrowing capacity of the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility. The expense of unamortized debt issuance costs is included in the results from discontinued operations.

The Company is party to a credit agreement with the Agent and the U.S. Lenders consisting of the(1) a $30,000 term loan (the "2017 Term Loan Facility") and; (2) a $25,000 U.S. dollar-denominated revolving credit facility (the “Domestic Revolving Credit Facility”, together with the 2017 Term Loan Facility, the “U.S. Credit Facilities”) available to the Company; and (3) a credit agreement with the Agent (the “International Lender”) providing a €9,156 ($10,000 at closing) revolving credit facility (the “International Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility, the “Revolving Credit Facilities” and, together with the U.S. Credit Facilities, the “Secured Credit Facilities”) which is available to Hill International N.V. The Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and the International Revolving Credit Facility include sub-limits for letters of credit amounting to $20,000 and €8,000 ($9,130 at closing), respectively.


On April 1, 2020, the Company amended its Secured Credit Facilities, which increased the credit commitment with one of the U.S. Lenders under the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility by $3,500 from $25,000 to $28,500 and simultaneously decreased the credit commitment with the International Lender under the International Revolving Credit Facility by €3,179 (approximately $3,500 at closing) from €9,156 (approximately $10,000) to €5,977 (approximately $6,536 at closing).

The Secured Credit Facilities contain customary default provisions, representations and warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants, and require the Company to comply with certain financial and reporting covenants. The financial covenant is comprised of a maximum Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 for any fiscal quarter ending on or subsequent to March 31, 2017 for the trailing twelve months then-ended. The Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is the ratio of (a) consolidated total debt (minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents) to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation and other non-cash charges, including bad debt expense, certain one-time litigation and transaction related expenses, and restructuring charges for the trailing twelve months. In the event of a default, the U.S. Lender and the International Lender may increase the interest rates by 2.0%2%. The Company was in compliance with this financial covenant atcalculation as of December 31, 2017.2020.

From July 18, 2018 to August 8, 2018 the Company was not in compliance with the requirements of its Revolving Credit Facilities, which required the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K by July 17, 2018, the Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018 by July 30, 2018 and the Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2018 by August 14, 2018. The Company obtained a waiver of non-compliance of the related covenants in its Revolving Credit Facilities which require the Company to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018 and the Form 10-Q for the second quarter of 2018 by September 30, 2018. If the Company does not file such reports in accordance with this deadline, it may again be in noncompliance with the requirements of the Revolving Credit Facilities, however the Company expects to comply with these requirements.


The U.S. Credit Facilities are guaranteed by certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company, and the International Revolver is guaranteed by the Company and certain of the Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries.

56



2017 Term Loan Facility
The disclosures that follow below describe the debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2017 under the 2017 Term Loan Facility.

On June 21, 2017, the Company entered into the 2017 Term Loan Facility with a term of 6 years, requiring repayment of 1.0% of the original principal amount annually for the first five years. Any amounts repaid on the 2017 Term Loan Facility will not be available to be re-borrowed.

The 2017 Term Loan Facility was funded net of a 1.0% discount of $300 of the principal amount, which has been deferred. In addition, the Company incurred fees and expenses related to the 2017 Term Loan Facility of approximately $703, which have been deferred. The original issue discount and debt issuance costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, to interest and related financing fees, net over the six years ending June 21, 2023, the loan maturity date. The unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance cost balance of approximately $892 is included as an offset against the notes payable and long-term debt balance in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017.

The interest rate on the 2017 Term Loan Facility is, at the Company’s option, either:
the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for the relevant interest period plus 5.75% per annum, provided that such LIBOR shall not be lower than 1.00% per annum; or
the Base Rate (as described below) plus 4.75% per annum.
The “Base Rate” is a per annum rate equal to the highest of (A) the prime rate, (B) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, or (C) the LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum. Upon a default, the applicable rate of interest under the Secured Credit Facilities may increase by 2.00%. The LIBOR (including when determining the Base Rate) shall in no event be less than 1.00% per annum.
At December 31, 2017, the interest rate on the 2017 Term Loan Facility was 7.32%.

The Company has the right to prepay the 2017 Term Loan Facility in full or in part at any time without premium or penalty (except customary breakage costs). The Company is required to make certain mandatory prepayments, without premium or penalty (except customary breakage costs), including (i) net proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of indebtedness by the Company after the closing, (ii) with net proceeds from certain asset sales outside the ordinary course of business, and (iii) with 50.0%50.00% of the excess cash flow for each fiscal year of the Company commencing with the first full fiscal year ending after closing (which percentage would be reduced to 25.0%25.00% if the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 2.002.0 to 1.00).


The 2017 Term Loan Facility (along with interest thereon) is generally secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all assets of the Company and certain of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries other than accounts receivable and cash proceeds thereof, as to which the 2017 Term Loan Facility (and the interest thereon) is secured by a second-priority security interest.


Revolving Credit Facilities

Simultaneously with the closing of the sale of the Construction Claims Group, the Company amended its Domestic Revolving Credit Facility to reduce the amount available to the Company to $25,000, amended its International Revolving Credit Facility to reduce the amount available to the Company to $10,000, and drew approximately $25,191 in cash and approximately $9,193 in letters of credit against the amended Revolving Credit Facilities. Deferred fees incurred with establishing the Secured Credit Facilities amounting to approximately $325 were charged to discontinued operations during the quarter of the sale.
The Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and the International Revolving Credit Facility each have a term of five years from the closing and provide for letter of credit sub-limits in amounts of $20,000 and €8,000 ($9,599 at December 31, 2017), respectively. The maximum Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio was increased from the prior credit facilities to 3.00 for all test dates and will not decline. The definition of Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio was amended to (i) remove the cap on the amount of permitted cash netting and (ii) permit netting of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. The Company incurred fees totaling $1,685 which have been deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the five-year term of the facilities. 



The Revolving Credit Facilities require payment of interest only during the term and were substantially drawn as of the date of modification. Under the Revolving Credit Facilities, outstanding loans may be repaid in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to certain customary limitations, and will be available to be re-borrowed from time to time through expiration on May 5, 2022.the maturity date.


The interest rate on borrowings under the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility are, at the Company’s option, from time to time, either the LIBOR rate for the relevant interest period, plus 3.75%, per annum or the Base Rate, plus 2.75%, per annum. At December 31, 2017, the interest rate was 5.25%.

The interest rate on borrowings under the International Revolving Credit Facility will be the European Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or “EURIBOR,” for the relevant interest period (or at a substitute rate to be determined to the extent EURIBOR is not available), plus 4.50% per annum. On June 21, 2017, borrowings under the International Revolving Credit Facility were repaid in full at a 4.10% interest rate. There were no subsequent borrowings for the remainder of the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Company hasCommitment fees are paid commitment feesquarterly and are calculated at 0.50% annuallyper annum based on the average daily unused portion of the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and the Subsidiary has paid commitment fees calculated at 0.75% annuallyper annum based on the average daily unused portion of the International Revolving Credit Facility.

The ability to borrow under eachunamortized debt issuance costs of $755 and $1,317 are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets in the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and the International Revolving Credit Facility is subject to a “borrowing base.” The Domestic Revolving Credit Facility borrowing base is calculated using a formula based upon approximately 85% of receivables that meet or satisfy certain criteria (“Eligible Domestic Receivables”). The International Revolving Credit Facility borrowing base is calculated using a different formula based upon approximately 10% of international receivables that meet or satisfy certain criteria.
The Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, will be required to make mandatory prepayments under their respective Revolving Credit Facilities to the extent that the aggregate outstanding amount thereunder exceeds the then-applicable borrowing base, which payments will be made without penalty or premium. At December 31, 2017, the domestic borrowing base was $25,000 and the international borrowing base was €9,156 ($10,986Company's consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017). The international borrowing base was recalculated on January 15, 2018, resulting in the lowering of the Company's international borrowing base to €5,601 ($6,720) on that date.2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Generally, the obligations of the Company under the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a first-priority security interest in the Eligible Domestic Receivables, cash proceeds and bank accounts of the Company and certain of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries, and a second-priority security interest in substantially all other assets of the Company and such subsidiaries. The obligations of the Subsidiary under the International Revolving Credit Facility are generally secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all accounts receivable and cash proceeds thereof, certain bank accounts of the Subsidiary and certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, and a second-priority security interest in substantially all other assets of the Company and certain of the Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries.


The Company incurred fees and expenses related to the Revolving Credit Facilities in excess of $3,000, which have been deferred. The deferred fees are being amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, to interest expense and related financing fees, net over a five-year period which ends on May 5, 2022. The unamortized debt issuance cost balances of $2,400 and $1,650 are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had $9,757 of outstanding letters of credit and $11,943 ofamounts available borrowing capacity under the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 2017,Facility is subject to a borrowing base that is equal to 85.0% of the Company had $4,694difference between (x) the aggregate amount of outstanding lettersEligible Domestic Receivables as of creditthe immediately preceding calendar month and $6,292(y) the Dilution Reserve (the "Reserve"), which is equal to 1.0% of available borrowing capacity(x), not to exceed the $25,000 maximum capacity. The Reserve may be adjusted from time to time based on the most recently delivered collateral audit performed by the Agent and such percentage shall be in effect for the next succeeding twelve months and thereafter under the percentage is reset, however, the Reserve may not be reset more frequently than once a year. The amounts under the International Revolving Credit Facility.Facility is also subject to a borrowing base equal to (i) 85.0% of the aggregate amount of the Eligible International Receivables as of the last day of the fiscal quarter, plus 10.0% of the aggregate amount of the Eligible International Receivables as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
 
Other Debt Arrangements
57


The Company’s subsidiary, Hill International (Spain) S.A. (“Hill Spain”), maintained a revolving credit facility with three banks in Spain which initially provided for total borrowing of up to €5,640 with an interest rate of 6.50% on outstanding borrowings. The facility expired on December 17, 2016. Concurrent with the satisfaction of this facility Hill Spain entered into a new agreement with three new banks. The total new facility is for €2,770 (approximately $3,324 as of December 31, 2017) and bears interest rates between 1.85% and 3.37% and is repaid in equal installments over varying expiration dates between 36 and 60 months.
Hill Spain previously maintained an ICO (Official Credit Institute) loan with Bankia Bank in Spain, which expired on August 10, 2017 and was paid in full.

The Company maintains a credit facility with the National Bank of Abu Dhabi which provides for total borrowings of up to AED 11,500 ($3,131 at December 31, 2017), and is collateralized by certain overseas receivables. At December 31, 2017, the balance outstanding was AED 8,504, ($2,316). The credit facility is subject to periodic review by the bank and, accordingly, has been classified as current in the consolidating balance sheet. The interest rate is equal to the one-month Emirates InterBank Offer Rate plus 3.50%, with a maximum all-in interest rate of 5.50%. The interest rate was 5.50% at December 31, 2017. This facility allows for letters of guarantee up to AED 200,000 ($54,459 at December 31, 2017) of which AED 91,317 ($24,865) was outstanding at December 31, 2017. 
Engineering S.A. maintains four unsecured revolving credit facilities with two banks in Brazil aggregating 2,380 Brazilian Reais (BRL) ($719 at December 31, 2017), with a weighted average interest rate of 4.76% per month at December 31, 2017. There were no borrowings outstanding on any of these facilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. These unsecured revolving credit facilities are renewed automatically every three months.
The Company also maintains relationships with other foreign banks for the issuance of letters of credit, letters of guarantee and performance bonds in a variety of foreign currencies. At December 31, 2017, the maximum U.S. dollar equivalent of the commitments was $84,739 of which $35,292 is outstanding.

In connection with the 2015 move of its corporate headquarters to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the Company received a loan from the Philadelphia Industrial Development Corporation in the amount of $750 which bears interest at 2.75%, is repayable in 144 equal monthly installments of $6 and matures on April 1, 2027.

At December 31, 2017,2020, contractually scheduled maturities of current and long termlong-term debt, excludingnet of the amortization of the deferred financing fees,costs related to the 2017 Term Loan Facility, were as follows:
Years Ending December 31,
Total Scheduled Maturities (1)
2021$955 
202218,958 
202328,701 
2024380 
2025199 
Thereafter88 
Total$49,281 
(1) Amounts are estimated based on the foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2020, where applicable.

Other Financing Arrangements

On May 1, 2020, subsequent to the maturity of the Company's previous commercial premium financing arrangement in April 30, 2020 with AFCO Premium Credit LLC ("AFCO"), the Company entered into a new financing agreement for the renewal of its corporate insurance policies with AFCO for $3,391. The terms of the arrangement include a $509 down payment, followed by monthly payments to be made over an ten month period at a 3.04% interest rate through March 31, 2021.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balances payable to AFCO for these arrangements were $872 and $768 and is reflected in other current liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
Years Ending December 31, 
2018$3,406
20191,111
2020917
2021932
20223,664
Thereafter28,644
Total$38,674

Note 12 — Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The Company issues shares of its common stock and deferred stock units to its non-employee directors as partial compensation for services on the Company’s Board of Directors through the next annual stockholders meeting. See Note 13 for further information with respect to this plan.

Other activity is provided in the following table:
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Interest and related financing fees paid $6,853
 $12,004
 $13,180
       
Income taxes paid $8,299
 $9,523
 $5,684
       
Increase in property and equipment from a tenant improvement allowance related to the relocation of the corporate headquarters $
 $
 $3,894
       
Reduction of noncontrolling interest in connection with acquisitions of additional interests in Engineering S.A. $
 $
 $(4,374)
       
Increase in additional paid in capital from issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of an additional interest in ESA $
 $
 $4,374
       
Increase (decrease) in additional paid-in capital related to estimated accrual for ESA Put Options $777
 $(2,670) $
       
Increase in additional paid in capital from issuance of shares of common stock related to purchase of CPI $
 $
 $530
       
Increase in additional paid in capital from issuance of shares of common stock from cashless exercise of stock options $
 $796
 $361

Note 1311 — Share-Based Compensation

The Company provides for equity-based incentives under its 2017 Equity Compensation Plan (the "2017 Plan") to eligible participants under the 2017 Plan, which includes employees, non-employee directors, officers, advisors, consultants or other personnel of the Company (the "Participants"). The 2017 Plan covers 4,250 shares of the Company's common stock and may be awarded to Participants in the form of the Company's common stock, stock options, including stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock units ("DSU"), restricted stock units ("RSU"), dividend equivalents rights and other forms of equity-based awards.

A portion of the stock options or other equity units outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2020 may include those issued under the Company's previous equity compensation plans (the 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 2009 Non-Employee Director Stock Grant PlanPlan). Future grants are no longer available under these plans.

The 2009 Non-Employee Director Stock Grant Plan, as amended, covers 400 sharesCompany records share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock. Awards underequity award grants, as described further below. Share-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the plan may takeCompany's consolidated statements of operation.

The following table summarizes the form of shares of the Company’stotal share-based compensation expense as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
20202019
Restricted stock units$975 $472 
Deferred stock units622 664 
Stock options366 434 
Common stock (1)
916 
Common stock issued under the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan43 28 
Total$2,006 $2,514 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2019 included common stock or deferredissued for the Company's Profit Improvement Plan.

The unrecognized costs related to these equity units, excluding employee stock options (summarized separately below) was $2,498 and $1,183, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 and 2.1 years at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
58



The following table summarizes the activity related to the equity units, (“DSU”) whichexcluding employee stock options (summarized separately below), issued by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:
Number of RSU'sRSU Weighted
Average Issue Price
Number of DSU'sDSU Weighted
Average Issue Price
Unvested, December 31, 2018$20 $3.05 
Outstanding, Granted485 3.22 254 2.74 
Forfeited(21)3.23 
Vested(240)2.73 
Unvested, December 31, 2019464 3.22 34 3.11 
Granted444 3.28 343 1.69 
Forfeited(51)3.26 
Vested(167)3.23 (356)1.74 
Unvested, December 31, 2020690 $3.26 21 $3.10 
RSU's

RSU's issued entitle the participantseach Participant to receive one share1 unit of common stock for each DSU upon retirement fromvesting. RSU's awarded by the BoardCompany may be subject to vesting conditions that are contingent upon time and performance, depending on the terms of Directors. Only the Company’s Non-Employee Directors are eligible to receive awardsRSU award.

Time-Vested RSU's

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company granted certain key employees and executive officers RSU's under the plan. No awards were granted in 2017. Information2017 Plans that will vest and convert to common stock annually over a three-year period on the anniversary date of the grant date, contingent upon their employment with respectthe Company at each vesting date. Any unvested time-based RSU's will be forfeited if the Participant is no longer employed by the Company at any vesting date over the three-year term and the related expense will be adjusted for amounts related to the plan’s activity follows:unvested RSU's. The value of these RSU awards was determined based on the Company's closing stock price at the grant date and is being recorded on a straight-line basis over the three-year term.

Performance-Vested RSU's
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Shares issued 
 3
 25
Compensation expense $
 $10
 $115
       
Deferred stock units issued 
 96
 
Compensation expense $
 $350
 $

2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan covers 2,000 sharesFor RSU awards contingent upon performance conditions, the Company will assess if the pre-defined performance condition(s) is achievable based on the terms within each RSU award agreement. If achievable, the Company may also be required to estimate the number of RSU's subject to vest if different levels of the Company’s common stock. Eligible employees may purchase shares at 85%performance conditions are specified within the award agreement. The fair value of the fair market valueRSU award is based on the date of purchase. Information with respect to the plan’s activity follows:
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Shares purchased 36
 59
 43
Aggregate purchase price $139
 $182
 $126
Compensation expense $25
 $32
 $22
2006 Employee Stock Option Plan
The 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended, covers 10,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Under its terms, directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive non-qualified and incentiveclosing stock options. Options granted to non-employee directors vest immediately and have a five-year contractual term. Options granted to officers and employees vest over five years and have a seven-year contractual term. Generally, each option has an exercise price equal to the closing quoted market price of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. For grants of incentive stock options, if the grantee owns, or is deemed to own, 10% or more of the total voting power of the Company, then the exercise price shall be 110% of the closing quoted market price on the date of the grant, if specified within the award agreement. If the RSU grant value is indeterminable at the time of the grant, the Company will use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of the award (additional information related to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is detailed below under '2006 Employee Stock Option Plan'). The Company will continue to assess the fair value of the RSU award periodically until final determination.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company granted certain key employees and executive officers performance-based RSU's, where vesting is contingent upon the Company's achievement of an earnings-based performance target for at least one of the years included during the three-year term. The number of RSU's that could vest range from 50.0% to 200.0% of the number RSU's included in the grant. Common stock will be issued for each vested RSU on the third anniversary of the grant date. Any unvested RSU's are subject to forfeiture if the Participant is no longer employed by the Company prior to the vesting date in which the performance target is met. The Participant is still entitled to the vested RSU's if they separate from the Company before the three-year anniversary grant date. The fair value of the grants is based on the closing price of the Company's stock at the grant date. As of December 31, 2020, the target for the initial year during the three-year term had not been met and, accordingly, the Company did 0t record any share-based compensation expense for these RSU's.
59


DSU's

DSU's issued entitle the Participant to receive 1 share of the Company's common stock for each vested DSU upon separation from the Company. The fair value of these awards is measured based on the number of DSU's awarded in the terms of the award agreement and the optionclosing price of the DSU grant date. The Company recognizes share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the term specified in the DSU agreement. Any unvested DSU's will have a five-year contractual term. Optionsbe forfeited upon termination of employment or services from the Company prior to the vesting date. Share-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly based on the forfeiture terms that are stipulated in the DSU agreement.

DSU's awards that have been granted to the Hill's executive officers and other key employees are time-vesting. The DSU's vest over a three-year term at each anniversary of the DSU grant date at 33.3% per annum. The Company will adjust the share-based compensation expense for any forfeited or expireDSU's if the Participant leaves prior to the last installment of the vesting period.

The Company's non-employee board of directors (the "Board") receive DSU grants for their equity-based portion of their annual service retainer at each annual stockholder meeting during their term of service. At their election, the Board can also receive additional DSU's in lieu of the cash portion of their annual retainer. DSU's issued to the Board are available for future grants. At December 31, 2017, a totalonly subject to forfeiture if their departure from the Company is due to termination with cause and, otherwise, will vest. Therefore, the Company recognizes the full fair value of 2,094 sharesthe award at the date of commonthe grant. The fair value of the DSU's are determined based on the Company's stock were reserved for future issuance underclosing price on the plan.grant date and the number of DSU's awarded in the award agreement.

Employee Stock Option

The Black-Scholes option valuation model is used to estimate the fair value of the options. The following table summarizes the fair value of options granted during 2017, 20162020 and 20152019 and the assumptions used to estimate the fair value:
 December 31,
 20202019
Average expected life (years)N/A *3.50
Forfeiture rangeN/A *%
Weighted average forfeiture rateN/A *%
DividendsN/A *%
Volatility rangeN/A *49.4 %
Weighted average volatilityN/A *49.4 %
Range of risk-free interest ratesN/A *1.9 %
Weighted average risk-free interest rateN/A *1.9 %
Weighted average fair value at grant dateN/A *$0.88 
  December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Average expected life (years) 5.00
 4.98
 4.86
Forfeiture range 0
 0
 0 - 5.0
Weighted average forfeiture rate 0% 0% 0.3%
Dividends 0% 0% 0%
Volatility range 48.3% 47.4 - 57.5%
 46.9 - 59.9%
Weighted average volatility 48.3% 56.5% 58.9%
Range of risk-free interest rates 2.08% 0.97% - 1.46%
 1.07% - 1.61%
Weighted average risk-free interest rate 2.08% 1.22% 1.45%
Weighted average fair value at grant date $1.97
 $1.52
 $2.01
* There were 0 stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2020.


The expected term of the options is estimatedmanagement's estimates based on the “simplified method” as permitted by SAB No. 110.Company's option exercise history. Expected volatility was calculated using the average historical volatility of the Company's stock price. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields for securities in effect at the time of grants with terms approximating the term of the grants. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model are highly subjective, particularly as to stock price volatility of the underlying stock, which can materially affect the resulting valuation.
 
60


A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 20152019 is as follows (in thousands, except exercise price and remaining life data):
OptionsWeighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 Options 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2014 7,359
 $4.57
  
Outstanding, December 31, 2018Outstanding, December 31, 20181,943 $4.36 
Granted 1,117
 4.02
  Granted500 3.13 
Exercised (274) 3.03
  Exercised
Expired (405) 7.11
  Expired(564)4.53 
Forfeited (86) 4.50
  Forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2015 7,711
 4.41
  
Outstanding, December 31, 2019Outstanding, December 31, 20191,879 3.98 
Granted 1,025
 4.40
  Granted
Exercised (438) 2.66
  Exercised
Expired (1,154) 6.81
  Expired(306)3.79 
Forfeited (82) 4.24
  Forfeited(10)4.46 
Outstanding, December 31, 2016 7,062
 4.45
  
Granted 716
 4.98
  
Exercised (518) 3.84
  
Expired (813) 5.22
  
Forfeited (349) 4.49
  
Outstanding, December 31, 2017 6,098
 $4.45
 1.81 $931
Exercisable, December 31, 2017 3,707
 $4.20
 0.87 $831
Outstanding, December 31, 2020Outstanding, December 31, 20201,563 $4.01 2.40$3,273 
Exercisable, December 31, 2020Exercisable, December 31, 20201,036 $4.01 1.96$2,372 
 
AggregateThe aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise prices and the closing stock price on December 31, 2017.2020.  At December 31, 2017,2020, the weighted average exercise price of the outstanding options was $4.45$4.01 and the closing stock price was $5.45.$1.92.



For various price ranges,The weighted average characteristics of outstanding stock options by exercise price at December 31, 20172020 are as follows:
  Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Exercise
Prices
 Number Outstanding at December 31, 2017 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual
Life (in years)
 
Weighted Average Exercise
Price
 Number Exercisable at December 31, 2017 
Weighted Average Exercise
Price
$2.89
 70
 0.43 $2.89
 56
 $2.89
3.00
 10
 3.10 3.00
 2
 3.00
3.12
 6
 2.60 3.12
 5
 3.12
3.46
 13
 2.89 3.46
 5
 3.46
3.67
 398
 2.06 3.67
 318
 3.67
3.91
 500
 0.34 3.91
 500
 3.91
3.95
 500
 0.34 3.95
 500
 3.95
4.00
 500
 2.80 4.00
 300
 4.00
4.03
 341
 4.08 4.03
 136
 4.03
4.04
 1,000
 0.20 4.04
 900
 4.04
4.31
 80
 5.45 4.31
 16
 4.31
4.35
 500
 1.01 4.35
 300
 4.35
4.46
 25
 5.76 4.46
 5
 4.46
4.65
 482
 6.19 4.65
 
 4.65
4.84
 38
 2.60 4.84
 38
 4.84
4.90
 5
 4.59 4.90
 2
 4.90
4.95
 347
 3.19 4.95
 208
 4.95
5.00
 250
 0.34 5.00
 250
 5.00
5.17
 80
 5.45 5.17
 16
 5.17
5.47
 440
 0.34 5.47
 440
 5.47
5.73
 3
 0.84 5.73
 3
 5.73
5.83
 265
 0.34 5.83
 265
 5.83
6.31
 85
 1.45 6.31
 85
 6.31
6.61
 38
 6.19 6.61
 38
 6.61
7.00
 100
 6.19 7.00
 
 7.00
  6,075
 1.81 $4.45
 4,389
 $4.41
In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded share-based compensation related to stock options of approximately $2,990, $2,360 and $2,960, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Exercise
Prices
Number Outstanding at December 31, 2020Weighted Average Remaining Contractual
Life (in years)
Number Exercisable at December 31, 2020Weighted Average Remaining Contractual
Life (in years)
$3.13500 3.45167 3.45
4.00250 2.25200 2.25
4.03225 1.08225 1.08
4.3113 2.4510 2.45
4.65347 3.19208 3.19
4.901.591.59
4.95211 0.19211 0.19
5.1712 2.4510 2.45
1,563 2.401,036 1.96
 
At December 31, 2017,2020, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options was $1,900$527 which will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average service period of 2.42.40 years.


On May 10, 20172008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") covers 2,000 shares of the Company's BoardCompany’s common stock. Eligible employees may purchase shares at 85% of Directors approved a monthly grant of Company stock valued at $80 per month to the Interim Chief Executive Officer ("ICEO") during his term of service. At the end of each month during such period, the ICEO is entitled to $80 worth of Company stock basedfair market value on the closing pricedate of purchase. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company received aggregate ESPP proceeds of $245 for 196 of the Company's common stock on the last trading dayshares and $161 for 77 of the month. The aggregate number ofCompany's shares, earned will only be delivered to the ICEO on his last day of service as ICEO. Through December 31, 2017, the ICEO had accumulated 125 shares. The value of the shares accumulated is remeasured each reporting period. The change in value from the previous reporting period is recorded as an adjustment to compensation expense. The Company recorded compensation expense of $681 for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to these monthly grants. The ultimate value of these grants cannot be determined until the shares are delivered, therefore, the accumulated value of these shares is recorded in accrued expenses and will be reclassified to equity when the shares are ultimately delivered on the ICEO's last day of service.respectively.



61


Note 1412 — Stockholders’ Equity
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company received cash proceeds of $1,914 from the exercise of stock options.

During 2016, certain officers exercised 321 options with an exercise price of $2.45 through the Company.  The Company withheld 234 shares as payment for the options and placed those shares in treasury. The officers received 88 shares from these transactions.
During May 2015, four of the Company’s directors exercised an aggregate of 85 options with an exercise price of $4.25 through the Company on a cashless basis. The Company withheld 67 shares as payment for the options and placed those shares in treasury. The directors received a total of 17 shares from this transaction.

In April 2015, two shareholders who owned approximately 19% of ESA exercised their ESA Put Options. On August 12, 2015,2020, the Company paidexercised its right to retain 261 common shares that were pledged as collateral under the $4,374 liability with 925terms of a secured promissory note payable to the Company. Upon the terms of the secured promissory note, the note holder agreed to relinquish these shares of itsupon the maturity date. As a result, these shares have been transferred from common stock of which it repurchased 130 shares for an aggregate price of $580. See Note 5 for further information.

Note 15 — Income Taxes
On December 22, 2017, The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 ("2017 Tax Act") was signed into law, which includes a broad range of provisions, many of which significantly differ from those contained in previous U.S. tax law. Changes in tax law are accounted for in the period of enactment. As such, the 2017 consolidated financial statements reflect the immediate tax effect of the 2017 Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act contains several key provisions including, among other things:

A one-time tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of post-1986 untaxed foreign earnings and profits ("E&P"), referred to treasury stock, as the toll charge;
Reduction in the maximum Corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017;
Introduction of a new U.S. tax on certain off-shore earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income ("GILTI") at an effective tax rate of 10.5% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 (increasing to 13.125% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2025) with a partial offset by foreign tax credits; and
Introduction of a territorial tax system beginning in 2018 by providing a 100% dividends received deduction on certain qualified dividends from foreign subsidiaries.

During 2017, the Company recorded income tax expense of $3,103, which included a net federal income tax expense of $371 for the one-time deemed repatriation of E&P.

The net charge recorded was based on currently available information and interpretations of applying the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act as of the time of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In accordance with authoritative guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), the income tax effect for certain aspects of the 2017 Tax Act represent provisional amounts for which the Company's accounting is incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined and recorded during the fourth quarter of 2017. The guidance provides for a measurement period, up to one year from the Enactment Date, in which provisional amounts may be adjusted when additional information is obtained, prepared or analyzed about facts and circumstances that existed as of the Enactment Date that, if known, would have affected the amounts that were initially recorded as provisional amounts. Adjustments to provisional amounts identified during the measurement period should be recorded as an income tax expense or benefit in the period the adjustment is determined

The Company continues to evaluate the impacts of the 2017 Tax Act and consider the amounts recorded to be provisional, except for the one-time impact of the change in tax rate on its deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017. In addition, the Company is still evaluating the GILTI provisions of the 2017 Tax Act and its impact, if any,reflected on the Company's consolidated financial statements asStatements of December 31, 2017. The FASB allows companies to adopt an accounting policy to either recognize deferred taxes for GILTI or treat such as a tax cost in the year incurred. The Company has not yet determined its accounting policy because determining the impact of the GILTI provisions requires analysis of its existing legal entity structure, the reversal of the U.S. GAAP and U.S. tax basis differences in the assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiaries, and its ability to offset any tax with foreign tax credits. As such, the Company did not record a deferred income tax expense or benefit related to the GILTI provisions in its Consolidated Statement ofStockholders' Equity.

Note 13 - Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 and it will finalize this during the measurement period.Taxes

The Company recorded a provisional amount for its toll charge, which represents its reasonable estimate of the liability due for the mandatory deemed repatriation of its post-1986 untaxed foreign E&P. Determining the provisional toll charge liability required a significant effort based on a number of factors including:

Analyzing accumulated untaxed foreign E&P since 1986 including historical practices and assertions made in determining such;

Determining the composition, including intercompany receivables and payables of specified foreign corporations, of post-1986 untaxed foreign E&P that is held in cash or liquid assets and other assets at several measurement dates, as a different tax rate is applied to each when determining the toll charge liability; and
Assessing the potential impact of existing uncertain tax positions in determining the accumulated undistributed E&P.

For the aforementioned factors as well as the proximity of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act to the Company's year-end, it had limited time to understand the 2017 Tax Act and its various interpretations (including any additional guidance issued through the time of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K), to assess how to apply the new law to its specific facts and circumstances and determine the toll charge. These factors also contributed to the tax effects recorded being provisional amounts. In addition, the Company made certain assumptions in determining the provisional toll charge that may result in adjustments when it finalizes the analysis and accounting for the 2017 Tax Act including, but not limited to, the following:

Finalize the Company's analysis of its post-1986 untaxed foreign E&P;
Finalize the analysis as to the amounts and nature of, among other items, intercompany transactions and balances as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 to determine the appropriate composition of post-1986 untaxed E&P as either cash / liquid assets or other assets; and
Finalize the analysis of the impacts of the Tax Act on accounting for the GILTI provisions.

Certain income tax effects of applying the 2017 Tax Act represent provisional amounts for which the Company's analysis is incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined and recorded during the fourth quarter of 2017. The actual results may materially differ from current estimate due to, among other things, further guidance that may be issued by U.S. tax authorities or regulatory bodies including the SEC and the FASB to interpret the 2017 Tax Act. The Company will continue to analyze the 2017 Tax Act and any additional guidance that may be issued so it can finalize the full effects of applying the new legislation on the financial statements in the measurement period.


The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 20152019 were (86.5)%, (37.2)(1636.2)% and (110.5)(8.4)%, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate is significantly different than the U.S. federal statutory rate, forFor the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily from a release in2020, the valuation allowance and differences in statutory tax rates between foreign and U.S. jurisdictions, offset by the tax impact related to 2017 tax reform. The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, is significantly different thandiffers from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to additional uncertain tax position accruals, as a result of various foreign withholding taxes andwell as the inability to recordrecognize any tax benefit for losses in certain jurisdictions, particularly Brazil. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to benefits recognized from provision to return adjustments and the reversal of an incomeoutstanding tax benefitaccrual related to the U.S. net operating loss.Claims Construction Group sale. This is partially offset by additional uncertain tax position accruals, as well as additional increases in the Company's valuation allowances.

The components of (loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes on the Company's consolidated statements of operations by the United States and foreign jurisdictions were as follows:
 Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015 20202019
United States $(11,825) $(4,595) $(12,302)United States$(1,839)$(3,948)
Foreign jurisdictions 8,238
 (11,410) 7,021
Foreign jurisdictions1,403 17,093 
 $(3,587) $(16,005) $(5,281) $(436)$13,145 
 

Income tax expense (benefit), as reflected in the Company's consolidated statements of operations, consists of the following:
 CurrentDeferredTotal
Year ended December 31, 2020:   
U.S. federal$$26 $26 
State and local217 (15)202 
Foreign jurisdictions6,100 806 6,906 
 $6,317 $817 $7,134 
Year ended December 31, 2019:
U.S. federal$65 $23 $88 
State and local(27)(5)(32)
Foreign jurisdictions(1,934)769 (1,165)
 $(1,896)$787 $(1,109)
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Act”). The Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code and includes significant provisions impacting the Company's 2018 and 2019 effective tax rate. The changes include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a one-time deemed repatriation (“Transition Tax”) on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred, and the creation of new taxes that may apply on certain foreign sourced earnings. The Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to recognize the resulting tax on GILTI as a period expense in the period the tax is incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2020, there was no tax incurred as a result of the period inclusion. For the year ended December 31, 2019, there was an immaterial amount of tax incurred as a result of the period inclusion.
62


On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act 2021 (the “Appropriations Act”) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Appropriations Act, among other things, temporarily extends certain expiring tax provisions through December 31, 2025. Additionally, the Appropriations Act enacts new provisions and extends certain provisions originated within the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), enacted on March 27, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the Appropriations Act as well as the CARES Act, but at present time, does not expect that the CARES Act or the Appropriations Act will result in a material tax or cash benefit.

Income tax expense (benefit) consists ofwas $7,134 and $(1,109) for the following:
  Current Deferred Total
Year ended December 31, 2017:  
  
  
U.S. federal $(3,769) $
 $(3,769)
State and local (733) 
 (733)
Foreign jurisdictions 8,207
 (602) 7,605
  $3,705
 $(602) $3,103
       
Year ended December 31, 2016:      
U.S. federal $
 $
 $
State and local 
 
 
Foreign jurisdictions 6,793
 (838) 5,955
  $6,793
 $(838) $5,955
       
Year ended December 31, 2015:      
U.S. federal $
 $
 $
State and local 
 
 
Foreign jurisdictions 6,889
 (1,056) 5,833
  $6,889
 $(1,056) $5,833
twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The differencesfollowing table summarizes the difference between income taxes based on the statutory U.S. federal income tax expense/(benefit) at the United States statutory rate of 21.0% for both years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the Company’s effective income tax rate are provided inexpense at effective worldwide tax rates for the following reconciliation:respective periods:
 Years Ended December 31,
 20202019
Statutory federal income tax (benefit)$(92)$2,760 
Foreign tax expense4,415 50 
Change in the valuation allowance(766)1,968 
Net liability additions for uncertain tax positions1,713 1,183 
Excess compensation129 
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit202 (32)
Stock options122 94 
Foreign intercompany loan adjustments764 185 
Prior period adjustments499 (1,821)
Global intangible low-taxed income369 
Non-deductible loss on bond(1,667)
Reversal of Construction Claims Group liability(4,056)
Other148 (142)
Total$7,134 $(1,109)
63

  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Statutory federal income tax $(1,255) $(5,602) $(1,848)
Foreign tax expense 4,178
 6,802
 922
Change in the valuation allowance (13,319) 4,269
 9,291
Discontinued operations NOL adjustment 
 (4,206) (2,960)
Tax benefit for discontinued operations use of continuing operations current year loss (4,967) 
 
Net liability (reductions) additions for uncertain tax positions 543
 (40) 21
Excess compensation 911
 513
 485
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 61
 (105) (519)
Stock options 418
 4,354
 266
Transition tax due to repatriation 14,633
 
 
Impact due to tax reform 2,534
 
 
Other (634) (30) 175
Total $3,103
 $5,955
 $5,833


The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
 December 31, December 31,
 2017 2016 20202019
Deferred tax assets:  
  
Deferred tax assets:  
Net operating loss carry forward - U.S. operations $8,625
 $52,401
Net operating loss carry forward - U.S. operations$9,442 $9,807 
Amortization of intangibles 1,891
 3,984
Net operating loss carry forward - foreign operations 8,951
 9,112
Net operating loss carry forward - foreign operations6,673 10,295 
Compensated absences 1,033
 2,626
Compensated absences1,559 944 
Foreign income taxes on currency translation 6,611
 1,367
Foreign income taxes on currency translation3,315 5,543 
Share based compensation 153
 309
Allowance for uncollectible accounts 14,545
 13,912
Share-based compensationShare-based compensation581 465 
Allowance for doubtful accountsAllowance for doubtful accounts2,840 3,440 
Labor contingencies 187
 
Labor contingencies261 
Deferred income 813
 1,198
Interest limitationsInterest limitations1,144 1,659 
Foreign tax credit 17,374
 991
Foreign tax credit115 292 
Accrued expensesAccrued expenses1,369 1,164 
Other 407
 1,232
Other279 375 
Total gross deferred tax assets 60,590
 87,132
Total gross deferred tax assets27,323 34,245 
Valuation allowances (52,410) (73,212)Valuation allowances(20,103)(28,821)
Net deferred tax assets 8,180
 13,920
Net deferred tax assets7,220 5,424 
    
Deferred tax liabilities:    Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets (3,070) (6,735)Intangible assets(1,627)(1,364)
Depreciation (135) (2,870)Depreciation(317)(86)
Prepaid expenses (837) (1,036)Prepaid expenses(465)(434)
Change in tax method 
 (101)Change in tax method(570)(284)
Accrued expenses (1,019) (538)
Deferred incomeDeferred income(1,753)125 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities (5,061) (11,280)Total gross deferred tax liabilities(4,732)(2,043)
Net deferred tax assets $3,119
 $2,640
Net deferred tax assets$2,488 $3,381 
The deferred taxes have been reflected in the Company's consolidated balance sheetsheets based on tax jurisdiction as follows:
December 31,
20202019
Deferred tax asset $4,052
 $3,200
Deferred tax asset$3,698 $3,800 
Deferred tax liability (933) (560)Deferred tax liability(1,210)(419)
Net deferred tax assets $3,119
 $2,640
Net deferred tax assets$2,488 $3,381 
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, managementthe Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Management evaluates the need for valuation allowances on the deferred tax assets according to the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes.Taxes. They consider both positive and negative evidence. In making this determination, management assesses all of the evidence available at the time including recent earnings, internally-prepared income projections, and historical financial performance.
Due to See Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for breakdown of valuation allowance for amounts added, net of deductions, for the effects of the gain on sale of the Claims business and tax reform, the Company was able to fully utilize its federal net operating loss carry forward in the United States during the yearyears ended December 31, 2017. The Company also released the valuation allowance in the amount of $45,245 related to the federal net operating loss carry forward. 2020 and 2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, the Company continued to generategenerated net operating losses andin the U.S., which, under the Act, now have an unlimited life. The Company recorded an additional valuation allowance of $2,518,to materially offset this loss, as managementthe Company had determined that it was more likely than not that the Companythey would not be able to utilize a significant portion of its U.S.United States deferred tax assets. Cumulative StateThe gross cumulative federal net operating loss as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $9,351 and $9,553, respectively, with no expiration. The cumulative state net operating losses at December 31, 20172020 and 2019 were $131,871,$115,291 and $113,945, which will begin to expire in 2025. There were no cumulative U.S. federal net operating losses at December 31, 2017.


64


At December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, there were approximately $35,946$32,014 and $38,869,$46,630, respectively, of gross foreign net operating loss carry forwards. The majority of these net operating loss carry forwards have an unlimited carry forward period. It is anticipated that these losses will not be utilized due to continuing losses in these jurisdictions. Foreign valuation allowances of $26,127$8,541 and $20,961$16,073 were recorded at December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively, primarily related to the foreign allowance for doubtful accounts in connection with the Libya Receivable reserve and the foreign net operating loss carry forwards.
 
The Company continues to evaluate its worldwide cash needs, and as of December 31, 2020, the Company has a partial reinvestment assertion on certain of its unremitted foreign earnings. Generally, the foreign earnings previously subject to the Transition Tax in the U.S. can be distributed without additional U.S. federal tax, however, any such repatriation of previously unremitted foreign earnings could incur withholding and other foreign taxes, in the source and intervening foreign jurisdictions, andif applicable, as well as certain U.S. state taxes. Thetaxes when remitted in any given year. At December 31, 2020, the Company is inhas made no provision for federal, state, withholding or other foreign taxes related to these earnings as these taxes are either not applicable or not material. Additionally, the process of evaluating its cash needs around its global operations and as of year-end will continue to be reinvested indefinitely in itsCompany's Netherlands subsidiary has a partial reinvestment assertion regarding certain unremitted foreign earnings.earnings as well. The Company has made no provision for US federal and stateforeign taxes on unremittedrelated to these earnings because the Netherlands entity continues to qualify for the participation exemption whereby certain foreign earnings in excess of the amount imposed by the TCJA one-time transitioncan be repatriated without any additional tax on deferred earnings, any incremental foreign income taxes and withholding taxes payable to foreign jurisdictions related to any distributions. Determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred foreign tax liability for these amounts is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.at December 31, 2020.


The Company will recognize a tax benefit in the financial statements for an uncertain tax position only if management’sthe Company's assessment is that the position is “more likely than not” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent) to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position. The term “tax position” refers to a position in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes.
 
The following table indicates the changes to the Company’s uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 20172020 and 20162019, including interest and penalties:
 Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 20202019
Balance, beginning of year $6,735
 $6,282
Balance, beginning of year$4,615 $2,988 
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years (243) (40)Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years(162)(702)
Reduction due to settlements with taxing authorities (4,773) (172)Reduction due to settlements with taxing authorities(960)
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years 957
 665
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years1,875 3,289 
Balance, end of year $2,676
 $6,735
Balance, end of year$6,328 $4,615 
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company generally is no longer subject to U.S. or state examinations by tax authorities for taxable years prior to 2014.2015. However, net operating losses utilized from prior years in subsequent years’ tax returns are subject to examination until three years after the filing of subsequent years’ tax returns. The statute of limitations expiration in foreign jurisdictions for corporate tax returns generally ranges between two and five years, depending on the jurisdiction.
 
The Company’s policy is to record estimated interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015,2019, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet reflects cumulative provisions for interest and penalties of $390, $206$757 and $500,$616, respectively, related to potential interest and penalties.
 
The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examinationsexamination by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. While the Company believes it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. As part of its assessment of potential adjustments to its tax returns, the Company increases its current tax liability to the extent an adjustment would result in a cash tax payment or decreases its deferred tax assets to the extent an adjustment would not result in a cash tax payment. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.
65




Note 1614 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
General Litigation


From time to time, the Company is a defendant or plaintiff in various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. As such, the Company is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse outcomes to these proceedings as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of the provision required for these commitments and contingencies, if any, which would be charged to earnings, is made after careful analysis of each proceeding. The provision may change in the future due to new developments or changes in circumstances. Changes in the provision could increase or decrease the Company’s earnings in the period the changes are made. It is the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of these proceedingssproceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In 2013, M.A. Angeliades, Inc. (“Plaintiff”) filed a complaint with the Supreme Court of New York against the Company and the New York City Department of Design and Construction (“DDC”) regarding payment of approximately $8,771 for work performed as a subcontractor to the Company plus interest and other costs. On October 5, 2015, pursuant to a settlement agreement, Hill paid Plaintiff approximately $2,596, including interest amounting to $1,056, of which $448 had been previously accrued and $608 was charged to expense for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Plaintiff resolved its remaining issues regarding change orders and compensation for delay with DDC. On January 16, 2016, Plaintiff filed a Motion to amend its complaint against the Company claiming that the amounts paid by the Company do not reconcile with the amounts Plaintiff believes the Company received from DDC despite DDC’s records reflecting the same amount as the Company’s. On August 8, 2016, the Plaintiff’s Motion was granted and the parties resolved the matter and entered into a confidential settlement and general release on August 17, 2018. The settlement was accrued for and reflected in the Company's balance sheet and the statement of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Knowles Limited (“Knowles”), a subsidiary of the Company’s Construction Claims Group,Company, is a party to an arbitration proceeding instituted on July 8, 2014 in which Knowles claimed that it was entitled to payment for services rendered to Celtic Bioenergy Limited (“Celtic”). The arbitrator decided in favor of Knowles. The arbitrator’s award was appealed by Celtic to the U.K. High Court of Justice, Queen’s Bench Division, Technology and Construction Court (“Court”). On March 16, 2017, the Court (1) determined that certain relevant facts had been deliberately withheld from the arbitrator by an employee of Knowles and (2) remitted the challenged parts of the arbitrator’s award back to the arbitrator to consider the award in possession of the full facts. The Company is evaluating the impact of the judgment of the Court. In May 2019, Celtic issued a claim against Knowles for negligent application and a hearing was held in December 2019. The arbitration was concluded in August 2020 in Knowles' favor. Celtic has appealed the arbitrator's decision.


Loss on Performance Bond

On February 8, 2018, the Company received notice from the First Abu Dhabi Bank ("FAB", formerly known as the National Bank of Abu Dhabi) that the Public Authority of Housing Welfare of Kuwait submitted a claim for payment on a performance guarantee issued by the Company for approximately $7,938 for a project located in Kuwait. FAB subsequently issued, on behalf of the Company, a payment on February 15, 2018. The Company is taking legal action to recover the full Performance Guarantee amount. On September 20, 2018 the Kuwait First Instance Court dismissed the Company's case. As a result, the Company fully reserved the performance guarantee payment above in the first quarter of 2018. The Company filed an appeal before the Kuwait Court of Appeals seeking referral of the matter to a panel of experts for determination. On April 21, 2019, the Court of Appeals ruled to refer the matter to the Kuwait Experts Department. Hearings with the Kuwait Experts Department were held during July and September 2019. A final report was issued by the panel of experts in October 2019 for the held hearings on January 7, 2020 and February 4, 2020 and reserved the case for judgment to be issued. The Company filed a pleading before the Kuwait Cassation Court in August 2020 and is awaiting a decision.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The Company enters into agreements with banks for the banks to issue bonds and letters of guarantee to clients, or potential clients and other third parties, mainly for three separatethe purposes as follows:
 
(1)Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (Hill International N.V., Hill International (UK) Ltd. and Hill International (Middle East) Ltd.) have entered into contracts for the performance of construction management services that provide that the Company receive advance payment of some of the management fee from the client prior to commencement of the construction project. However, the clients require a guarantee of service performance in the form of an advance payment bond. These bonds are evidenced by Letters of Guarantee issued by the subsidiaries’ banks in favor of the clients. In some cases, these clients also require a parent company guarantee.
(2)The Company may also enter into certain contracts that require a performance bond to be issued by a bank in favor of the client for a portion of the value of the contract. These bonds may be exercised by the client in instances where the Company fails to provide the contracted services.
(3)Certain clients may require bonds as part of the bidding process for new work. Bid bonds are provided to demonstrate the financial strength of the companies seeking the work and are usually outstanding for short periods. If the bid is rejected, the bond is cancelled and if the bid is accepted, the Company may be required to provide a performance bond.
(1)The Company has entered into contracts for the performance of construction management services that provide that the Company receive advance payment of some of the management fee from the client prior to commencement of the construction project. However, the clients require a guarantee of service performance in the form of an advance payment bond. These bonds are evidenced by Letters of Guarantee issued by the subsidiaries’ banks in favor of the clients. In some cases, these clients also require a parent company guarantee. The average term the Company entered into such arrangements was 2.1 years at December 31, 2020.

(2)The Company may also enter into certain contracts that require a performance bond to be issued by a bank in favor of the client for a portion of the value of the contract. These bonds may be exercised by the client in instances where the Company fails to provide the contracted services. The weighted average term the Company entered into such arrangements was 1.1 years at December 31, 2020, which excludes performance bonds that contain open-ended expiration dates.

66


(3)Certain clients may require bonds as part of the bidding process for new work. Bid bonds are provided to demonstrate the financial strength of the companies seeking the work and are usually outstanding for short periods. If the bid is rejected, the bond is canceled and if the bid is accepted, the Company may be required to provide a performance bond. The weighted average term of these arrangements was 0.3 years at December 31, 2020, which excludes bid bonds with open-ended expiration dates.
 
The maximum potential future payment under these arrangements at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 was $74,609$67,382 and $105,377,$74,597, respectively, which primarily includes credit facility arrangements that are denominated in foreign currencies. These balances partially reduced the Company's available borrowing capacity on the Domestic and International Revolving Credit Facilities by a total of $14,451.$8,794 and $8,780 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as reflected in Note 10 - Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt.
 
Cash held in restricted accounts as collateral for the issuance of performance and advance payment bonds, letters of credit and escrow at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 was $3,500$7,184 and $4,312,$9,067, respectively.


Other
 
The Company has identified a potential tax liability related to certain foreign subsidiaries’ failure to comply with laws and regulations of the jurisdictions, outside of their home country, in which their employees provided services. The Company has estimated the potential liability to be approximately $962$1,323 which is reflected in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, $402 of which was expensed in selling, general and has reflected that amount in discontinued operationsadministrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 20172020.

Note 15 — Leases

The Company leases office space, equipment and in othervehicles throughout the world. Many of the Company's leases include one or more options to renew at the Company's sole discretion. The lease renewal option terms generally range from 1 month to 5 years for office leases. The determination of whether to include any renewal or early termination options is made by the Company at lease inception when establishing the term of the lease. On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU-2016-2, Leases (Topic 842), which required the Company to recognize right-of use lease ("ROU") assets and lease liabilities in theon its consolidated balance sheet for all leases in excess of one year in duration. The lease liability represents the present value of the remaining lease payments, which only includes payments that are fixed and determinable at December 31, 2017.the time of commencement, over the lease term. The lease term may be adjusted for renewal or early termination options provided in the leases only if it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. As most of the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.
Note 17 — Operating Leases

The Company elected to adopt the guidance using the modified retrospective method and, therefore, have not recast comparative periods presented in its unaudited consolidated financial statements. The Company elected the package of transition practical expedients for existing leases and therefore the Company has numerous operatingnot reassessed the following: lease classification for existing leases, which have various expiration dates through 2027. whether any existing contracts contained leases, if any initial direct costs were incurred and whether existing land easements should be accounted for as leases. The Company did not apply the hindsight practical expedient, accordingly, the Company did not use hindsight in its assessment of lease terms. As permitted under ASU 2016-2, the Company elected as accounting policy elections to not recognize ROU assets and related lease liabilities for leases with terms of twelve months or less and to not separate lease and non-lease components, and instead account for the non-lease components together with the lease components as a single lease component.

Rent expense was approximately $8,940, $9,208 and $8,724 for leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenseslease term from the lease commencement date through the scheduled expiration date for rent payments that are determined to be fixed, or are determinable at the lease commencement date. Some of the Company's lease arrangements require periodic increases in the consolidated statements of earnings.Company's base rent that may be subject to certain economic indexes, among other items. In addition, these leases may require the Company to pay property taxes, utilities and other costs related to several of its leased office facilities. Typically, these amounts for such payments cannot be determined at the lease commencement date, and are identified as variable lease payment, which are expensed as incurred.


AtTotal rent expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, approximate future minimum2020 and 2019 included $2,374 and $2,138, respectively, that was associated with leases with an initial term of 12 months or less, in addition to variable costs the Company is responsible for paying on all leases.

67


Rent expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term from the lease commencement date through the scheduled expiration date. Rent expense of approximately $8,294 and $9,079 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, is included in either selling, general and administrative expenses or direct expenses, as appropriate, in the consolidated statements of operations.

During the three months ended June 30, 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company received rent concessions from certain lessors primarily in the form of rent payment deferrals, where rents that were originally scheduled to be paid to such lessors during the three months ended June 30, 2020, per the terms of the leases, were agreed to not become due and payable until 2021, with the option to pay the amounts deferred in monthly installments, plus interest. In April 2020, the FASB issued a Q&A in order to simplify how ASC-842 should be applied to rent concessions received as a result of the pandemic, and provided an optional practical expedient that permits an entity to make an election to not evaluate whether concessions granted by lessors related to COVID-19 are lease modifications, under certain conditions. Entities that make this election can then apply the lease modification guidance in ASC-842 or account for the concession as if it were contemplated as part of the existing contract. The Company elected to apply the practical expedient and not apply the lease modification guidance and has accordingly continued to recognize the rent expense as if no deferral had been provided. The Company recorded a payable for these amounts reflected in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company's consolidated balance sheets of $586 for such rent deferrals, which are required to be paid over monthly installments through December 2021.

The Company subleases certain real estate to third parties (the "sublessee"). The sublease income recognized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1,338 and $569, respectively, and was recorded as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. These subleases may require the sublessee to reimburse the Company if they are required to pay property taxes, utilities and other costs related to the leased office facility. These reimbursements are identified as variable lease payments undersince these leases that have remaining non-cancelableamounts cannot be determined at the lease termscommencement date and are recognized as reduction in excessexpense as incurred.

The following is a schedule, by years, of one yearmaturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020:
Years Ending December 31,Total Operating Lease PaymentsTotal Financing Lease Payments
2021$5,772 $75 
20224,491 75 
20233,679 75 
20242,735 40 
20251,963 
Thereafter2,958 
Total minimum lease payments (1)(2)
21,598 265 
Less amount representing imputed interest3,260 
Present value of lease obligations$18,338 $256 
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)4.633.54
Weighted average discount rate7.0%2.1%
(1) Partially includes rent expense amounts payable in various foreign currencies and are based on the foreign currency exchange rate as follows:of December 31, 2020, where applicable.
(2) Includes lease amendments executed as of December 31, 2020, but not yet commenced.
Years Ending December 31, 
2018$6,981
20195,199
20204,456
20213,349
20222,687
Thereafter9,509
Total$32,181

Note 1816 - Benefit Plans
 
401(k) Retirement Savings Plan
 
The Company maintains a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for qualified employees. The terms of the 401(k) Plan define qualified employees as those over 21 years of age who have completed at least one monththirty days of service. TheGenerally, the Company matches 50%matched $0.50 on the dollar of employee contributions up to 3.0% of employee compensation up to a maximum of approximately $4 annually.6.0% of the employee's salary. Beginning with the May 1, 2020 pay period, the Company suspended the Company match through December 31, 2020 as part of the Company's corporate cost reductions related to COVID-19 (see Note 2 - Liquidity). The Company resumed the match on January 1, 2021. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015,2019, the Company recognized expense amounting to $1,363, $1,005of $706 and $905,$2,151, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
68


End of Service Benefits
 
The Company maintains several End of Service Benefit plans (the “EOSB Plans”) that provide lump sum termination benefits to certain employees in the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Qatar, Oman, Kuwait, Mexico and Spain.Bahrain. The EOSB Plans are calculated based on tenure of service and may vary depending on the circumstances surrounding the separation. Generally, the plans provide for a lump sum benefit that is based on the employee's salary, years of service and statutory requirements that exist within the employee's office location. The Company calculated the present value of the expected future payments using the Projected Unit Credit Method, which estimates the fair value of the projected benefits that current plan participants will earn and was used to assess the Company's liabilities as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016.2019. The baseline assumptions used for the calculation included a discount rate of 3.0%0.9%, a salary increase of 2.0% per annum and an employee turnover rate of 18%25% per annum. The Company recorded liabilities of $13,940$10,090 and $13,364$10,440 for the EOSB Plans as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively, which are included in accrued payroll and related expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015,2019, the Company recognized expense for the EOSB Plans of $4,861, $4,327$2,456 and $3,540$2,269, respectively, of which $1,819 and $1,962, respectively, related to service costs is included in direct expense and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The remaining expense is included in other (loss) income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Note 1917 —Segment and Related Information
 
At December 31, 2017, due to the sale of our Construction Claims Group (see Note 2), theThe Company has one operating1 reporting segment, the Project Management Group, which reflects how the Company is being managed. The Company based its determination on

how operations are managed, the similarity of the services provided, the methodologies in delivering services and the similarity of the client base. The Project Management Group provides extensive construction and project management services to construction owners worldwide. TheSuch services include program management, project management, construction management, project management oversight, troubled project turnaround, staff augmentation, project labor agreement consulting, commissioning, estimating and cost management, labor compliance services (collectively, "integrated project management") and facilities management services.
 
The following tables present certain information for the Company's operations:


Total Revenue by Geographic Region:
  2017 2016 2015
United States $227,581
 47.1% $204,035
 39.5% $187,399
 34.4%
Latin America 11,772
 2.4% 18,775
 3.6% 26,350
 4.8%
Europe 43,179
 8.9% 41,062
 8.0% 42,635
 7.8%
Middle East 169,964
 35.1% 213,613
 41.4% 248,193
 45.6%
Africa 23,100
 4.8% 24,037
 4.7% 23,935
 4.4%
Asia/Pacific 8,140
 1.7% 14,490
 2.8% 16,248
 3.0%
Total $483,736
 100.0% $516,012
 100.0% $544,760
 100.0%

 20202019
Americas$192,777 52.4 %$200,142 53.1 %
Middle East/Asia/Pacific92,639 25.1 %104,927 27.9 %
Europe53,819 14.6 %43,488 11.6 %
Africa29,289 7.9 %27,880 7.4 %
Total$368,524 100.0 %$376,437 100.0 %
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, no other country except for the United States accounted for over 10% of total revenue.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2016,2020 and 2019, total revenue for the United Arab Emirates amounted to $73,617 representing 14.3%$39,353 or 10.7%, and $37,904 or 10.1%, of the total.Company's total revenue, respectively. No other country except for the United States accounted for over 10% of total revenue.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, total revenue fromand the United Arab Emirates amounted to $88,036 representing 16.2% of the total. No other country except for the United States accounted for over 10% of total revenue.
 
Operating Profit (Loss):
20202019
 2017 2016 2015
United States $23,191
 $17,742
 $14,300
Latin America (3,190) 1,702
 (2,384)
AmericasAmericas$31,959 $27,834 
Middle East/Asia/PacificMiddle East/Asia/Pacific9,287 13,782 
Europe 3,221
 (8,285) (15,180)Europe5,558 4,955 
Middle East 21,096
 15,992
 36,307
Africa (752) (7,083) 864
Africa5,401 11,235 
Asia/Pacific (1,378) 1,097
 2,418
Corporate (42,744) (34,815) (37,995)Corporate(41,706)(39,260)
Total $(556) $(13,650) $(1,670)Total$10,499 $18,546 
 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense:
 2017 2016 2015 20202019
Project Management $5,663
 $6,635
 $7,522
Project Management$1,385 $3,791 
Corporate 860
 630
 418
Corporate2,653 33 
Total $6,523
 $7,265
 $7,940
Total$4,038 $3,824 
 
69


Revenue By Client Type:
 20202019
U.S. federal government$17,942 4.9 %$18,967 5.0 %
U.S. state, regional and local governments118,845 32.2 %124,504 33.1 %
Foreign governments99,906 27.1 %91,683 24.4 %
Private sector131,831 35.8 %141,283 37.5 %
Total$368,524 100.0 %$376,437 100.0 %
  2017 2016 2015
U.S. federal government $15,105
 3.1% $12,050
 2.3% $10,737
 2.0%
U.S. state, regional and local governments 156,183
 32.3% 155,976
 30.2% 139,086
 25.5%
Foreign governments 133,655
 27.6% 170,567
 33.1% 209,468
 38.5%
Private sector 178,793
 37.0% 177,419
 34.4% 185,469
 34.0%
Total $483,736
 100.0% $516,012
 100.0% $544,760
 100.0%


Property, Plant and Equipment, Net by Geographic Location:
 December 31,
 20202019
Americas$7,741 $10,401 
Middle East/Asia/Pacific917 882 
Europe544 473 
Africa241 139 
Total$9,443 $11,895 
  December 31,
  2017 2016
United States $9,434
 $12,626
Latin America 546
 881
Europe 675
 218
Middle East 1,164
 1,645
Africa 105
 169
Asia/Pacific 80
 850
Total $12,004
 $16,389



Note 2018 - Subsequent EventDeconsolidation of Controlling Interest in Subsidiaries

Performance Guarantee


On February 8, 2018,June 12, 2020, Hill International Brasil S.A ("Hill Brazil") filed for bankruptcy and liquidation with the Company received notice from National BankBankruptcy Court of Abu Dhabi (NBAD) that Public AuthoritySao Paulo Brazil. Hill Brazil was a consolidated operating subsidiary of Housing Welfare of Kuwait submitted a claim for payment on a Performance Guarantee issuedHill International Brasil Participacoes LTDA ("Brazil Consolidated"). A trustee was appointed by the Company for approximately $7,927 for a project located in Kuwait. NBAD subsequently issued,court on behalfJune 15, 2020 to oversee the settlement of Company, a payment on February 15, 2018.liabilities and close the entity. The Company lost control of Hill Brazil on the date of the bankruptcy filing and, as a result, deconsolidated Hill Brazil at that time.

At June 12, 2020, Hill Brazil's assets totaled $1,901, and consisted of Cash $9, Accounts receivable $1,380, Property, Plant & Equipment $295 and other assets $217. At June 12, 2020, Hill Brazil's liabilities totaled $3,538 and consisted of accounts payable and accrued expenses $1,800, debt $365, deferred revenue $132 and other liabilities $1,242. Therefore, Hill Brazil's liabilities exceeded assets by $1,638. The write-off of the investment in Hill Brazil by Brazil Consolidated resulted in a $1,201 loss. The write-off of the balance sheet and write-off of the investment in Hill Brazil resulted in a $437 gain on the deconsolidation before consideration of foreign currency adjustments and intercompany items.

In conjunction with the liquidation of Hill Brazil, the Company's intercompany receivables from Hill Brazil totaling $116 were fully reserved and an intercompany payable of $1,180 to Hill Brazil from Brazil Consolidated was written off against the income/loss of the liquidation. Additionally, $5,565 of accumulated other comprehensive losses related to foreign currency adjustments was taken into expense. This resulted in a net loss of $4,064 related to the deconsolidation which was recorded on the consolidated statements of operations under other loss (income), net.

On December 29, 2020, Brazil Consolidated filed for bankruptcy and liquidation with the Bankruptcy Court of Sao Paulo Brazil. Brazil Consolidated was a consolidated subsidiary of Hill International, N.V. The Company lost control of Brazil Consolidated on the date of the bankruptcy filing and as a result deconsolidated Brazil Consolidated at that time which resulted in an additional net loss of $1,437 being recorded on the consolidated statements of operations under other loss (income), net. The balance sheet of Brazil Consolidated primarily consisted of intercompany payables. The corresponding intercompany receivables were written off on the respective entity's balance sheets in conjunction with the liquidation and deconsolidation of Brazil Consolidated resulting in no net consolidated income/loss impact. The net loss is taking legal actionprimarily comprised of the deconsolidation of $1,350 of net assets, and $313 of accumulated other comprehensive losses related to recover the full Performance Guarantee amount.foreign currency adjustments taken into expense which were offset by $226 of eliminated capital.



Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
The following is a summary of certain quarterly financial information for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 (in thousands except per share data):
  First Second Third Fourth
  Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
Year Ended December 31, 2017:        
Revenue $116,120
 $125,436
 $123,192
 $118,988
Gross profit 37,611
 38,629
 37,317
 33,296
Operating profit (loss) 4,114
 (1,363) (1,628) (1,679)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations 2,016
 (996) (1,595) (6,115)
Loss from discontinued operations (4,251) (7,301) (752) (2,175)
Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 
 52,195
 (1,892) (1,590)
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Hill (2,354) 43,897
 (4,294) (9,883)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations $0.04
 $(0.02) $(0.03) $(0.12)
Basic (loss) per common share from discontinued operations (0.09) (0.14) (0.01) (0.04)
Basic gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 
 1.00
 (0.04) (0.03)
Basic (loss) earnings per common share - Hill International, Inc. $(0.05) $0.84
 $(0.08) $(0.19)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations $0.04
 $(0.02) $(0.03) $(0.12)
Diluted loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.09) (0.14) (0.01) (0.04)
Diluted gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 
 1.00
 (0.04) (0.03)
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share - Hill International, Inc. $(0.05) $0.84
 $(0.08) $(0.19)
         
Year Ended December 31, 2016:        
Revenue $136,899
 $132,709
 $121,222
 $125,182
Gross profit 43,598
 40,355
 38,893
 34,223
Operating profit (loss) 5,820
 6,001
 (7,986) (17,485)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations 4,736
 2,676
 (10,910) (18,461)
Loss from discontinued operations (1,243) (574) (540) (9,418)
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Hill 3,504
 2,130
 (11,546) (27,898)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations $0.09
 $0.05
 $(0.21) $(0.36)
Basic loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.02) (0.01) (0.01) (0.18)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc. $0.07
 $0.04
 $(0.22) $(0.54)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations $0.09
 $0.05
 $(0.21) $(0.36)
Diluted loss per common share from discontinued operations (0.02) (0.01) (0.01) (0.18)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share - Hill International, Inc. $0.07
 $0.04
 $(0.22) $(0.54)


Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.Disclosure
 
On April 19, 2017, Hill International, Inc. (the “Company”) dismissed EisnerAmper LLP (“EisnerAmper”) as its independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change independent registered public accounting firms was approved by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Such dismissal became effective upon completion by EisnerAmper of its review of the unaudited quarterly financial statements of Hill International, Inc. for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017 and the filing of the related Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the SEC on May 10, 2017.None.

70
Also on April 19, 2017, after reviewing proposals from several accounting firms, including EisnerAmper, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company selected KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) to be appointed following the filing of the Form 10-Q related to the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017 to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. During the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, and the subsequent interim period through March 31, 2017, the Company did not consult with KPMG regarding any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K.




The audit report of EisnerAmper on the consolidated financial statements of Hill International, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.  The audit report of EisnerAmper LLP on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 did conclude that internal controls over financial reporting were not effective due to identified material weaknesses.

During the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, and the subsequent interim period through March 31, 2017, there were no: (1) disagreements with EisnerAmper on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or (2) reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), except that EisnerAmper advised the Company it agreed with the Company that certain deficiencies in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting discussed with the Company during EisnerAmper’s audits of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 constituted material weaknesses.

On March 28, 2018, the Company dismissed KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) as its independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change independent registered public accounting firms was approved by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”). Also on March 28, 2018, the Audit Committee entered into an agreement with EisnerAmper LLP (“EisnerAmper”) to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. Such dismissal and appointment reflects the Audit Committee’s belief that EisnerAmper, who served as the Company’s independent public accounting firm during the restatement, will be able to complete the restatement as well as the audit of the Company’s 2017 financial statements as expeditiously as possible. The Company consulted with EisnerAmper regarding the application of accounting principles in conjunction with the original audit and the restatement; however, the Company did not consult with EisnerAmper regarding any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(ii) of Regulation S-K other than those related to the restatement.

The Company had no: (1) disagreements with KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or (2) reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a) (1)(v) of Regulation S-K) other than those related to the restatement in connection with KPMG’s engagement.

As disclosed in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, management identified certain deficiencies that rose to the level of a material weakness related to (i) the estimation of the potential loss on the Company’s accounts receivable, (ii) not maintaining effective procedures in the areas of the accounting closing process, accounting estimates and non-routine transactions, and (iii) not having a control in place to identify non-compliance with or the misapplication of local employment related tax laws (collectively, the “Material Weaknesses”).

As a result of these Material Weaknesses, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective.


Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.Procedures
 
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Based upon its evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2017,2020, the Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, because of the material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting described below, and the Company’s inability to file certain reports required under the Exchange Act within their required time periods, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2017.2020.

The Company's financial statements have been audited by EisnerAmper, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which was engaged on March 28, 2018. EisnerAmper LLP's attestation report on the Company's internal controls overe financial reporting, which disclaims an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting, is included herein. EisnerAmper was unable to perform auditing procedures necessary to form an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 due to the fact that EisnerAmper was engaged after December 31, 2017.

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") define “disclosure controls and procedures” to mean controls and procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the companyCompany in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’sSEC's rules and forms. The definition further states that disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’sCompany’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As a result of the material weaknesses identified, we performed additional analysis, substantive testing and other post-closing procedures intended to ensure our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the Company's management believes that the consolidated financial statements and related notes hereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).Act. Our internal control system was designed under the supervision of our previous Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO") and our previous Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (the "CFO") and with the participation of management in order to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and our preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”).GAAP.


All internal control systems, no matter how well designed and tested, have inherent limitations, including, among other things, the possibility of human error, circumvention or disregard.  Therefore, even those systems of internal control that have been determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


Management, under the supervision of our Interim Chief Executive Officer,CEO and Interim Chief Financial Officer,CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, based on the criteria established in the applicable “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the COSO (2013), determined that the Company had not maintained effective internal controlscontrol over financial reporting as of December 31, 20172020 due to the material weaknesses described below.


71


A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.


The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Material Weaknesses

The company previously reported the followingCompany has multiple material weaknesses that are in our 2016 Form 10-K/A, which have not been remediated and still exist at December 31, 2017:

1.
The Company misapplied US GAAP as it relates to the estimation of the potential loss on the Company’s accounts receivable and related balances. Specifically, the Company did not have sufficient procedures and controls in place to enable the proper application of US GAAP and ensure that the company maintained a reasonable level of reserves for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable.


Completed Remedial Actions:

The Company increased accountability at the operational manager and local finance director levels to closely monitor significantly past due accounts and potential collection issues to regional or upper management on a monthly basis or more frequently, as circumstances require. Required independent and detailed documentation and contracts will be provided to country or regional controllers and headquarters management who will evaluate the collectabilityvarious stages of significant and aged client account balances.
The Company enhanced transparency and active monitoring at the executive level through monthly and/or quarterly meetings to review and assess the proper application of US GAAP in financial reporting and estimates. Material accruals and contingencies (including reserves for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable) will be evaluated objectively by executive management with input from the business segment units prior to the conclusion of quarterly financial reporting processes.
The Company enhanced transparency and effective monitoring at the Audit Committee, of the Board of Directors, through regular or quarterly meetings of the Audit Committee to review and evaluate the Company’s conclusion and assessment on the key estimates and reserves that will have significant impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

Planned Remedial Actions:

remediation. The Company plans to continuemake further substantive improvements to enhance the documentationdesign of the internal control structure to ensureremediate the underlying causes of the control deficiencies that it is detailedled to the material weaknesses. The material weakness will not be considered remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and supports the amounts recognized as reserves for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable.management has concluded, through testing and analysis, that these controls are operating effectively.

Remediated Material Weaknesses

Control Environment

Financial Reporting - Policies Procedures and Controls

The Company plans to continue to enhance the follow-up process with local operations management and finance director levels to ensurematerial weakness that the most current information is obtained inCompany did not design, establish, and maintain effective documented U.S. GAAP compliant financial accounting policies and procedures, nor a timely mannerformalized process for financial reporting purposes.
determining, documenting, communicating, implementing, monitoring, and updating accounting policies and procedures has been remediated. The Company plans to conduct training with personnel involved with the accounts receivable controls to reinforce the importance of the controls and the application of controls on a consistent basis.
The Company plans to implement controls to ensure that accounts receivable and related balances are appropriately reviewed and reserved as necessary.
The Company plans to implement completeness and accuracy procedures to ensure that the reports utilized to estimate the appropriate reserve balance contain all the necessary and accurate data to calculate a reasonable estimate.

2.
The Company either inadequately designed or did not implement controls to accurately determine the Company’s liability and ensure compliance with certain tax laws and employment regulations of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company’s Management advises local management on the rules and regulations in those jurisdictions and the proper tax implications. However, it was discovered in connection with the sale of the Construction Claims Group that these procedures were not followed by local management and Corporate Management did not have a control in place to identify non-compliance or the misapplication of local employment and related tax laws.

Remedial Action:

The Company will develop policies, procedures, and controls to ensure that the foreign local management team is properly preparing analytics and assessments to determine compliance with the respective tax laws and employment regulations of the jurisdictions in which the employees are providing services.

3.The Company did not maintain effective controls over the financial reporting process, including the application of relevant accounting standards due to an inappropriate complement of personnel with the necessary level of accounting knowledge, experience, and training in the application of US GAAP commensurate with its financial reporting requirements and the complexity of the Company’s operations and transactions.
a.The Company’s finance organization was not structured with appropriate resources to ensure the consistent execution of their responsibility to provide independent and proactive leadership in the areas of monitoring of controls, disclosure committee controls and reviews, and financial reporting.
b.The Company did not design, establish, and maintain effective documented US GAAP compliant financial accounting policies and procedures, nor a formalized process for determining, documenting, communicating, implementing, monitoring, and updating accounting policies and procedures.

This general material weakness contributed to more specific the material weakness discussed in items 4 through 8 below.



Remedial Actions:

In addition to the senior management changes detailed below, the Company augmented ourhas implemented new accounting and finance staff,policies which are reviewed and updated periodically. This matter was first reported in some cases, created new positions to provide additional technical accounting expertise in critical areas, including but not limited to, revenue recognition, consolidation, and income taxes.  The Company will continue to recruit qualified professionals with appropriate levels of knowledge and experience to assist in resolving accounting issues in non-routine or complex transactions.the Company's December 31, 2016 Form 10-K/A.

Control Activities

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Company has retained and intends to continue to retainmaterial weakness that the services of outside consultants, with relevant accounting experience, skills and knowledge, working under the supervision and direction of the Company’s management, to supplement the Company’s existing accounting personnel.
The Company plans to develop policies, procedures, and controls for all key processes including the specific areas identified in this material weakness. In addition, management will train personnel to ensure consistent application of these accounting principles and adherence to the Company’s newly adopted policies, procedures, and controls. In conjunction with this restatement, the Company corrected the accounting errors that resulted from the non-compliance with US GAAP identified in this material weakness.
The Company plans to review the current financial controls to assess if additional management review controls are necessary and work with all finance personnel to establish the appropriate documentation criteria for the existing controls including evidence of review, timeliness and variance thresholds.
The Company plans to establish a Disclosure Committee which meets on a quarterly basis (or more frequently as circumstances dictate) to assure that our SEC filings and other public disclosures are complete, accurate, and otherwise comply with applicable accounting principles and regulations. The Company’s Disclosure Committee will be a management committee reporting to our Interim Chief Executive Officer with oversight provided by our Audit Committee, and it will include individuals knowledgeable about, among other things, SEC rules and regulations, financial reporting, and internal control matters. The Company will also document a formal disclosure policy and procedures to govern the work of the Disclosure Committee.
The Company plans to further enhance the utilization of the accounting system to increase the number of activities that are automated to reduce the chance of manual errors.

4.
The Company did not maintain effective controls over the accurate preparation, recording, and review of foreign currency related transactions in accordance with ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters. This control deficiency resulted in a restatement of the Company’s 2017, 2016, and 2015 consolidated financial statements and specifically related to the Company’s accounting for its foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany transactions. The Company did not maintain effective controls to address the following deficiencies in the Company’s internal control environment:

a.The Company failed to prevent or detect instances where the assertion that intercompany balances were permanently invested was made in error or no longer applicable; therefore, the related foreign currency translation adjustments were not accurately prepared and recorded in accordance with US GAAP.
b.The Company did not ensure that all foreign currency accounts and transactions were recorded in the appropriate functional currency and re-measured in a timely manner.
c.The Company did not ensure that non-monetary transactions and retained earnings were re-measured and translated utilizing the appropriate exchange rate.
d.The Company failed to ensure that the tax effecting of balances recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") was performed in accordance with US GAAP.
e.The Company did not analyze the composition of the AOCI account to ensure the completeness and accuracy of the balance.

Remedial Actions:

The Company plans to develop and implement improved policies, procedures, processes and controls, as well as, conduct trainings to ensure the proper accounting for foreign currency matters in accordance with ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters.Matters has been remediated.

This matter resulted in a restatement of the Company’s 2016, 2015, and 2014 consolidated financial statements and specifically related to the Company’s accounting for its foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany transactions. The Company has implemented controls and processes over foreign currency transactions and analysis of the corresponding general ledger accounts to mitigate this matter.

This matter was first reported in the Company's December 31, 2016 Form 10-K/A Amendment 2. This matter was self-reported by the Company to the SEC.

In the SEC investigation, errors were identified in the accounting for foreign exchange losses, with former employees attempting to spread losses out over time in order to reduce the negative impact of such losses on the Company’s financial statements. This resulted in both the Company’s net income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) account being overstated. In January 2020, the Company reached a settlement with the SEC without admitting or denying wrongdoing.

Cash Flow

The material weakness that the Company plans to utilize an accounting systemdid not maintain effective controls to ensure that all transactions are systematically re-measuredthe accurate preparation and translated atreview of the applicable foreign currency exchange ratecash flow statement in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows has been remediated. This matter was first reported in the Company's December 31, 2016 10-K/A Amendment 2. These deficiencies resulted in material line item adjustments to the Company's consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Controls and processes implemented to address this matter included engaging a third-party service provider to design and implement the associated gain or loss is appropriately recognized in AOCI or earnings.
cash flow statement preparation process. The Company plans to appropriately reconcile the AOCI account, in a timely manner.


5.
The Company did not maintain effective controls to ensure the accurate preparation and review of the cash flow statement in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows. The Company did not maintain effective controls to ensure that the statement of cash flows was appropriately prepared first in each functional currency, translated to the reporting currency, and then consolidated. Additionally, the historical process to prepare the consolidated statement of cash flows did not fully consider the US GAAP requirements associated with the appropriate classification of activities as operating, investing, or financing activities. These deficiencies resulted in material line item adjustments to the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

Remedial Actions:

The Company plans to manually prepareprepares the statement of cash flows on a functional currency basis translatefor all entities, translates the individual statements to United States dollars (“USD”), and then aggregateaggregates each statement into a consolidated statement of cash flows.
The Company plans to identify systematic controls within the accounting system to automate the process of preparing the statement of cash flows for each functional currency and translating each statement at the appropriate exchange rate to USD.
72


Journal Entries - Policies, Procedures and Controls

The Company plans to ensurematerial weakness that the consolidated statement of cash flows is prepared utilizing the appropriate classification of activities in accordance with ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows.

6.
The Company did not maintain effective policies, procedures, and controls to ensure that the revenue recognition accounting for certain customer contracts was performed in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition. Specifically, the Company failed to apply the required percentage of completion of accounting for certain long-term customer contracts (e.g., fixed fee, lump sum, or maximum contract value).

Remedial Actions:

The Company plans to developdid not design and operate policies, procedures and controls to ensure that journal entries were properly approved has been remediated, including a segregation of duties between the preparer and approver of the journal entries. This matter was first reported in the Company's December 31, 2019 10-K.

The Company has implemented controls and processes over the review and approval of journal entries and the segregation of the preparation and approval functions to mitigate this matter. The company has implement new accounting and finance policies which are reviewed and updated periodically.

Aggregation of Deficiencies

Multiple deficiencies were aggregated to create a material weakness.

Intercompany Balances

The material weakness that intercompany balances were not appropriately recorded and paired within the system, nor were the intercompany accounts appropriately reconciled on a timely and continuing basis has been remediated. The company has implemented controls and oversight of the intercompany process mitigating this matter. This matter was first reported in the December 31, 2016 10-K/A Amendment 2.

Joint Ventures

The material weakness that the Company did not properly account for its investments in joint ventures, as required under ASC 323, Equity Method and Joint Ventures has been remediated. The Company has implemented a white paper process for joint ventures to ensure the proper accounting treatment is followed; additional controls provide for revenue recognition matters, andthe oversight of the accounting for each joint venture agreement. This matter was first reported in the December 31, 2016 10-K/A Amendment 2.

Information & Communication

Access & Segregation of Duties

The material weakness that the Company will ensuredid not maintain effective controls over certain information technology ("IT") systems and processes that the appropriate personnel are effectively trained and adhererelevant to the new policies, procedures,preparation of our consolidated financial statements has been remediated Specifically, the Company did not maintain effective monitoring controls for the periodic review of access to financial systems and controls.data, for user access to segregated duties within financial applications and for decommissioning of access privileges following changes in employment status.

The Company planshas completed system access reviews and a comprehensive segregation of duties ("SOD") review. The Company will continue to monitor and execute access and SOD reviews periodically. Additional updates to system roles, access and compensating controls will be performed to further utilize the accounting system to maintain and report the accounting associated with revenue recognition after setup.mitigate SOD conflicts.

7.
The Company did not maintain effective controls over its income tax provision and related balance sheet accounts. Specifically, the Company reversed established reserves for uncertain tax positions without meeting the criteria specified within ASC 740, Income Taxes.


Remedial Action:

The Company has and will continue to address the coordination and communication of personnel changes between the finance, human resources and IT departments to ensure timely modification or decommissioning of access. This matter was first reported in the Company's December 31, 2018 Form 10-K.

Monitoring & Review

The material weakness that the Company did not maintain effective monitoring and review activities including the timely assessment of control design gaps and their impact to the control environment has been remediated. This matter was the result of the Company not completing Sarbanes Oxley (“SOX”) testing for fiscal year 2018 and was first reported in the Company's December 31, 2018 Form 10-K. Due to the volume of material weaknesses and control deficiencies previously outstanding, additional oversight was required to mitigate the weaknesses identified in the control environment.

The Company has implemented remediation plans that have addressed multiple material weaknesses. The Company will continue to develop policies, procedures,monitor and review the control environment.

73


Risk Assessment

Income Tax & Uncertain Tax Positions

The material weakness that the Company did not maintain effective controls over its income tax provision and related balance sheet accounts has been remediated. This matter was specific to the reversal of tax accruals established for uncertain tax positions.

The Company has implemented multiple controls to ensure the proper recognition and de-recognition of tax liabilities is performed in accordanceperformed. The Tax Director analyzes all uncertain tax provisions quarterly which is reviewed with ASC 740, Income Taxes, and the Company will ensure thatCFO. This matter was first reported in the policies, procedures, and controls are followed by the appropriate personnel.

8.During the re-evaluation process the Company noted other financial reporting deficiencies as a result of not having the appropriate complement of personnel as described in Item 1 above. These deficiencies are noted as follows:

a.The Company did not maintain effective controls to ensure that books and records were maintained in accordance with US GAAP including adjustment for any foreign entities for which International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") is required for statutory reporting purposes.
b.Intercompany balances were not appropriately recorded and paired within the system, nor were the intercompany accounts appropriately reconciled on a timely and continuing basis.
c.
The Company continued to amortize assets that were held for sale as a component of discontinued operations, which is not in accordance with ASC 205, Presentation of Financial Statements.
d.
The Company did not properly account for its investments in joint ventures as required under ASC 323, Equity Method and Joint Ventures.
e.
The Company did not design or maintain adequate policies, procedures, and controls to identify potential triggering events which would result in the recognition of an impairment of long lived assets (other than goodwill) in a timely manner in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other.

f.
The Company did not have policies, procedures, and controls in-place to accurately calculate and record the Projected Benefit Obligation for certain End of Service Benefit Plans in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation - Retirement Benefits.

Remedial Action:

See Remedial Action for Item 2 and 3 above.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As a result of accounting errors, we restated our consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014. Further, we continue to believe that our internal control over financial reporting remained ineffective as ofCompany's December 31, 2017. Management continues to remediate the material weaknesses, as described in the "Remedial Actions" sections following each material weakness above. As efforts are taken to improve the internal controls over financial reporting, our senior management may determine to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or modify the remediation efforts outlined in Item 9A. These subsequent remediation efforts related to the material weaknesses described above represent2016 Form 10-K/A Amendment 2.

Outstanding Material Weaknesses

We continue implementing various changes in our internal control over financial reporting (asto remediate the material weaknesses described. We continue to make progress on our remediation and our goal is to implement the remaining control improvements related to these material weaknesses throughout the remainder of 2021. Management believes that the new people, processes, third party partners and control design provide the foundation for remediation of the remaining material weaknesses. The material weaknesses will be deemed fully remediated when the control processes have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time and when management testing has reached a successful conclusion. We will continue to review, optimize and enhance our financial reporting controls and procedures, as we continue to evaluate and work to improve our internal control over financial reporting.

Control Activities

Vendor Approval - Policies, Procedures and Controls

The Company did not properly design policies, procedures and controls to ensure vendors were properly reviewed, approved and set-up within the system.

There is insufficient review and approval of vendor set-up in the accounting system to ensure accuracy and completeness of vendor information, as well as compliance with Company policy.

The Company will institute a policy during 2021 that all new vendor set-ups and changes will be reviewed for accuracy, completeness and compliance with Company policy by an individual other than the individual entering the information, with such termreview documented at an appropriate level of precision.

Revenue Recognition - Policies, Procedures and Controls

The Company’s revenue recognition policies, procedures, and controls were not designed effectively. More specifically:

The Company failed to consistently ensure there were effective and documented review controls over the set-up and monitoring of its estimates at completion calculations for long-term fixed fee contracts.

Consulting fee revenue (“CFR”) from long-term fixed fee contracts comprised of approximately 16% of the Company’s total CFR during 2020. The Company formalized the preparation of estimates at completion during 2020 for substantially all long-term fixed fee contracts. Accordingly, the Company prepared estimates at completion for substantially all long-term fixed fee contracts during 2020.

These estimates at completion were not independently reviewed for accuracy, which is defineda failure in Rules 13a-15(f)control design for long-term fixed fee contracts. The Company had in place during 2020 certain other controls, including comparing actual costs incurred to costs expected according to the estimate at completion, with investigation of significant variances, as well as margin analysis comparing actual gross margin on projects to expected gross margin, with significant variances investigated. However, the performance of these other controls was not consistently documented and/or not consistently at a level of precision to be considered effective.

The Company will institute a policy in 2021 requiring independent review of estimates at completion, with such review documented at an appropriate level of precision. The Company will also institute a policy in 2021 to formally document the actual vs. expected costs and 15d-15(f) undergross margin analysis.

74


The Company failed to design controls to ensure the Exchange Act).proper set-up of contract information in the system and over the review and approval of manual billings. This contract information and manual billing is used in the revenue recognition process.


The Company developed a contract checklist during 2020 to ensure contract data was entered properly into the accounting system. The checklist did not require independent verification of billing rates contained in the contract or supplemental documentation, which is a failure in control design for revenue recognition. The Company had in place during 2020 certain other controls, including the margin analysis mentioned above and project manager review of substantially all client invoices. However, the performance of these other controls was not consistently documented and/or not consistently at a level of precision to be considered effective.

A majority of the Company’s client invoices are generated automatically from the accounting system. Certain client invoices are prepared manually in Excel based on information from the accounting system. These manual invoices are reviewed and approved by the project manager. However, this review was not consistently documented and/or not consistently at a level of precision to be considered effective.

The Company will add to the contract checklist during 2021 a requirement to verify billing rates to the contract or supplemental documentation. The Company will also institute a policy in 2021 to formally document the gross margin analysis, as well for project managers to formally document their review of client invoices. Additionally, the Company is in the process of configuring its accounting system to enhance invoicing capabilities, which we believe will substantially decrease the amount of manual invoicing.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except for the continued improvements resulting from progress made on the above noted remediation plans, there were no changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2020 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information.Information
 
Not applicable.


Part
75


PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.Governance
 
The information in our 2021 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year, regarding directors and executive officers appearing under the headings "Proposal 1: Election of Directors" and "Other Matters—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" is incorporated by reference in this section. The information under the heading “Executive Officers”"Executive Officers" in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K is also incorporated by reference intoin this Item 10 including, but not limited to, information regarding Messrs. Evans and Ghali.
DIRECTORS

In addition to Messrs. Evans and Ghali, our Directors are as follows:

CAMILLE S. ANDREWS has been a director since June 2009. Since 1998, Ms. Andrews has been an Associate Dean, and since 1996 a member of the faculty, of Rutgers University School of Law at Camden. From 2007 to 2015, Ms. Andrews served as Counsel to Context Capital Partners, a private equity firm. Between 1986 and 1996, Ms. Andrews was a Partner with the law firm of Dilworth Paxson LLP, and between 2006 and 2008, she was Of Counsel to that firm, with expertise in antitrust, securities, class actions, derivative and shareholder suits, and other complex litigation matters. Ms. Andrews earned a B.A. magna cum laude in rhetoric and communication from the University of Pittsburgh and a J.D. with honors from Rutgers University School of Law at Camden, where she served on the Law Review. She was a member of the Board of Trustees for the Leap Academy Charter School in Camden, NJ from 2000 to 2007 and has served on a number of charitable boards, including the Walnut Street Theater, ACYO Charitable Foundation (a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.), New Jersey Child Cares, and the Philadelphia Zoo Chairman’s Council. She has also served on the New Jersey Supreme Court Committee on Judicial Education. Ms. Andrews is admitted to practice law in New Jersey, Pennsylvania and before the U.S. Supreme Court. Ms. Andrews offers a wealth of legal expertise in commercial matters and her service on the boards of other organizations provides cross-board experience. Age: 58.

BRIAN W. CLYMER has been a director since June 2006. Mr. Clymer retired from Prudential Financial, Inc. where he was Senior Vice President of External Affairs from July 1997 to January 2013. Prior to Prudential, he served as New Jersey State Treasurer under Governor Christine Todd Whitman from 1994 to 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Clymer was President and Chief Executive Officer of Railway System Design, Inc. and Vice President of its parent company, Gannett Fleming, Inc., an engineering design firm, from 1993 to 1994. From 1989 to 1993, he served under President George H.W. Bush as Administrator of the U.S. Federal Transit Administration. Mr. Clymer has served on numerous Boards of Directors, including the New Jersey Sports and Exposition Authority, the New Jersey Casino Reinvestment Development Authority, the New Jersey Performing Arts Center, the Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority, the American Public Transit Association, Security First Bank, and Motor Coach Industries International, Inc., then a New York Stock Exchange-listed designer and manufacturer of buses and coaches. He also served on the Board of Directors of the New Jersey Alliance for Action from 1997 to 2014 and currently serves on the Board of the Independent College Fund of New Jersey as past Chairman. Mr. Clymer earned his B.S. in business and economics from Lehigh University and holds an honorary doctorate from Drexel University. He is a Certified Public Accountant in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Mr. Clymer has spent almost 20 years in the field of public accounting and brings extensive experience as an executive and board

member of various publicly and non-publicly held entities and offers deep knowledge of financial, economic and accounting matters. Age: 71.

STEVEN R. CURTS has been a director since October 2015. Since January 2018, he has been Strategy Advisor for American Express Global Business Travel. He has held other positions with American Express Global Business Travel since May 2014 with the most recent being Chief Strategy Officer. Prior to that, he was a Vice President with Dell, Inc. from November 2009 to December 2013. Before that, he worked for 20 years with Perot Systems Corp. in numerous roles, including President of its Commercial Solutions Group, Vice President of Corporate Planning and Financial Operations, and Vice President of Finance. Mr. Curts received his B.B.A in accounting from Southern Methodist University. Among other things, Mr. Curts brings experience as a senior finance leader with executive roles encompassing financial operations, business development, treasury and corporate planning. Age: 57.

ALAN S. FELLHEIMER has been a director since June 2006. He has been Chairman of the Philadelphia law firm of Fellheimer & Eichen LLP since January 2006. He was Chairman of the Board of the Pennsylvania Business Bank, a state-chartered bank, from 1998, when he founded the bank, until 2008 when the bank was sold. He also served as the bank’s President and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 until 2006. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. Fellheimer was a Partner in the Philadelphia law firm of Fellheimer Eichen Braverman & Kaskey. During 1990, he was a Partner with the Philadelphia law firm of Spector Gadon & Rosen, P.C. From 1985 to 1990, Mr. Fellheimer was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Equimark Corp., then a New York Stock Exchange-listed bank holding company. He currently serves as an emeritus member of the Board of Trustees of the Pennsylvania Ballet, a member of the President’s Advisory Board of Temple University and a member of the Dean’s Advisory Board of the School of Social Policy & Practice of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Fellheimer is a Trustee of the Law Foundation of Temple University and a Past Master, Past High Priest and Trustee of the Grand Lodge of Pennsylvania, AF&AM. He previously served as a member of the Board of Trustees and Executive Committee of Gratz College. Mr. Fellheimer earned his A.B. in liberal arts and his J.D. summa cum laude from Temple University. He is a member of the New Jersey, New York, Texas and Pennsylvania bars. Mr. Fellheimer has significant banking expertise and brings to the Company experience in leadership positions with public and non-public entities. Age: 75.

CHARLES M. GILLMAN has been a director since August 2016. Mr. Gillman has been the Executive Managing Director of IDWR Multifamily Investment Office since 2013. Earlier in his career he was a consultant at McKinsey and Company, where he worked on operational turnarounds of companies located in the United States and abroad. Mr. Gillman currently serves on the Board of the following public companies: Digirad Corporation, Solitron, and Points International. Previously, he served on the Board of the following public companies: Aetrium, Inc., InfuSystem Holdings, Inc., PMFG Inc., On Track Innovations Ltd., Datawatch, MRV Communications Inc., Littlefield, Hooper Holmes, and Compumed Inc. Mr. Gillman received a B.S. Suma Cum Laude from the Wharton School. Age: 48.

CRAIG L. MARTIN has been our Executive Chairman since May 1, 2017, our Chairman since October 2016 and a director since February 2016. Mr. Martin serves as a director and member of the compensation committee of TEAM Industrial Services Inc. (NYSE: TISI). From 2016 to 2018, Mr. Martin was a director and member of the compensation and nominating & governance committees of CSRA Inc. In December 2014, Mr. Jacobs retired as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc. He became President in July 2002 and Chief Executive in April 2006. He also served as a member of Jacobs’ Board of Directors from 2002 until his retirement. Prior to July 2002, he served in several positions, most recently as Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing. Before joining Jacobs in 1994, he worked in various roles at CRSS International Inc. and Martin K. Eby Construction Co. He received his B.S. in civil engineering from the University of Kansas and his M.B.A. from the University of Denver. Mr. Martin has nearly 45 years of experience in the international engineering and construction industry. Age: 68.


DAVID SGRO has been a director since August 2016. Mr. Sgro is a Senior Managing Director of Crescendo Partners, L.P. and has held various positions at Crescendo Partners since May 2005. He is also a Managing Member and Head of Research for Jamarant Capital, a private investment fund. Mr. Sgro also serves as an officer and the Chairman of Allegro Merger Corp. (NASDAQ:ALGRU), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. Mr. Sgro has been a director and a former chairman of the audit committee of and Pangaea Logistics Solutions Ltd. (NASDAQ:PANL), a provider of seaborne dry bulk transportation services to industrial customers, since October 2014; and a director and chairman of the audit committee of BSM Technologies Inc,. a provider of GPS fleet and asset management solutions, since June 2016. He has also been a director of NextDecade Corporation, a development stage LNG company, from July 2017 to June 2018; a director, and chairman of the audit committee, of ComDev International, a TSX listed designer and manufacturer of space hardware subsystems, from April 2013 to February 2016; a director, and chairman of the audit committee, of SAExploration Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ:SAEX), a provider of seismic data services to the oil and gas industries, from June 2013 to July 2016; a director of Bridgewater Systems, Inc., a TSX listed telecommunications software company, from June 2008 to August 2011; and a director of Primoris Services Corporation (NASDAQ:PRIM), a specialty construction company, from July 2008 to May 2011. Mr. Sgro also served as an officer and director of Harmony Merger Corp., from March 2015 until its merger with NextDecade in July 2017; Quartet Merger Corp., from October 2013 until its merger with Pangaea Logistics Solutions Ltd. in October 2014, and as an officer and director of Trio Merger Corp., from March 2011 until its merger with SAExploration Holdings in June 2013. Prior to joining Crescendo Partners, Mr. Sgro held analyst positions with Management Planning, Inc. and MPI Securities, Inc. Mr. Sgro is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Charterholder and holds a B.S. in Finance from The College of New Jersey and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School. Age: 42.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Company’s business, property and affairs are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Members of the Board are kept informed of the Company’s business through discussions with the Chief Executive Officer and other officers, by reviewing materials provided to them and by participating in meetings of the Board and its committees. We currently have nine members on our Board.

During 2017, the Board held sixteen meetings and the committees held a total of sixteen meetings. Each director attended more than 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and the Board committees of which he or she was a member during the period he or she served as a director in 2017. Although we do not have a policy requiring all directors to attend annual meetings of stockholders, we expect all directors to attend, absent extenuating circumstances. Each of our directors attended our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Board Leadership Structure

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that we will have a Chairman who will chair Board meetings and perform such other duties as set forth in our Amended and Restated Bylaws or as otherwise assigned to him by our Board. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer may be the same person; however, our Board may separate these two positions if it deems it to be in the best interests of our Company and our stockholders to do so. Presently, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions are held by two different individuals. On October 6, 2016, Mr. Craig L. Martin was appointed as Chairman. On May 3, 2017, Mr. Martin was appointed our Executive Chairman. Mr. Martin is not considered an officer or employee of the Company and will not receive any additional compensation in connection with this appointment. Also, on May 3, 2017, the Board established an Office of the Chairman which has such authority as may be delegated by the Board from time to time; as of the date of this proxy statement, the Office of the Chairman is comprised of our Executive Chairman, Craig L. Martin, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and director, Paul J. Evans, our President and Chief Operating Officer and a director, Raouf S. Ghali, and our Executive Vice President and General counsel, William H. Dengler, Jr. Considering the independence of our Executive Chairman (discussed in the section titled “Director Independence”), the Board of Directors amended the Company’s bylaws on November 3, 2016 to remove provisions with respect to a lead independent director.


Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The Board as a whole has responsibility for risk oversight, with reviews of certain areas conducted by relevant Board committees that report on their findings to the Board. The oversight responsibility of the Board and the Board committees is facilitated by management reporting processes designed to provide information to the Board concerning the identification, assessment and management of critical risks and management’s risk mitigation strategies and practices. These areas of focus include operational, economic, competitive, financial (including accounting, reporting, credit, liquidity and tax), legal, regulatory, compliance, environmental, political and strategic risks. The full Board (or the appropriate Board committee), in concert with the appropriate management within the Company, reviews management reports to formulate risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies. When a Board committee initially reviews management reports, the Chairman of the relevant Board committee briefs the full Board on the specifics of the matter at the next Board meeting. This process enables the Board to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risks spanning more than one operational area. The Compensation Committee reviews compensation policies to ensure that they do not, among other things, encourage unnecessary or excessive risk-taking.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

The Corporate Governance Guidelines adopted by the Board, which include guidelines for determining director independence, are published on the Company’s website at www.hillintl.com, in the “Investors” section, and are available in print to any stockholder upon request. That section of the website makes available the Company’s corporate governance materials, including Board committee charters. Those materials are also available in print to any stockholder upon request.

Committees of the Board of Directors

During 2017, the Board had standing Audit, Compensation, and Governance and Nominating Committees. All members of each committee have been determined by the Board of Directors to be “independent” under applicable NYSE rules.section. In addition, the Board has determinedinformation under the heading "Corporate Governance" in our 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in this section.

We have adopted a code of ethics that each member of the Audit Committee meets SEC independence requirements which require that members of the Audit Committee may not accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from Hill or any of its subsidiaries other than their directors’ compensation. The charter of each committee is available on our website at www.hillintl.com, in the “Investors” section.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee consists of Brian W. Clymer (Chair), Alan S. Fellheimer and Charles M. Gillman. Mr. Gillman replaced Paul J. Evans as a member of the Audit Committee on May 3, 2017. The Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate. The Board has also determined that Brian W. Clymer possesses accounting or related financial management expertise within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the rules of the SEC.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by (a) reviewing the financial reports and other financial information provided by Hillapplies to its stockholders, the SEC and others, (b) monitoring the Company’s financial reporting processes and internal control systems, (c) retaining Hill’s independent registered public accounting firm, (d) overseeing the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditors and (e) monitoring the Company’s compliance with its ethics policies and with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee also reviews and approves any transactions between Hill and any related parties. During 2017, the Audit Committee met eight times. The Audit Committee has been established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”).

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee consists of Steven R. Curts (Chair), Alan S. Fellheimer and David Sgro. Mr. Fellheimer replaced Paul J. Evans as a member of the Compensation Committee on May 3, 2017. Each member of the Compensation Committee is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Compensation Committee oversees Hill’s executive compensation programs. The Compensation Committee reviews and recommends to the Board for approval the compensation arrangements for all of the Company’sour employees, including our principal executive officers. During 2017, the Compensation Committee met seven times. The processes of the Compensation Committee are described below in “Compensation Discussion & Analysis.”


Governance and Nominating Committee

The Governance and Nominating Committee consists of Camille S. Andrews (Chair), Charles M. Gillman and David Sgro. The Governance and Nominating Committee oversees matters relating to the evaluation and recommendation to the Board of the persons to be nominated for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders, and the persons to be appointed by the Board to fill any vacancy on the Board.

The Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing and assessing with the Board the appropriate skills, experience, and background sought of Board members in the context of our business and the then-current membership on the Board. This assessment includes a consideration of independence, diversity, age, skills, experience, and industry backgrounds in the context of the needs of the Board and the Company, as well as the ability of current and prospective directors to devote sufficient time to performing their duties in an effective manner. Although the Company does not have a formal policy with respect to diversity standards, as a matter of practice, the Governance and Nominating Committee considers matters commonly viewed as matters of diversity in the context of the Board as a whole and, in its effort to select a Board that it believes will best serve the interests of the Company and its stockholders, takes into account the personal characteristics and experience of current and prospective directors to facilitate Board deliberations that reflect a broad range of perspectives.

The Governance and Nominating Committee carefully considers all director candidates recommended by our stockholders, and the Governance and Nominating Committee does not and will not evaluate such candidate recommendations any differently from the way it evaluates other candidates. The Company’s Bylaws set forth minimum qualifications for an individual to serve as a director of the Company. These minimum qualifications provide that no person shall qualify for service or serve as a director of the Company: (a) unless such person is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulatory requirements to which the Company’s directors may be subject in connection with such person’s service as a director, (b) if such person has been convicted in, or entered a plea of nolo contendere with respect to, a criminal proceeding involving fraud, misappropriation or other similar charge during the ten years preceding the date of election, or if such person has been found responsible for or admitted responsibility for fraud, misappropriation or other similar charge in any governmental investigation or proceeding or other civil judicial proceeding during the ten years preceding the date of election, or if such person has been found responsible for or admitted responsibility for any material violation of any foreign, federal or state securities law or federal commodities law during the ten years preceding the date of election, (c) if such person has been convicted of, or entered a plea of nolo contendere with respect to, any felony, (d) if such person serves on the board of directors of more than three other public companies, (e) if such person is a director,officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or holdercontroller, or persons performing similar functions. This code of more than a five percent (5%) equity interest, directly or indirectly, in a business that competes, directly or indirectly, with the Company, (f) if such person has made or makes any contribution or expenditure in connection with the election of any candidate for political office, including any contribution to any committee supporting such a candidate or to a political party, in any jurisdiction which results in the Company becoming ineligible to conduct its business or any portion thereof, or (g) if such person has ever been the subject of a filing of personal bankruptcy in any jurisdiction, either voluntarily or involuntarily (and in the case of an involuntary filing, if such filing was not dismissed within 60 days) during the ten years preceding the applicable date of election.

Any stockholder who wishes to recommend an individual as a potential nominee for election to the Board should submit such recommendation in writing by mail to Hill International, Inc., One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, 17th Floor, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, Attn: Chair of Governance and Nominating Committee, together with information regarding the experience, education and general background of the individual and a statement as to why the stockholder believes such individual to be an appropriate candidate for the Board of Directors of Hill. Such recommendation should be provided to Hill no later than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the one-year anniversary of the date the Company’s proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting. During 2017, the Governance and Nominating Committee held one meeting.


Majority Voting in Uncontested Elections of Directors

Last year, our Board recommended and the stockholders approved the adoption of majority voting for uncontested elections of directors. Plurality voting continues to apply in contested elections. A contested election is one in which the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected, and other conditions are met. In an uncontested election, nominees will be elected directors if they receive a majority of the votes cast (i.e., the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of votes cast “withheld” from that director, without counting abstentions or broker non-votes); if a nominee is an incumbent director but is not elected, such director is required to tender his or her resignation to the Board promptly following the date of the certification of the election results. The Nominating and Governance Committee shall make a recommendation to the Board as to whether to accept or reject the tendered resignation, or whether other action should be taken. The Board shall act on the tendered resignation, taking into account the Nominating and Governance Committee’s recommendation, and publicly disclose (by press release, filing with the SEC or other manner reasonably calculated to inform stockholders) its decision regarding the tendered resignation and the rationale behind the decision within 90 days from the date of the certification of the election results. In a contested election, the nominees who receive a plurality of the votes cast (i.e., more votes in favor of their election than other nominees) will be elected directors.

Communicating Concerns to Directors

The Company encourages all interested persons to communicate any concern that an officer, employee, director or representative of Hill may have engaged in illegal, dishonest or fraudulent activity, or may have violated Hill’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. Such persons may report their concerns or other communications including suggestions or comments to the Board in one of the following ways: by mail sent to William H. Dengler, Jr., Corporate Secretary, at the Company’s principal executive office: One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, 17th Floor, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103; by telephone at (866) 352-2792; or by email addressed to hil@openboard.info. All such communications will be referred to Mr. Dengler who will circulate them to the members of the Board, or in the case of potential violations of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. If the communication is directed to a particular director, Mr. Dengler will forward the communication to that director. The Board does not screen stockholder communications.

Code of Ethics

All directors, officers and employees of the Company are expected to act ethically at all times and in accordance with the policies comprising Hill’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (the “Code”) whichethics is available on our website at www.hillintl.com, in the “Investor Relations” section, and is available in printor may be obtained free of charge by making a written request addressed to any stockholder upon request. Any waiver or any implicit waiver from a provision of the Code applicable to Hill’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller, or any amendment to the Code must be approved by the Board.our Legal Department. We will disclose on our website amendments to, and, if any are granted, any such waiver of, the Code. Hill’s Audit Committee is responsible for applying the Code to specific situations in which questions are presented to it and has the authority to interpret the Code in any particular situation. If, after investigating any potential breach of the Code reported to it, the Audit Committee determines (by majority decision) that a breach has occurred, it will inform the Board of Directors. Upon being notified that a breach has occurred, the Board (by majority decision) will take or authorize such disciplinary or preventive action as it deems appropriate, after consultation with the Audit Committee and/or the Company’s General Counsel, up to and including dismissal or, in the event of criminal or other serious violations of law, notification of the SEC or other appropriate law enforcement authorities.

Director Independence

The standards applied by the Board in affirmatively determining whether a director is “independent,” in compliance with the rules of the NYSE, generally provide that a director is not independent if:

(1)the director is, or has been within the last three years, our employee, or an immediate family member (defined as including a person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers-and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law, and anyone, other than domestic employees, who shares such person’s home), is, or has been within the last three years, one of our executive officers; 
(2)the director has received, or has an immediate family member who has received, during any 12-month period within the last three years, more than $120,000 per year in direct compensation from us, other than director and committee fees and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service); 

(3)(a) the director is a current partner or employee of a firm that is our internal or external auditor; (b) the director has an immediate family member who is a current partner of such a firm; (c) the director has an immediate family member who is a current employee of such a firm and who works on our audit; or (d) the director or an immediate family member was, within the last three years, a partner or employee of such a firm and personally worked on our audit within that time; 
(4)the director or an immediate family member is, or has been within the last three years, employed as an executive officer of another company where any of our present executive officers at the same time serves or served on that company’s compensation committee; or 
(5)the director is a current employee, or an immediate family member is a current executive officer, of a company that has made payments to or received payments from us for property or services in an amount which, in any of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of $1,000,000 or two percent of such other company’s consolidated gross revenues.

In addition to these objective standards, the Board of Directors has adopted a general standard, also in compliance with NYSE rules, to the effect that no director qualifies as independent unless the Board of Directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with us. In making this determination, the Board considers all relevant facts and circumstances regarding any transactions, relationships and arrangements between Hill and the director, and also between Hill and any company or organization with which the director is affiliated. The Board of Directors has determined that our current independent directors are Camille S. Andrews, Brian W. Clymer, Steven R. Curts, Alan S. Fellheimer, Charles M. Gillman, Craig L. Martin and David Sgro.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

Charles M. Gillman is subject to an SEC administrative order, dated February 14, 2017 (Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80038), relating to alleged violations of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules promulgated thereunder, including failing to disclose the members of a stockholder group, and further allegations that Mr. Gillman violated Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, including failing to timely file initial statements of beneficial ownership on Form 3 and changes thereto on Form 4. Without admitting or denying any violations, Mr. Gillman agreed to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations of (i) Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rules 13d-1 and 13d-2 promulgated thereunder and (ii) Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and Rules 16a-2 and 16a-3 promulgated thereunder, and paid a $30,000 civil penalty to the SEC.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers and persons who beneficially own more than 10%waivers of, our common stock to file initial reportscode of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. To the Company’s knowledge based on a review of copies of such reports furnished to Hill and on written representations made by such persons, all of the Company’s directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock have complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements with respect to 2017 except that, due to administrative oversights, required Form 4 reports were not filed on a timely basis on behalf of Camille S. Andrews (1 transaction).ethics. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation (in dollars)

Executive Summary

Our Compensation Philosophy and Guiding Principles
In support of our business and our long-term success, the Company’s compensation program is designed to attract, motivate, reward and retain high-quality executives necessary to continually improve financial performance, achieve profitable growth and enhance stockholder value. To that end, our Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) has developed a compensation philosophy designed to reflect the following principles:

There should be a strong link between pay and performance;


The interests of our executives should be aligned with those of our stockholders; and

Compensation programs should reinforce our business strategy, focus the executive team on priorities and ultimately drive growth in stockholder value.


Named Executive Officers

Paul Evans, Interim Chief Executive Officer;

Marco Martinez, Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer;
Raouf S. Ghali, President and Chief Operating Officer;
J. Charles Levergood, Senior Vice President of Business Development (Americas);

David L. Richter, former Chief Executive Officer;

John Fanelli III, former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and

Mohammed Al Rais, former Regional President (Middle East), Project Management Group.


Please note that Messrs. Richter, Fanelli, and Al Rais are no longer employees of the Company, effective May 3, 2017, November 10, 2017, and April 19, 2018, respectively. Terms of the Separation Agreements with our former CEO and CFO are set forth on pages 104 and 105.

Change in Chief Executive Officer
On May 2, 2017, David L. Richter resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, effective on May 3, 2017. In connection with Mr. Richter’s resignation, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement which is described below in the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CEO.”
Additionally, on May 3, 2017, Paul J. Evans was named Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company. On May 10, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the following compensation terms for Mr. Evans:
A monthly base salary in the amount of $60,000;
A target incentive award at the rate of $50,000 per month of service (including any partial month), which will be paid to Mr. Evans at year end or upon completion of his service as Interim Chief Executive Officer and only upon the achievement of targets set by the Board based upon the following:
One third (1/3) based on the retention of key employees of the Company as determined by the Board of Directors.
One third (1/3) based on achieving a forecasted liquidity metric.
One third (1/3) based on achieving a cost savings annual run rate, excluding any one-time items.
A monthly grant of Company stock valued at $80,000 per month during Mr. Evans’ term of service as Interim Chief Executive Officer and based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the last trading day of the month. The aggregate number of shares granted to Mr. Evans will be delivered on the last day of Mr. Evans’ service as Interim Chief Executive Officer and will be fully vested.
Mr. Evans shall receive a monthly living expense before tax allowance of $5,000 while serving as Interim Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Evans shall be entitled to all benefits of employment provided to other employees of the Company in executive positions.
Mr. Evans shall not be entitled to receive compensation for serving on the Board of Directors of the Company while serving as the Interim Chief Executive Officer.

In determining the recommendation amounts and structure of Mr. Evans’ compensation, the Compensation Committee relied upon information provided by its independent compensation consultant regarding the market median of the Company’s peer group and made certain adjustments thereto.

Mr. Evans continues to serve as a member of the Board, but has stepped down from all standing Board committees during the term of his service as Interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Evans’ Board and committee retainers were prorated for 2017 such that he was only paid such retainers for the portion of 2017 during which he was not serving as Interim Chief Executive Officer, and the amount of his annual director stock grant for 2017 was similarly prorated.


Change in Chief Financial Officer

On November 10, 2017, John Fanelli, III notified the Company of his decision to retire and resign, effective on that day, as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In connection with Mr. Fanelli’s resignation, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement which is described below in the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CFO.”

Effective as of Mr. Fanelli’s resignation, Marco A. Martinez commenced serving as Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company and is expected to serve in such capacity until a successor for Mr. Fanelli is appointed. Mr. Martinez will receive an annual salary of $420,000 and be eligible to participate in bonus and long-term incentive programs beginning in 2018.

2017 Performance-Based Bonuses (Cash)

In 2017, we adopted Annual Incentive Awards for our former CEO and our President and COO entirely based on achieving superior EPS results for the year with target annual incentive awards of $1,820,000 and $300,000, respectively. Target EPS performance was set based on projected revenue growth and related profit from continuing operations and in excess of the prior year’s actual EPS results.  The overall performance/payout range for 2017 was set as follows:
LevelEPS Performance (% of “Target Performance”)Payout (% of Target Pay Opportunity)
Below Threshold<80%0%
Threshold80%50%
Target100%100%
Superior120%150%
Maximum140%200%

For 2017, we set a target EPS of $0.30 per share, with a threshold of $0.24 per share. We fell short of the threshold and, consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, no bonuses were earned or paid to our former CEO and our President and COO related to 2017 performance.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment, our Interim CEO is eligible to receive a monthly fixed dollar amount of $50,000 which will be paid annually or upon the completion of Mr. Evans' service as Interim CEO and upon the achievement of targets set by the Board. For 2017, Mr. Evans' aggregate target amount was $425,159. Please refer to the section titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer” for information regarding the bonus incentive awards established for our Interim CEO.

We established a bonus pool for our executive officers, including our NEOs other than our COO and President, Interim CEO, Interim CFO, our former CEO and Mr. Levergood, which is equal to ten percent (10%) of the after-tax profit of the Company in 2017 to be distributed in proportion to each bonus pool participant's base salary. No bonuses were earned or paid from the 2017 bonus pool.

2017 Long-Term Incentive Awards (Equity)

The Long-Term Incentive Awards granted to our NEOs in 2017 were comprised of:

Our former CEO: was granted 100,000 stock options with a premium exercise price of $7.00, representing a 50.5% premium over the $4.65 closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
Our President and COO:  was granted 250,000 stock options having an exercise price of $4.65, the market price on the date of the grant.
Certain other named executive officers: were granted stock options for 97,561 shares having an exercise price of $4.65, the market price on the date of the grant.
We awarded the options described above on March 8, 2017 and each had a 5 year vesting schedule and 7 year term.
Please refer to the section titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer” on page 86 for information regarding the long-term incentive awards established for our Interim CEO.


2017 Compensation Governance Practices

We are committed to executive compensation practices that drive performance and that align the interests of our leadership team with the interests of our stockholders. We have implemented many best practices with respect to the compensation of our NEOs including:

1.Up to 68.4% of our executives’ target compensation opportunity is related to short- and longer-term performance based upon and tied to pre-established performance goals and the performance of our share price;

2.Total direct compensation opportunity for all of our NEOs is targeted at the market median, except for our former Chief Executive Officer, whose compensation was subject to an employment agreement entered into in 2014 (see the section titled “Executive Officer Compensation - Employment Agreement with Our Former CEO” on page 104);

3.Engaged an independent compensation consultant;

4.Maintain a clawback policy covering both cash- and equity-based incentives;

5.“Double-trigger” severance payments for executive officers requiring both a change of control and termination of employment.

6.Robust stock ownership guidelines (CEO at 6x salary).

Practices we avoid with respect to the compensation of our NEOs include:

1.Limited perquisites provided to our executive officers;

2.No excise tax gross-ups related to change-in-control severance benefits;

3.No speculative trading of Company stock;

4.No hedging transactions;

5.No repricing of stock options; and

6.    No unapproved pledging of Company stock.

Shareholder Outreach

We conducted a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation at our 2017 Annual Meeting, which our stockholders voted should be held every three years. At the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, 59.6% of the votes cast on the advisory vote on executive compensation proposal were in favor of our NEO compensation as disclosed in the 2017 proxy statement. The Committee reviewed these final vote results and determined that it should continue its review of our executive compensation programs to align with Company and stock price performance to meet shareholder expectations.

We expect to continue meeting with many of our stockholders regarding executive and Board compensation throughout 2018 to gather feedback and discuss further possible changes as we continue our strategic review of our compensation programs.

Investor Questions Our Responses
Why don’t we use Total Stockholder Return (“TSR”) or other relative performance metrics in our executive compensation program?
While the Committee considers our overall performance relative to external markets when making compensation decisions, the Board believes it is more effective to focus our executives on achieving improvements in our own results rather than to pay them primarily based on how other companies perform.
Further, administration of a relative performance plan requires that we identify a peer group of sufficient size and of appropriately comparable companies. For a number of reasons, including our size, our significant international operations and our portfolio of focused services, there are too few companies to construct what we believe to be a viable performance peer group.
For these reasons, and as explained more fully below, the Committee believes that the best approach for the Company is to tie our executive compensation to performance metrics that are aligned with our strategy, that can be directly impacted by our executives, and that promote growth in stockholder value over the long term.
Why do we target executive compensation at the 50th percentile of peer companies?The Committee’s compensation philosophy is to target aggregate total compensation opportunity of all executive officers at the market median. We believe that this market median philosophy is aligned with compensation governance best practices and still provides us with sufficient flexibility to reward our leaders.

Actions Related to 2018 Executive and Board Compensation

In addition to the significant actions taken in 2017, the Committee implemented a number of additional decisions for 2018 executive compensation based on the Company’s performance in 2017 and stockholder feedback. These decisions were as follows:

1.No salary increases for NEOs in 2018.

2.Established a bonus program for our NEOs that is tied to achieving a balance of metrics aligned with our 2018 financial and strategic priorities: (i) Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) performance; (ii) an increase in sales over 2018 budgeted amounts; and (iii) retention of certain key employees (additional details are provided in Part 3 of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis below). No bonus payout for a metric less than 80% of its respective target.

3.    Reduced annual bonus max to 150% of target (from 200%).

4.Granted long-term incentive awards in the form of a fixed cash value to each of our NEOs, other than our Interim CEO, which will convert into restricted stock based upon the closing trade price on the date the Company becomes current on its SEC periodic reporting obligations (additional details are provided in Part 3 of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis below and see the section entitled “Change in Chief Executive Officer” for further details regarding Mr. Evans’ long-term incentive compensation).

5.No change to the compensation paid to our non-employee directors.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This section discusses our executive compensation programs for 2017, the compensation decisions made under those programs and the factors that were considered by the Committee in making those decisions.  It focuses on the compensation for each of our NEOs for 2017.


This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is divided into three parts:

Part 1 discusses our compensation practices and the compensation decisions for our NEOs.

Part 2 discusses our compensation framework in more detail, including how we apply our compensation philosophy and determine competitive positioning of our executive compensation and other policies.

Part 3 discusses certain actions taken by the Committee in 2017 regarding compensation decisions for our NEOs.

Part 1 - Compensation Governance Practices and Decisions

2017 Compensation Governance Practices

We are committed to executive compensation practices that drive performance and that align the interests of our leadership team with the interests of our stockholders. We are considering the appropriateness of these and other policies and practices as part of our comprehensive executive compensation strategic review. Below is a summary of best practices that we have implemented and practices we avoid with respect to the compensation of our NEOs.

What We DoWhat We Avoid
Pay for Performance - A significant portion of the compensation paid to our NEOs is related to performance and tied to pre-established performance goals and stock price aligned with our short- and long-term objectives.
Excessive Perquisites - We provide very limited perquisites to our NEOs, other than our former CEO.
Target Market Median - Our compensation philosophy targets NEO total direct compensation opportunity that is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent.
No Speculative Trading - Board members and executive officers are prohibited from short-selling our stock and buying or selling puts and calls on our stock.
Independent Compensation Consultant - The Committee engages an independent outside compensation consultant on a regular basis.
No Hedging - Board members and officers are prohibited from engaging in hedging transactions that could eliminate or limit the risks and rewards of owning our stock.
Clawback - The Committee may cancel or recover any cash- or equity-based incentive compensation based on achievement of specified financial results that are the subject of a subsequent restatement. We will seek repayment of any amount determined to have been inappropriately received due to mathematical errors, fraud, misconduct or gross negligence.
No Repricing of Options/SARs - Our shareholder approved 2017 Equity Compensation Plan does not allow for the repricing of stock options/SARs without stockholder approval, and we have never repriced any stock option grants.
Robust Stock Ownership Guidelines - We require our directors and officers, including our NEOs to own multiples of their current base salary or annual cash retainer, as applicable. Our CEO is required to have six times (6x) his annual salary and our directors are each required to have three times (3x) their annual salary.
No Unapproved Pledging of Hill Stock - The Company’s insider trading policy prohibits pledging of Hill stock without review and prior approval by the Board. There are no current or open pledges of Hill stock by our current NEOs.
Severance Payments Require Double-Trigger - The Company’s 2015 Senior Executive Retention Plan and its 2016 Executive Retention Plan provide change in control severance benefits only upon a double-trigger (change in control and termination of employment).

2017 Executive Compensation Elements
The following chart summarizes the key features of each element of our executive compensation program: cash (salary and annual bonus); equity (long-term incentive); retirement (401(k) Plan); and other compensation (perquisites).  Each type is discussed in detail in the remainder of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the accompanying tables.

ElementTypeKey Features
Cash
Salary










Annual Incentive Award











Bonus Pool
Fixed amount of compensation based on experience, contribution and responsibilities.

Salaries reviewed annually and adjusted based on market practice, individual responsibility, performance and contribution, length of service and other internal factors including contractual obligations.

For 2017, payouts could vary from 50% to 200% of the targeted amount and performance was assessed entirely on EPS. For 2018, payouts can vary from 50% to 150% of certain components of the targeted metrics. For both 2017 and 2018, no annual bonus is awarded if less than 80% of a target is achieved. In 2017, only our former CEO and our President and COO were eligible for an award however neither were paid an award based on 2017 performance.

For NEOs other than our former CEO, President and COO, interim CEO and interim CFO, established a bonus pool which is equal to ten percent (10%) of the after-tax profit of the Company in 2017 to be distributed in proportion to each bonus pool participant's base salary. No bonus pool awards were paid for 2017 performance.

Long-Term (Equity) Incentive Compensation
Stock Options











Restricted Stock
Former CEO: premium priced options with an exercise price set at a 50.5% premium over the closing price on the date of grant; and
Other NEOs, other than Interim CEO and Interim CFO: grant of “at market” options with an exercise price set at the closing price on the date of grant.

Stock option awards vest over five years and expire seven years from the grant date.

Interim CEO: under the terms of his employment agreement, entitled to $80,000 worth of Company stock based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the last trading day of the month for each month of his service.

Retirement401(k) PlanQualified 401(k) plan offered to all U.S. employees that provides participants the opportunity to defer taxation on a portion of their income, up to code limits, and receive a 50% Company matching contribution up to 2% of the employee’s salary.
OtherPerquisitesPerquisites are generally limited to benefits available to all employees of the Company, including the option to be paid in cash for vacation, sick days and/or personal days not taken. In addition, our former CEO’s employment agreement entitled him to receive two automobiles for his use.

Summary of Key 2017 Compensation Decisions

The following highlights the Committee’s key compensation decisions for 2017, as reported in the section below titled “Executive Officer Compensation - Summary Compensation Table.”

Interim CEO Compensation

On May 3, 2017, Paul J. Evans was named Interim CEO of the Company. On May 10, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the following compensation terms for Mr. Evans:
A monthly base salary in the amount of $60,000;
A target incentive award at the rate of $50,000 per month of service (including any partial month), which will be paid to Mr. Evans at year ends or upon completion of his service as Interim Chief Executive Officer and only upon the achievement of targets set by the Board based upon the following:
One third (1/3) based on the retention of key employees of the Company as measured on the last day of Mr. Evans’ service as Interim Chief Executive Officer.
One third (1/3) based on achieving a forecasted liquidity metric.
One third (1/3) based on achieving a cost savings annual run rate, excluding any one-time items.
A monthly grant of Company stock valued at $80,000 per month during Mr. Evans’ term of service as Interim Chief Executive Officer. At the end of each month during such period, Mr. Evans will be entitled to $80,000 worth of Company stock based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the last trading day of the month. The aggregate number of shares earned by Mr. Evans will be delivered on the last day of Mr. Evans’ service as Interim Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Evans shall receive a monthly living expense before tax allowance of $5,000 while serving as Interim Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Evans shall be entitled to all benefits of employment provided to other employees of the Company in executive positions.

President and COO Compensation

On August 18, 2016, we entered into an employment agreement with our President and COO, Raouf S. Ghali, for a term of five years. Under this agreement, Mr. Ghali is to receive a base salary to be reviewed annually by the Committee. Mr. Ghali’s 2017 compensation opportunity was set as follows:
Annual base salary was set at $1,135,000 per annum;
Annual bonus target award opportunity was set at $300,000;
Long-term (equity) incentive established as 250,000 stock options (market-priced) with a fair value at the grant date of $512,500.

Interim CFO Compensation

On November 10, 2017, Marco A. Martinez was named Interim CFO of the Company. The Board set Mr. Martinez’ annual base salary at $420,000 per annum and he is eligible to participate in bonus and long-term incentive programs beginning in 2018.

Former CEO Compensation
On December 31, 2014, David Richter became our CEO and the Company entered into an employment agreement with him at that time. His employment agreement establishes his total direct compensation (“TDC”) opportunity, consisting of base salary and annual and long-term incentive opportunities which, in the aggregate, must be not less than the 75th percentile of CEOsappearing in our Selected Peer Group (as defined in Part 2 of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis below). Mr. Richter’s 2017 compensation opportunity was set as follows:
Annual base salary was set at $1,545,000;
Annual bonus target award opportunity was set at $1,820,000; and
Long-term (equity) incentive established as 100,000 premium priced stock options with a fair value at the grant date of $163,000 with a premium price set at 50.5% above the fair market value closing price of Hill stock on the date of the grant.

As of May 3, 2017, Mr. Richter is no longer an employee of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement with Mr. Richter, the Company agreed, among other things, to pay Mr. Richter $3,300,000 in three annual payments of $1,100,000. Upon execution of the Separation Agreement, the Company is no longer obligated to provide any compensation or benefits to Mr. Richter under his prior employment agreement other than as set forth in the Separation Agreement. For further information regarding the Separation Agreement, please see the section entitled “Employment Agreement with Our Former CEO.” (page 104)

Compensation of Other NEOs

For the other NEOs, the Committee made no adjustment to their respective salaries for 2017, established a bonus pool (as detailed below) and, for Messrs. Al Rais and Fanelli, established long-term (equity) incentive comprised of market-priced stock options with an aggregate fair value at the grant date of $200,000 each.
In 2017, the Board established a discretionary bonus pool for our executive officers, including our other NEOs, which is equal to ten percent (10%) of the after-tax profit of the Company in 2017 to be distributed in proportion to each bonus pool participant’s base salary. Our Interim CEO and our President and COO only have the option to award either 100% of the participant’s entitled proportion of the bonus pool or award no bonus to the participant. If our Interim CEO and our President and COO determine that a participant in the bonus pool will not receive a bonus, their potential share is removed from the pool, i.e., it is not shared among remaining participants. Given Hill's 2017 performance results, no bonus pool payments were made to any participant in the bonus pool.

2017 NEO Base Salaries, Annual Incentive Target and Long-Term Incentive Expected Value
NameBase Salary(1)Bonus Target Opportunity (2)Bonus Target Opportunity as % of SalaryLong-Term Incentive Expected Value (3)Total Target Direct Compensation (4)
Paul Evans$720,000$600,000
83.3%
$960,000
$2,280,000
Marco A. Martinez420,000


420,000
David L. Richter1,545,0001,820,000
117.8%
163,000
3,528,000
John Fanelli III465,000

200,000
665,000
Raouf S. Ghali1,135,000300,000
26.4%
512,500
1,947,500
Mohammed Al Rais726,850

200,000
926,850
J. Charles Levergood510,000200,000


710,000

(1)Except as noted, all base salaries effective as of January 1, 2017. Mr. Evans’ base salary is $60,000 per month which has been annualized in the above table. Mr. Martinez became our Interim CFO on November 10, 2017 and his base salary in the above table reflects an annualized amount.
(2)The Board established a monthly $50,000 incentive award for Mr. Evans which has been annualized in the above table; additional details on such incentive award can be found in the section above titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer.” Messrs. Fanelli and Al Rais were participants in a bonus pool which would be distributed based upon a proportion of each bonus pool participant’s base salary; such bonus payment is excluded from the above table. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Levergood is eligible to receive (i) a $100,000 bonus related to sales generated by Mr. Levergood and (ii) a $100,000 bonus related to actual revenues exceeding budgeted amounts.
(3)The Board established a monthly grant of Company stock valued at $80,000 per month for Mr. Evans which has been annualized in the above table; additional details on such incentive award can be found in the section above titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer.” Other than Mr. Evans, the expected fair value of the long-term incentive award was based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock of $4.65 per share on March 8, 2017. For the assumptions made in determining grant date fair values, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(4)Total target direct compensation consists of base salary, annual incentive bonus target and long-term equity award expected value.

Annual Incentive Plans - Criteria and Rationale

PlanParticipantsPerformance Assessment
Interim CEO Bonus PlanEvansKey employee retention, liquidity, cost savings
TAIARichter, GhaliEPS
Discretionary BonusFanelli, Al RaisDiscretionary
Executive Leadership Sales IncentiveLevergoodPersonal sales and revenue vs. budget

1.Interim CEO Bonus Plan

The target incentive award for our Interim CEO is set at a monthly fixed dollar amount of $50,000 and will be paid upon the achievement of targets set by the Board annually or upon the completion of Mr. Evans’ service as Interim CEO. For additional details regarding the targets set for Mr. Evans, see the section titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer” (page 86)


2.    Target Annual Incentive Awards ("TAIA")

Only our former CEO and President and COO were eligible to receive TAIA.

In 2017, as in past years, the Committee evaluated the choice of the TAIA financial measure(s) using the following principles:

Metrics that support achievement of an annual Board-approved budget;
Metrics that support profitable growth while preserving cash for longer-term investment;
Metrics that are clearly understood and can be affected by the performance of our executives and employees;
Metrics that are consistent with market practice and commonly used by analysts in assessing our performance; and
Metrics that over time, are consistent with the creation of long-term shareholder value.

Following this review, the Committee concluded that the continued use of EPS for 2017 was an appropriate and comprehensive measure of income and provides an emphasis on profitable growth while focusing managers on expense control.

Target Setting
The 2017 target annual incentive awards for our former CEO and our President and COO were set as a fixed dollar amount ($1,820,000 and $300,000, respectively).  Target awards are reviewed annually to ensure alignment with our compensation philosophy.
Variances from these target payout values are based upon Company performance against the pre-established EPS goals.  The performance/payout relationship around targeted performance levels was set at the beginning of the performance year and reflected our expectation for the year that management should strive to achieve our plan and be held accountable with lower than target payouts if performance fell below plan. 
Our 2017 plan used the following performance and payout relationship:
LevelEPS Performance (% of “Target Performance”)Payout (% of Target Pay Opportunity)
Below Threshold<80%0%
Threshold80%50%
Target100%100%
Superior120%150%
Maximum140%200%

Financial Results for TAIA Purposes

The Committee set the TAIA target based on its evaluation of the budget-based amount and its assessment that the target contained a sufficient degree of “stretch.”  This target, actual 2017 performance and 2017 TAIA bonus payouts for our NEOs are shown in the tables below.

2017 TAIA Performance Metrics, Weight and Achievement
  Financial Objectives
MetricMetric WeightThresholdTargetMaximum2017 EPS (GAAP)Adjusted EPS for TAIA(2)
EPS(1)100%$0.24$0.30$0.42$0.52$(0.44)

(1) EPS for annual incentive purposes is based on diluted earnings per common share attributable to Hill International, Inc.
(2) The 2017 results include $0.96 per share related to the gain on disposal of discontinued operations which has been excluded for TAIA performance measurement purposes.

2017 TAIA Threshold, Target, Maximum and Actual Payouts
Name2017 Target Award2017 Threshold Award (50% of Target Award)
2017 Maximum
Award (200% of
Target Award)
Bonus Payout Factor2017 TAIA Award
David L. Richter (1)$ 1,820,000$ 910,000$ 3,640,0000.0%Not Applicable
Raouf S. Ghali300,000150,000600,0000.0%$0

(1) As of May 3, 2017, Mr. Richter is no longer an employee of the Company and was not eligible to receive a TAIA award for 2017.

3.    Discretionary Bonus Pool for Other NEOs
For our other NEOs, the Board established a bonus pool. See the section titled “Compensation of other NEOs” (page 92) for additional details regarding the bonus pool.

4.    Executive Leadership Sales Incentive
Mr. Levergood is eligible to receive a bonus based on generating new sales for the Company: for every $1,000,000 of expected consulting fee revenue generated by Mr. Levergood in a calendar year, Mr. Levergood will receive a $2,000 bonus, up to a maximum of $100,000. For 2017, Mr. Levergood earned $100,000 related to this incentive. Mr. Levergood was also eligible to receive an additional bonus of $100,000 in the event that the Company achieves or exceeds its annual sales target.
Our Long-Term Equity Incentive Program

Plan Criteria and Rationale

Long-term incentive compensation for all our executive officers, including our NEOs, is entirely equity-based. Historically, we have delivered this compensation opportunity through the use of stock options.

Stock option awards are used to complement the TAIA financial metric focus and other annual incentive plan performance assessments by aligning the team around actions that will promote the long-term growth of our share price. Historically, our options also have a five-year vesting schedule in order to promote retention of our leaders.

In this way, the combination of our annual incentive plan and long-term equity awards balance the focus of our team in a coordinated way around short-term financial, strategic and longer-term share price performance, both of which are directly linked to value creation for stockholders.

Equity Award Grant Practices

The Committee’s equity-based awards policy contains rules on determining the grant date of equity awards and the exercise price of any stock options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our stock on the grant date.

2017 Long-Term Equity Awards

In 2017, certain of our NEOs received a grant of equity-based incentives.

The value and form of each award was determined by the Committee after considering company performance, individual impact on our financial results, market norms and relative duties and responsibilities. The value of the grants made during 2017 to our NEOs are shown in the following table.


2017 Long-Term Equity Award Value
Name
Number of Shares Granted or
Underlying Stock Options (1)
Aggregate Grant Date Fair Value of
Stock Grant or Stock Options (2)
Percentage of TDC (3)
Paul Evans125,045
$ 640,000
28.1%
Marco A. Martinez


Raouf S. Ghali250,000
512,500
26.3%
J. Charles Levergood


David L. Richter100,000
163,000
4.6%
John Fanelli III97,561
200,000
30.1%
Mohammed Al Rais97,561
200,000
17.4%
____________________
(1)For Mr. Evans, the Board established a monthly grant of stock valued at $80,000 per month upon the completion of each month of service as Interim CEO. Amount reflects aggregate number of shares granted during 2017 to Mr. Evans under this agreement. For other executives, amounts reflect the number of stock options granted in 2017.
(2)For Mr. Evans, the Board established a monthly grant of stock options valued at $80,000 per month which has been annualized in the above table; additional details on such incentive award can be found in the section above titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer.” (see page 86) Other than Mr. Evans, the expected fair value of the stock options was based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock of $4.65 per share on March 8, 2017. For the assumptions made in determining grant date fair values, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3)TDC consists of base salary and annual and long-term incentive opportunities.

Part 2 - Compensation Framework

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation philosophy is to provide competitive executive officer pay opportunities tied to our short-term and long-term success.  This overriding pay-for-performance approach enables us to attract, motivate and retain the type of executive leadership that will help us achieve our strategic objectives and realize increased stockholder value. To reach these goals, we have adopted the following program objectives:

Link management compensation with the interests and experience of stockholders.

Support achievement of operating performance, strategic objectives and share price growth through variable compensation programs.

Be fair and market-competitive to assure access to needed talent and encourage retention.

Provide compensation opportunities that are consistent with each executive’s responsibilities, experience and performance.

Design compensation incentive programs that promote a sensible risk/reward balance, and that do not encourage unnecessary or unreasonable risk-taking.


Applying our Compensation Philosophy

We apply our compensation philosophy and objectives as follows:
Compensation ComponentObjectives
Base SalaryFair and competitive compensation to attract, retain and reward executive officers by providing a fixed level of cash compensation tied to experience, skills and capability relative to the market.
Annual Incentive (Non-Equity) Award
Cash bonus aligns executives with annual goals and objectives.

Creates direct link to annual financial and operational performance.
Provides the opportunity for NEOs to receive market-competitive total cash compensation when commensurate with performance.
Long-Term Incentive Award
Aligns executive officers’ interests with those of stockholders by linking compensation with corporate performance that will lead to increased share price for our stockholders.

Retains and provides incentives to executive officers through multi-year vesting and holding periods.
Promotes a sensible balance of risk and reward, without encouraging unnecessary or unreasonable risk-taking.
Provides the opportunity for NEOs to receive market-competitive TDC when commensurate with performance
Change in Control Severance PlanMinimizes distractions and personal financial uncertainty created by a pending or threatened change in control by providing compensation and benefit arrangements for NEOs who do not have an employment agreement upon termination due to a change in control.
401 (k) PlanAttracts and retains U.S. executives by providing a level of retirement investment in a tax-efficient manner.
Employee Stock Purchase PlanAttracts, retains and aligns executives with stockholders by providing an opportunity to be compensated through the benefits of stock ownership and to acquire an interest in the Company.

Competitive Positioning
In support of our compensation philosophy, we target the compensation values consistent with the markets with which we compete for executive talent, capital and business. For our former CEO, this market is defined as our Selected Peer Group as defined in his employment agreement. As our former CEO was no longer an employee of the Company, effective May 3, 2017, the Committee did not re-evaluate the composition of the Selected Peer Group in 2017.

For NEOs other than our former CEO, the Committee references broader survey sources reflecting the practices of other companies of comparable size, scope and complexity, with which we compete for talent and as recommended by our independent compensation consultant.  This approach provides the Committee with decision-quality data and context used in the review of competitive pay practices, design approaches and for pay-for-performance comparisons.

Setting Compensation Targets and Performance Goals

The Committee annually reviews the total compensation opportunity of each executive officer-i.e., cash compensation (salary and target annual incentive opportunity) and long-term equity compensation (target long-term equity value).

The Committee, with input from its independent consultant, then sets the executive’s compensation target for the current year. Salary adjustments, if any, typically become effective as of January 1 of each year or upon a promotion.  The compensation proposal for our former and interim CEOs and our President and COO is reviewed with and ratified by the independent directors of the Board in executive session.

In making its decisions, the Committee uses several resources and tools, including competitive market information and peer group compensation trends, broader survey sources, the larger executive compensation environment, governance norms and expectations and shareholder feedback.

For 2017, the Committee set target performance levels for the financial objectives used in the Interim CEO Bonus Plan and TAIA and concluded that there was an appropriate correlation between payout and performance levels (at target, threshold and maximum) in light of the business environment, risks associated with achieving our five-year strategic plan and other factors.

Evaluating Performance

For our eligible NEOs, performance determination2021 Proxy Statement under the TAIAheadings "Executive Compensation" and our Bonus Pool was 100% based on financial metrics.  The Committee also considers competitive market norms in making final compensation decisions.

Role of the Compensation Committee and Management

The Committee reviews all of our compensation and benefit programs. As part of its review of these programs, the Committee evaluates the competitiveness of compensation and benefits packages offered to our named executive officers and other executive officers. In addition, the Committee reviews and approves our corporate incentives, goals and performance objectives as well as the incentives, goals and performance objectives we establish for individuals under our compensation and benefit programs. The Committee evaluates the level of achievement of the corporate incentives, goals and performance objectives set for individuals and, based on the level of achievement, approves any awards dependent on these criteria under our compensation and benefit programs.
Consistent with prior years, as part of the executive compensation decisions made in 2017, our former Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer made recommendations to the Committee regarding the levels and elements of compensation for the named executive officers, other than themselves, as well as for other executive officers of the Company. The Committee also received a compensation analysis regarding our senior executive officers, including our NEOs, from its compensation consultant, Pay Governance LLC, an executive compensation advisory firm. After considering the analysis prepared"Director Compensation" is incorporated by Pay Governance LLC and the recommendations of our former Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer, the Committee determined its recommendations to the Board for the Board’s approval of the compensation for our NEOs. In determining its recommendations to the Board, the Committee relied considerably on assessments by our former Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer of the performance and contribution of the other named executive officers and utilized the advice of Pay Governance LLC primarily as an effective “market check” designed to assure that compensation for the other named executive officers would be appropriate in view of other compensation packages that may be offered by the Company’s peers and other prospective employers of these executives.

Post-Employment Compensation Arrangements

Termination Payments

In the event of a change in control, we provide certain senior executive officers with benefits upon termination in various circumstances under our 2015 Senior Executive Retention Plan (the “2015 Retention Plan”) and under our 2016 Executive Retention Plan (the “2016 Retention Plan” and, collectively with the 2015 Retention Plan, the “Retention Plans”). The Retention Plans provide change in control severance benefits only upon the occurrence of a “double-trigger” (change in control and termination of employment).  Generally, the benefits under the 2015 Retention Plan provide for one year of salary and benefits continuation; the benefits under our 2016 Retention Plan provide for two years of salary upon termination following a change in control.  As of December 31, 2017, Messrs. Al Rais and Ghali were eligible to receive benefits under the 2015 Retention Plan, however Mr. Ghali has an employment agreement (described below) which provides for increased compensatory benefits to Mr. Ghali in certain situations and, accordingly, Mr. Ghali may not receive benefits under the 2015 Retention Plan if his employment agreement provides payment in such situation. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Al Rais was eligible to receive benefits under the 2016 Retention Plan.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Ghali is eligible to receive certain benefits if (i) his employment is terminated by the Company without cause, (ii) he terminates his employment for good reason or (iii) he terminates his employment within two years of a change in control of the Company.  Generally, these benefits provide for the payment of a lump sum of $2,270,000 (two times his 2017 salary) upon termination.

Messrs. Richter, Fanelli, and Al Rais are no longer employees of the Company, effective May 3, 2017, November 10, 2017, and April 19, 2018, respectively. We detail the compensation estimated to be paid to our NEOs under various termination circumstances as of December 31, 2017 in the section below titled “Executive Officer Compensation - Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”


Other Compensation Policies

Personal Benefits

We provide our NEOs with other benefits that we believe are reasonable and competitive so that we may attract and retain talented senior executives.  In total, they represent a small percentage of each NEO’s overall compensation and generally are identical to the benefits provided to all other Hill employees.

Policy on Hedging and Pledging

Our insider trading policy contains restrictions on certain transactions in Company stock by executive officers and directors.  All trades by executive officers and directors must be pre-cleared.  The executive officers and directors are prohibited from any trading in puts or calls, from engaging in short sales of Company stock or from hedging Company stock.  Making pledges of Company stock or using it as loan collateral or as part of a margin account in the future is prohibited unless expressly approved by the Board.

Risk Considerations in Our Compensation Programs

The Committee has reviewed our compensation policies and practices for the Company’s executive officers and concluded that any risks arising from these policies and programs are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect.  The Committee believes that the mix and design of the elements of our compensation program combined with risk-mitigating features and policies such as stock ownership guidelines and appropriate oversight and governance are appropriate and encourage executive officers and key employees to strive to achieve goals that benefit the Company and our stockholders over the long term.  Our compensation policies and procedures are applied uniformly to all eligible participants and when viewed in aggregate, our programs provide sufficient safeguards, balance and governance that does not encourage excessive risk-taking by our employees.

Part 3 - 2018 Compensation Committee Actions
2018 Committee Actions
The Committee continues the process of reviewing the Company’s compensation philosophy and evaluating the design and performance of our executive compensation programs to ensure we have a program that aligns with governance and market best practices to the fullest extent possible while ensuring it is structured to best support achievement of our business strategy and human capital needs.  As a result of this ongoing review and evaluation, the Committee has already taken the following actions at this point in 2018:

No Salary Increases - Maintained salaries for named executive officers at 2017 amounts; re-affirmed that there will be generally no or limited salary adjustments for this group in the near future.
2018 TAIA Bonus Plan - Adopted 2018 TAIA for ICEO and COO based on achieving a blend of metrics linked to current Hill priorities: (i) Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) performance; (ii) sales versus 2018 budget; and (iii) key employee retention. Adopted 2018 TAIA for ICFO based on achieving a blend of metrics linked to current Hill priorities: (i) EBITDA performance and (ii) sales versus 2018 budget. No bonus payout for a metric less than 80% of its respective target.  Limited maximum payout to 150% of target (lowered from 200% in 2016).
  The overall performance/payout range for 2018 has been set as follows:
LevelPerformance on All Metrics (% of “Target Performance”)Payout (% of Target Pay Opportunity)
Below Threshold<80%0%
Threshold80%50%
Target100%100%
Superior120%150%

Mr. Levergood is eligible to receive a bonus in 2018 based on generating new sales for the Company: for every $1,000,000 of expected consulting fee revenue generated by Mr. Levergood in the calendar year, Mr. Levergood is eligible to receive a $2,000 bonus, up to a maximum of $100,000. Mr. Levergood is also eligible to receive an additional bonus of $100,000 in the event that the Company achieves or exceeds its annual sales target.


Equity Grants - Granted long-term incentive awards in the form of a fixed cash value to each of our NEOs, other than our Interim CEO, which will convert into restricted stock based upon the closing trade price on the date the Company becomes current on its SEC periodic reporting obligations. The restricted stock awards will vest ratably on March 7, 2021, contingent on EPS performance against pre-set threshold, target and maximum EPS levels.
No Changes to Director Compensation - Made no changes to the compensation paid to our non-employee directors for their service.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above with the Company’s management.  Based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved, the inclusion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysisreference in this Proxy Statement.section.
Compensation Committee
Steven R. Curts (Chairman)
Alan S. Fellheimer
David Sgro


EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table contains information concerning the annual compensation for our NEOs during 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal Position Year 
Salary
$
 
Bonus
$
 
Stock
Awards
$
 
Option Awards
$
(1) (2)
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
$
 
All Other Compensation
$
(3)
 
Total
$
Paul Evans 2017 474,923
 425,159
 640,000
 
 
 17,858
 1,557,940
Interim Chief Executive                
Officer (4)                
                 
Marco A. Martinez 2017 57,346
 
 
 
 
 501
 57,847
Senior Vice President                
and Interim Chief Financial Officer (5)                
                 
David L. Richter 2017 532,827
 
 
 163,000
 
 108,413
 804,240
Former Chief Executive 2016 1,545,000
 
 
 677,500
 
 146,301
 2,368,801
Officer (6) 2015 1,500,000
 
 
 1,010,000
 680,583
 119,505
 3,310,088
     
  
    
  
  
  
John Fanelli III 2017 414,774
 
 
 200,000
 
 11,495
 626,269
Former Executive Vice President 2016 465,000
 
 
 96,500
 
 16,969
 578,469
and Chief Financial Officer (7) 2015 450,000
 50,000
 
 103,500
 
 15,487
 618,987
     
  
    
  
  
  
Raouf S. Ghali 2017 1,135,000
 
 
 512,500
 
 49,547
 1,697,047
President and Chief 2016 1,135,000
 
 
 362,500
 
 51,238
 1,548,738
Operating Officer 2015 1,100,000
 
 
 414,000
 136,117
 45,935
 1,696,052
     
  
    
  
  
  
Mohammed Al Rais 2017 833,756
 
 
 200,000
 
 74,210
 1,107,966
Regional President (Middle East), 2016 689,744
 
 
 144,750
 
 42,238
 876,732
Project Management Group (8) 2015 684,294
 140,028
 
 103,500
 
 45,919
 973,741
     
  
    
  
  
  
J. Charles Levergood 2017 510,000
 100,000
 
 
 
 28,050
 638,050
Senior Vice President of                
Business Development (Americas)                

(1)The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of grants of stock options calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”). The calculation of these amounts disregards the estimate of forfeitures related to time-based vesting conditions. The amounts in this column do not reflect compensation actually received by the named executive officer. The actual value, if any, that an executive may realize from an award is contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions to vesting in that award, and upon the excess of the stock priced over the exercise price, if any, on the date the award is exercised. Thus, there is no assurance that the value, if any, eventually realized by the named executive officer will correspond to the amount shown.
(2)The Black-Scholes option valuation model is used to estimate the fair value of the options in accordance with ASC 718. For a discussion of the assumptions used, see Note 13 to the Company’s 2017 consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3)Hill provides its NEOs, other than its former CEO, with additional benefits, reflected in the table below for 2017, that Hill believes are reasonable, competitive and consistent with the Company’s overall executive compensation program. We had an agreement with our former CEO that required the Company to provide certain additional benefits.
(4)Mr. Evans was appointed as Interim CEO on May 3, 2017. During the term of his service as Interim CEO, Mr. Evans will not receive any compensation as a director of the Company. The amounts listed above represent actual amounts earned by Mr. Evans during the year ended December 31, 2017 for his service as interim CEO. Mr. Evan's Stock Award represents 8 months at $80,000 per month.
(5)Mr. Martinez was appointed as Interim CFO on November 10, 2017.
(6)As of May 3, 2017, Mr. Richter is no longer an employee of the Company. The amounts listed above reflect the actual amounts earned by Mr. Richter during the year ended December 31, 2017 for his service as CEO and does not include any amounts paid to Mr. Richter under his Separation Agreement; please refer to the section titled “Employment Agreement with Our Former CEO” for additional details on amounts paid to Mr. Richter under his Separation Agreement.

(7)As of November 10, 2017, Mr. Fanelli is no longer an employee of the Company. The amounts listed above reflect the actual amounts earned by Mr. Fanelli during the year ended December 31, 2017 for his service as CFO and does not include any amounts paid to Mr. Fanelli under his Separation Agreement; please refer to the section titled “Separation Agreement with Our Former CFO” for additional details on amounts paid to Mr. Fanelli under his Separation Agreement.
(8)As of April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais is no longer an employee of the Company.

Name
Life Insurance
$
 
Vehicle(s)
and
Parking
$
 
Private Club
$
 
Medical and Disability
$
 
401 (k) Match
$
 

Accrued
Vacation
$
 
Total Other Compensation
$
Paul Evans735
 
 
 13,073
 4,050
 
 17,858
Marco Martinez88
 
 
 413
 
 
 501
David L. Richter525
 65,665
 4,920
 22,111
 4,050
 11,142
 108,413
John Fanelli III1,074
 1,390
 
 4,981
 4,050
 
 11,495
Raouf S. Ghali1,260
 
 
 22,410
 4,050
 21,827
 49,547
Mohammed Al Rais
 37,105
 
 37,105
 
 
 74,210
J. Charles Levergood1,250
 970
 
 21,780
 4,050
 
 28,050

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table presents information about plan-based awards made to our named executive officers in 2017:
Name  
Estimated Future Payments Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
All other stock or option awards: number of securities underlying options Exercise or base price of option awards Grant date fair value of stock and option awards
 Grant Date ThresholdTargetMaximum(#) (2) (per Sh) (3)
Paul Evans (4)Various $425,159
425,159
425,159
125,045
 $
 $ 640,000
David L. Richter3/8/17 910,000
1,820,000
3,640,000
100,000
 7.00
 163,000
John Fanelli III3/8/17 


97,561
 4.65
 200,000
Raouf S. Ghali3/8/17 150,000
300,000
600,000
250,000
 4.65
 512,500
Mohammed Al Rais3/8/17 


97,561
 4.65
 200,000
J. Charles Levergood3/8/17 
200,000
200,000

 
 
________________

(1)The amounts listed for our Interim CEO represent the aggregate monthly bonus that Mr. Evans is eligible to receive for 2017 under the terms of his employment; the bonus will not be paid until the completion of Mr. Evans’ service as Interim CEO. For additional details, see the section titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer.” The amounts listed represent potential threshold, target and maximum bonuses available to our former CEO and our President and COO under the Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for 2017. The amounts listed for Mr. Levergood represent the potential threshold, target and maximum which may be paid to Mr. Levergood as bonuses under his employment agreement; for additional information, please see the section entitled “Employment Agreement with our Senior Vice President of Business Development (Americas).” The actual payments are reported above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
(2)The amounts listed for our Interim CEO represents the aggregate monthly grant of stock that Mr. Evans' is eligible to receive for 2017 under the terms of his employment; the stock will not be issued until the completion of Mr. Evans' service as Interim CEO. For all individuals other than Mr. Evans, represents options issued under the 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan.  Information regarding the vesting schedules and expiration of these options is included in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” table and the footnotes thereto.  Options will vest on an accelerated basis upon the executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances.  Additional information regarding the vesting acceleration provisions applicable to equity awards is included under the heading “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”
(3)See footnotes 1 and 2 to the Summary Compensation Table regarding calculation of these amounts.
(4)The Board established a monthly $50,000 non-equity incentive award and a monthly grant of stock options valued at $80,000 per month for Mr. Evans; additional details on such awards can be found in the section above titled “Change in Chief Executive Officer.” These awards will be paid out or issued at the completion of Mr. Evans’ service as Interim CEO.
Mr. Martinez was appointed as Interim CFO on November 10, 2017 and did not receive any grants of Plan-Based Awards during 2017.


OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

The following table presents information with respect to outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.
Name Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable Option exercise price Option expiration date
David L. Richter 500,000 0(1)4.04(2)5/3/2018
  500,000 0(2)3.95 5/3/2018
  100,000 0(3)3.91 5/3/2018
  250,000 0(4)4.00 5/3/2018
  250,000 0(5)5.00 5/3/2018
         
John Fanelli III 10,000 0(6)6.31 6/29/2018
  20,000 5,000(7)3.67 6/29/2018
  15,000 10,000(8)4.95 6/29/2018
  20,000 30,000(9)4.03 6/29/2018
  5,000 20,000(10)4.31 6/29/2018
  5,000 20,000(10)5.17 6/29/2018
  0 97,561(12)4.65 6/29/2018
         
Raouf S. Ghali 50,000 0(6)6.31 6/3/2018
  80,000 20,000(7)3.67 1/21/2020
  60,000 40,000(8)4.95 3/10/2021
  80,000 120,000(9)4.03 1/27/2022
  50,000- 200,000(12)4.00 4/2/2023
  0 250,000(12)4.65 3/08/2024
         
Mohammed Al Rais 32,000 8,000(7)3.67 1/21/2020
  30,000 20,000(8)4.95 3/10/2021
  20,000 30,000(9)4.03 1/27/2022
  7,500 30,000(10)4.31 6/13/2023
  7,500 30,000(10)5.17 6/13/2023
  0 97,561(12)4.65 3/08/2024
         
J. Charles Levergood 5,000 20,000(13)4.46 10/05/2023

Neither Mr. Evans or Mr. Martinez have outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2017.
____________________

(1)These options were granted on January 21, 2013 and vest at the rate of 25% per year with vesting dates of January 21, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement, the Company amended the expiration date of these options to be May 3, 2018. For further information, see the description of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement in the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CEO.”
(2)The named executive officer’s beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock exceeded 10% on the grant date.  The 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan requires that the grant of incentive stock options to a stockholder whose ownership of the Company exceeds 10% at the time of grant be made at an exercise price equal to 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.
(3)These options were granted on January 2, 2014 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of January 2, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of these options to be fully vested on May 3, 2017 and amended the expiration date of these options to be May 3, 2018. For further information, see the description of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement in the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CEO.”
(4)These options were granted on January 2, 2015 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of January 2, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of these options to be fully vested on May 3, 2017 and amended the expiration date of these options to be May 3, 2018. For further information, see the description of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement in the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CEO.”

(5)These options were granted on April 2, 2016 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of April 2, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of these options to be fully vested on May 3, 2017 and amended the expiration date of these options to be May 3, 2018. For further information, see the description of Mr. Richter’s Separation Agreement in the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CEO.”
(6)These options were granted on June 3, 2011 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of June 3, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016.
(7)These options were granted on January 21, 2013 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of January 21, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018.
(8)These options were granted on March 10, 2014 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of March 10, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019.
(9)These options were granted on January 27, 2015 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of January 27, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020.
(10)These options were granted on June 13, 2016 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of June 13, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.
(11)These options were granted on April 2, 2016 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of April 2, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.
(12)These options were granted on March 8, 2017 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of March 8, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022.
(13)These options were granted on October 5, 2016 and vest at the rate of 20% per year with vesting dates of October 5, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Option Exercises

No NEO exercised stock options during 2017.
Employment Agreement with Our Former CEO
Under an agreement effective December 31, 2014 with a five-year term, our former CEO, David L. Richter, received a base salary of no less than $1,000,000, to be adjusted annually, and was eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon the achievement of performance criteria that was to be established by the Board or its Compensation Committee for the applicable year. He also was eligible to receive an annual long-term incentive award, which may consist of stock options issued by the Company, shares of restricted stock of the Company, and other forms of equity-based, equity-linked or other long-term incentive compensation. The amount and other terms of long-term incentive awards made to him, if any, were determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee. The agreement established his total direct compensation opportunity, consisting of base salary and annual and long-term incentive opportunities at least at the 75th percentile of CEOs in our Selected Peer Group. The agreement further provided that he was entitled to all benefits of employment provided to other employees of the Company and provided Mr. Richter with two vehicles for his use during the employment term.
On May 2, 2017, David L. Richter notified the Company of his decision to resign from his positions as Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board, effective on May 3, 2017 ("Effective Date").
The Company and Mr. Richter have entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release of Claims, dated May 2, 2017 (the “Separation Agreement”). Among other matters, the Separation Agreement provides as follows:

Mr. Richter will receive $3,300,000 in severance which will be paid as follows: (i) $1,100,000 as of the date of the Effective Date (as defined in the Agreement) and (ii) $2,200,000 payable in equal installments over a period of two years from the Effective Date.
The Company will pay COBRA premiums for health care coverage substantially similar to Mr. Richter’s current coverage for a period of 18 months. The Company will also pay $20,000 on the Effective Date to be used to defray the cost of future health care coverage.
Mr. Richter will receive the right to continue to use one vehicle currently provided to him by the Company until September 1, 2017, with the Company remaining responsible for related costs until such date. Mr. Richter will receive title to the other vehicle currently provided to him by the Company.
The Company agree to accelerate the vesting of all options granted to Mr. Richter under the Company’s 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan. In addition, the Separation Agreement provides for amendments to the terms applicable to certain of Mr. Richter’s options so that all portions of Mr. Richter’s options that were vested as of the Effective Date will remain exercisable until May 3, 2018.
Mr. Richter will receive approximately $256,000 related to accrued vacation.
The Company will reimburse Mr. Richter for up to $20,000 in legal fees related to the Separation Agreement.

In exchange for the above benefits and a general release by the Company, Mr. Richter executed a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates (such release to become effective upon expiration of the applicable revocation period). Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Mr. Richter agrees to not compete with or the Company or solicit the Company’s customers or employees for a period of two years. The Company will be entitled to injunctive relief for any breach of an obligation under the Separation Agreement by Mr. Richter.

Following the entrance into the Separation Agreement, the Company is no longer obligated to provide any compensation or benefits to Mr. Richter under his prior employment agreement other than as set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Separation Agreement with Our Former CFO
On November 10, 2017 ("Separation Date"), the Company and Mr. Fanelli entered into a Separation Agreement which provided, among other things:
Mr. Fanelli agrees to provide transition services to the Company for up to 10 hours per week through February 9, 2018 (the “Separation Date”) at a rate of $233.56 per hour.
Mr. Fanelli will receive a lump sum, less applicable withholdings and deductions, of (i) $232,500 within 30 days from the date of the Agreement and (ii) $232,500 within 30 days following the Separation Date.  The total amount of such payments is equal to the severance amount to which Mr. Fanelli would have been entitled under the Company’s 2016 Retention Plan in the event of a termination without cause or change in control of the Company.
Mr. Fanelli will receive approximately $66,000 related to accrued vacation.

In exchange for the above benefits, Mr. Fanelli executed a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates (such release to become effective upon expiration of the applicable revocation period).  Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Mr. Fanelli agrees to not compete with or the Company or solicit the Company’s customers or employees for a period of two years following the Separation Date.  The Company will be entitled to injunctive relief for any breach of an obligation under the Separation Agreement by Mr. Fanelli.

Employment Agreement with Our President and COO

Under an agreement effective August 18, 2016 with a five-year term, our President and COO, Raouf S. Ghali, is to receive a base salary the amount of which shall be reviewed annually by the Company's Compensation Committee. Mr. Ghali's current base salary is $1,135,000 per annum. In addition to base salary, Mr. Ghali will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon the achievement of performance criteria to be established by the Board or its Compensation Committee for the applicable year. Mr. Ghali also will be eligible to receive an annual long-term incentive award, which may consist of stock options issued by the Company, shares of restricted stock of the Company, and other forms of equity-based, equity-linked or other long-term incentive compensation. The amount and other terms of long-term incentive awards made to Mr. Ghali, if any, will be determined by the Board or its Compensation Committee. The agreement further provides that Mr. Ghali is entitled to all benefits of employment provided to other employees of the Company. Mr. Ghali may terminate the employment agreement at any time upon no less than 30 days prior written notice to the Company of such termination.

Employment Agreement with Our Senior Vice President of Business Development (Americas)

Under an agreement dated August 15, 2016 with a five-year term, our Senior Vice President of Business Development (Americas), J. Charles Levergood, is to receive a base salary of $510,000 per annum. The Company is required to provide Mr. Levergood with severance of one year of base salary if Mr. Levergood is terminated without cause during the first three years of his employment and six months of base salary if Mr. Levergood is terminated without cause thereafter. In addition to base salary, Mr. Levergood will be eligible to receive a bonus based on generating new sales for the Company: for every $1,000,000 of expected consulting fee revenue generated by Mr. Levergood in a calendar year, Mr. Levergood will receive a $2,000 bonus, up to a maximum of $100,000. Mr. Levergood will also be eligible to receive an additional bonus of $100,000 in the event that the Company achieves or exceeds its annual sales target. Payment of bonuses, if any, will be paid on March 15 of the following calendar year.

2015 Senior Executive Retention Plan
On January 27, 2015, the Board adopted the Hill International, Inc. 2015 Senior Executive Retention Plan (the “2015 Retention Plan”) which became effective immediately. The Board adopted the 2015 Retention Plan as part of its effort to minimize distractions to certain executives created by a pending or threatened change in control and to provide such executives with compensation and benefit arrangement upon a change in control which ensure that the executives’ expectations will be satisfied. The 2015 Retention Plan provides certain severance benefits during the two-year period immediately following a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Retention Plan) to certain senior officers of the Company as selected by the Board, including each of the Company’s named executive officers with the exception of those officers who have separate employment agreements or other arrangements with the Company providing for severance, in the event of (i) involuntary termination of employment by the Company other than for certain events constituting “cause” set forth in the 2015 Retention Plan, or (ii) voluntary resignation for good reason (as defined in the 2015 Retention Plan). Under the 2015 Retention Plan, following a qualifying termination, the participant will receive (i) a lump-sum payment of an amount equal to one year of the executive’s then base annual salary, payable within 30 days after the effective date of the event giving rise to the benefits under the 2015 Retention Plan, and (ii) if the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company “without cause” or by the executive for “good reason” during the two-year period immediately following a change in control, any and all stock options, stock grants or other equity-based compensation granted to such executive will immediately vest. If required by Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, payments or benefits to certain executives may be delayed by up to 6 months from the date of termination. A participant that is a party to any employment agreement or other arrangement with the Company providing for severance is not eligible to receive benefits under the Plan unless he or she waives any rights to such other severance.
As of December 31, 2017, Messrs. Al Rais and Ghali were designated as Participants under the 2015 Retention Plan. As of April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais was no longer an employee of the Company. In 2018, Mr. Martinez was designated as a Participant under this plan.
2016 Executive Retention Plan
Effective November 3, 2016, the Board adopted the Company’s 2016 Executive Retention Plan (the “2016 Retention Plan”) which provides for the payment of severance benefits by the Company to certain designated employees (each a “Participant”) whose employment is permanently terminated due to an Involuntary Termination (as defined in the 2016 Retention Plan). Upon termination of a Participant’s employment by the Company without “Cause” (as set forth in the 2016 Retention Plan) or by the Participant for “Good Reason” (as defined in the Plan), the Company will be required to pay to the Participant a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to one times the Participant’s base salary at such time; notwithstanding the foregoing, if the termination is within one year following a Change in Control (as defined in the 2016 Retention Plan), the Company will be required to pay to the Participant a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two times the Participant’s base salary at such time and any and all unvested stock options, stock grants or other stock based compensation granted to the Participant shall then immediately vest.
As of December 31, 2017, Mohammed Al Rais was designated as a participant under the 2016 Retention Plan; effective April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais is no longer an employee of the Company. No other NEO was designated as a participant under the 2016 Retention Plan.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
The Company has entered into agreements and maintains plans that will require the Company to provide compensation to certain individuals in the event of a termination of employment and/or a change in control of the Company.  The potential amount of compensation payable to each individual in each situation is set forth in the tables below. The amounts shown in the tables assume that termination of the individual and/or a change in control occurred on December 31, 2017 and are based on the closing price per share of Hill common stock on that date of $5.45. The actual amounts to be paid will depend on the circumstances and time of the termination or change in control. Please see "Employment Agreement with Our Former CEO" and "Employment Agreement with our President and COO" for a description of the material terms of the employment agreements we entered into with each of our former CEO and our President and COO. In addition, the Company has change in control arrangements with certain of our other NEOs.

Paul Evans

Mr. Evans became our Interim CEO on May 3, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of his employment as Interim CEO, Mr. Evans is not eligible to receive any payments upon termination or change of control, other than the payments to be issued to Mr. Evans upon completion of his service as Interim CEO. For additional details regarding the terms of Mr. Evans’ employment as Interim CEO, please see the section entitled “Change in Chief Executive Officer.”

Marco A. Martinez

Mr. Martinez became our Interim CFO on November 10, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Martinez was not eligible to receive any payments or benefits upon a potential termination or change of control. In 2018, Mr. Martinez was named a participant in the Company’s 2015 Retention Plan and, accordingly, the Company is currently required to make a cash payment to Mr. Martinez of one times Mr. Martinez's base salary as of the effective date of a termination of Mr. Martinez’ employment following a Change in Control (as defined in the 2015 Retention Plan).

David L. Richter

As of May 3, 2017, David L. Richter is no longer an employee of the Company. The Company and Mr. Richter entered into a Separation Agreement which set forth the terms of Mr. Richter’s separation from the Company. Please see the section titled “Employment Agreement with our Former CEO” for additional details regarding the Separation Agreement.

John Fanelli III

As of November 10, 2017, John Fanelli III is no longer an employee of the Company. The Company and Mr. Fanelli entered into a Separation Agreement which set forth the terms of Mr. Fanelli’s separation from the Company. Please see the section titled “Separation Agreement with our Former CFO” for additional details regarding the Separation Agreement.

Raouf S. Ghali
Payments and Benefits   By Company Without Cause By Executive for Good Reason By Executive Within Two Years Following a Change in Control 
Cash payment    $2,270,000
(1)$2,270,000(1)$2,270,000(1)
Vesting of stock options   716,000 (2)0 0 
_______________________
(1)The Company is required to make this cash payment to Mr. Ghali within thirty days after the effective date of such termination in an amount equal to three years of his then base salary if (i) his employment is terminated by the Company without cause, (ii) he terminates his employment for good reason or (iii) he terminates his employment within two years of a change in control of the Company.
(2)Mr. Ghali’s stock options immediately vest if the Company terminates him without cause. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Ghali had unvested stock options to purchase 20,000 shares at an exercise price of $3.67 per share, 40,000 shares at $4.95 per share, 120,000 shares at $4.03 per share, 200,000 shares at $4.00 per share and 250,000 shares at $4.65 per share. This amount represents the intrinsic value of the award based on the difference between the exercise price and $5.45, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2017. The amount reported does not include the value of accelerated options where the exercise price of such options exceeded the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2017.

Mohammed Al Rais
Payments and Benefits By Company Without Cause By Executive for Good Reason By Executive Within One Year Following a Change in Control By Executive Within Two Years Following a Change in Control 
Cash payment $833,756
(1)$833,756
(1)$1,667,512
(2)$833,756
(3)
Vesting of stock options     
90,000 (4)  
____________________

(1)Pursuant to the 2016 Retention Plan, the Company is required to make this cash payment to Mr. Al Rais at the effective date of such termination in an amount equal to his then base salary. As of April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais is no longer an employee of the Company.
(2)Pursuant to the 2016 Retention Plan, the Company is required to make this cash payment to Mr. Al Rais at the effective date of such termination in an amount equal to two times his then base salary. As of April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais is no longer an employee of the Company.
(3)Pursuant to the 2015 Retention Plan, the Company is required to make this cash payment to Mr. Al Rais at the effective date of such termination in an amount equal to his then base salary. As of April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais is no longer an employee of the Company.

(4)Mr. Al Rais’ stock options immediately vest if he is involuntarily terminated within one year following a change in control. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Al Rais had unvested stock options to purchase 8,000 shares at an exercise price of $3.67 per share, 20,000 shares at $4.95 per share, 30,000 shares at $4.03 per share, 30,000 shares at $4.31 per share, 30,000 shares at $5.17 per share and 97,561 shares at $4.65 per share.  This amount represents the intrinsic value of the award base on the difference between the exercise price and $4.45, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2017.  The amount does not include the value of accelerated options where the exercise price of such options exceeded the closing price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2017. As of April 19, 2018, Mr. Al Rais is no longer an employee of the Company.

J. Charles Levergood
Payments and Benefits   By Company Without Cause By Executive Within One Year Following a Change in Control 
Cash payment    $510,000
(1)$0
 
Vesting of stock options     20,000 (2)
____________________

(1)Pursuant to his employment agreement, the Company is required to make this cash payment to Mr. Levergood at the effective date of such termination in an amount equal to his then base salary.
(2)Mr. Levergood’s stock options immediately vest if he is involuntarily terminated within one year following a change in control.  As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Levergood had unvested stock options to purchase 20,000 shares at an exercise price of $4.46 per share.  This amount represents the intrinsic value of the award base on the difference between the exercise price and $5.45, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2017. The amount does not include the value of accelerated options where the exercise price of such options exceeded the closing price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2017.

PAY RATIO DISCLOSURE

Summary
As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted a rule requiring annual disclosure of the ratio of the median employee’s annual total compensation to the annual total compensation of the principal executive officer. The Company’s principal executive officer is Mr. Evans (the “CEO”).
Method
To reasonably identify the median employee, the Company prepared a list of all employees (excluding the CEO) as of December 31, 2017. The list included part-time employees. As of December 31, 2017, the Company employed 2,705 persons (other than the CEO) of which 919 were located in the United States, 317 were located in Europe, 1,134 were located in the Middle East and 335 were located in other geographic areas. In certain geographic areas, such as the Middle East, compensation includes allowances (i.e., housing, travel, food, etc.) which are customary in such geographic areas.
To identify the “median employee,” the Company extracted the gross wages from the Company’s payroll records as well as any allowances paid by the Company or paid the employee for each employee. The Company annualized wages and salaries for those permanent employees that were not employed for the full year of 2017.
The Company then determined the employee on the list who had the median total compensation. The Company identified this employee as the median employee.
Following this, the Company estimated the median employee’s annual total compensation in the same manner as the “total” compensation shown for our Interim CEO in the section titled “Summary Compensation Table.” However, as our Interim CEO only served for eight months of 2017, for purposes of calculating his annual total compensation for 2017 for the pay ratio calculation, we annualize the amount listed as the total compensation for our Interim CEO in the section titled “Summary Compensation Table.”

2017 Pay Ratio

The median employee’s 2017 estimated annual total compensation was $71,400. The CEO’s 2017 annual total compensation (as annualized) was $2,299,172.  The ratio of the CEO to median employee’s 2017 estimated annual total compensation was 32:1.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Other than our Interim CEO, former CEO and our current President and COO whose compensation is reflected on the Summary Compensation Table above, the table below details the compensation paid to our directors for their service as a director in 2017. The Board pays each non-employee director $120,000 for his or her service, of which $80,000 is payable in cash and $40,000 is payable in deferred stock units. Also, the Chairman of the Board receives an additional annual retainer of $60,000, payable as $30,000 in cash and $30,000 in the form of deferred stock units. The Chairman of the Compensation Committee and the Chairman of the Governance and Nominating Committee each continue to receive an additional annual committee chairman's fee of $5,000 payable in cash, and the Chairman of the Audit Committee continues to receive an additional annual committee chairman's fee of $10,000 payable in cash.
  
Fees Earned or paid in Cash
$
 Stock Awards $ (1) 
Total
$
 
Craig L. Martin (2) 110,000
 70,000
 180,000
 
Camille S. Andrews 85,000
 40,000
 125,000
 
Brian W. Clymer 90,000
 40,000
 130,000
 
Steven R. Curts 85,000
 40,000
 125,000
 
Paul J. Evans (3) 26,667
 
 26,667
 
Alan S. Fellheimer 80,000
 40,000
 120,000
 
Charles M. Gillman 80,000
 40,000
 120,000
 
David Sgro 80,000
 40,000
 120,000
 
__________________________

(1)
The amounts reported in these columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards, grants of stock options and grants of deferred stock units (“DSUs”) calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The amounts for options and DSUs do not reflect compensation actually received by the director. The actual value, if any, that a director may realize from an option award is contingent upon the excess of the stock price over the exercise price, if any, on the date the option is exercised; the actual value that a director may realize from a DSU is contingent upon the stock price on the date the DSU is settled following the termination of a director’s service on the Board. Thus, there is no assurance that the value eventually realized by the director will correspond to the amount shown.
(2)Mr. Martin was appointed as Executive Chairman of the Board on May 3, 2017.
(3)Mr. Evans was appointed as our Interim CEO on May 3, 2017. See the section entitled “Compensation Discussion & Analysis-Change in Chief Executive Officer” for further details regarding Mr. Evans’ compensation as an officer of the Company. The amounts shown in the table reflect the amounts earned by Mr. Evans prior to becoming our Interim CEO.

Employment Agreement with Irvin E. Richter
Under an employment agreement effective December 31, 2014 with a five-year term, Irvin E. Richter receives an annual compensation of $1,400,000 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount, if any, to be determined by the Board. The agreement further provides that Mr. Richter is entitled to all benefits provided to employees of the Company during the term of the agreement. In addition, the Company agrees to provide him with two vehicles for his use and pays certain life insurance, medical and disability premiums during the term of the agreement. During 2016, Mr. Richter received a base salary of $1,400,000 and no bonus. Mr. Richter is entitled to severance benefits upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the agreement, including a termination by the Company without cause, by Mr. Richter for good reason or by Mr. Richter within two years of a change of control. If such an event would have occurred on December 31, 2016, Mr. Richter would have been eligible to receive approximately $4,641,000 in severance benefits.



Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters (in dollars)
 
The following table shows information regardingappearing in our 2021 Proxy Statement under the beneficial ownershipheading “Security Ownership of our common stock as of July 17, 2018, unless otherwise statedCertain Beneficial Owners and Management” is incorporated by reference in a footnote to the table below, by each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than five percent of our common stock, by our directors, by our named executive officers and by all our directors and executive officers as a group. For purposes of the following table, “beneficial ownership” means the sole or shared power to vote, or to direct the voting of, a security, or sole or shared investment power with respect to a security, or any combination thereof, and the right to acquire such power (for example, through the exercise of employee stock options granted by the Company) within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the beneficial owners is c/o Hill International, Inc., One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, 17th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19103. As of July 17, 2018, there were 55,135,158 shares of our common stock outstanding.this section.


  
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Number of Shares  Percent
Engine Capital Management 5,179,891(1) 9.4%
1370 Broadway, 5 Floor, New York, NY 10016     
      
Irvin E. Richter 5,017,013(2) 8.9%
54 Fries Lane, Cherry Hill, NJ 08003     
      
David L. Richter 4,073,467(3) 7.4%
274 Carter Road, Princeton, NJ 08540     
      
Bulldog Investors, LLC, Full Value Partners, L.P., Andrew Dakos, Phillip Goldstein and Steven Samuels 3,949,438(4) 7.2%
Park 80 West - Plaza Two, 250 Pehle Avenue, Suite 708, Saddle Brook, NJ 07663     
      
Ancora Advisors, LLC 2,822,449(5) 5.1%
6060 Parkland Boulevard, Suite 200, Cleveland, OH 44124     
      
Crescendo Partners II, L.P., Series M2, Crescendo Investments II, LLC, Crescendo Partners III, L.P., Crescendo Investments III, LLC, Crescendo Advisors II LLC and Eric Rosenfeld 2,797,052(6) 5.1%
777 Third Avenue, 37th Floor, New York, NY 10017     
      
Named Executive Officers and Directors:     
Raouf S. Ghali 650,760(7) *
Brian W. Clymer 151,372(8) *
Alan S. Fellheimer 115,080(9) *
Camile S. Andrews 105,481(10) *
Mohammed Al Rais 174,344(11) *
Steven R. Curts 39,525(12) *
Craig L. Martin 51,790(13) *
Paul J. Evans 146,958(14) *
Charles M. Gillman 21,916(15) *
David Sgro 153,110(16) *
      
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons) 1,610,336  3.0%
      

(1) The beneficial ownership information is based solely upon the Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on May 19, 2018.
(2) The beneficial ownership information is based upon the schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on November 30, 2017.
(3) The beneficial ownership information is based upon the schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on July 10, 2018 which includes 3,002,840 shares held by Richter Capital LLC.
(4) The beneficial ownership information is based solely upon the Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on May 19, 2017, by Bulldog Investors, LLC, Full Value Partners, L.P., Andrew Dakos, Phillip Goldstein, Steven Samuels, Crescendo Partners II, L.P., Series M2, Crescendo Investments II, LLC, Crescendo Partners III, L.P., Crescendo Investments III, LLC, Crescendo Advisors II, LLC, Jamarant Capital, L.P., Jamarant Investors, LLC, Jamarant Advisors, LLC, Eric Rosenfeld, Gregory R. Monahan, David Sgro, Paul J. Evans and Charles Gillman.
(5) The beneficial ownership information is based solely upon the Schedule 12D/A filed with the SEC on April 16, 2018.
(6) The beneficial ownership information is based solely on a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on September 20, 2016.

(7) Includes 450,002 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Ghali, 7,656 shares of common stock held in the Company’s 401(k) Plan and 1,847 shares of common stock held in the Company’s employee stock purchase plan.
(8) Includes 25,432 shares issuable upon the exercise of options and 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Clymer.
(9) Includes 25,432 shares issuable upon the exercise of options and 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Fellheimer.
(10) Includes 25,432 shares issuable upon the exercise of options and 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Ms. Andrews.
(11) Includes 159,512 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Al Rais.
(12) Includes 13,274 shares issuable upon the exercise of options and 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Curts.
(13) Includes 10,101 shares issuable upon the exercise of options and 19,178 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Martin.
(14) Includes 125,042 shares issuable upon termination as CEO and 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Evans.
(15) Includes 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Gillman.
(16) Includes 10,958 shares issuable upon the settlement of deferred stock units held by Mr. Sgro.

Equity Compensation Plan Information


The following table provides information as of December 31, 20172020 for common shares of the Company that may be issued under our 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and our 2017 Equity Compensation Plan. See Note 1311 Share-Based Compensation to the consolidated financial statements for further information related to these plans.
  
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
A
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
B
 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column A)
C
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 7,061,820
 $4.13
 5,135,943 (1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
 
 
Total 7,061,820
 $4.13
 5,135,943
Plan CategoryNumber of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a)) (1)
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders4,015 $3.52 2,242 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders— — — 
Total4,015 $3.52 2,242 
(1)As of December 31, 2017, the Company had 1,274,259 shares remaining available for future issuance under our 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 5,135,943 shares remaining available for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Compensation Plan.

(1)As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 922 shares remaining available for future issuance under our 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 1,320 shares remaining available for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Compensation Plan. Future grants are no longer available under our 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan or our 2009 Non-Employee Director Stock Grant Plan.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.Independence
 
Transactions withThe information appearing in our 2021 Proxy Statement under the headings "Corporate Governance" and "Certain Relationships and Related Persons
On July 14, 2010, Hill International, Inc. (“Hill”) entered into an agreement with Mohamed Abdel Barry (“Barry”), whereby Hill agreed to extend a loan to Barry in the sum of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) (“Loan”), which Loan is evidenced by that certain Promissory Note made by Barry in favor of Hill dated July 14, 2010. On March 7, 2013 Irvin E. Richter, former CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors, made a guarantee to Hill International, Inc. agreeing that if for any reason Hill should fail to collect on the loan and suffer a loss, the Guarantor will within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written demand pay to Hill a sum equal in the amount of the loss suffered. This guarantee shall remain in full force and effective until the loan is repaid.
On August 9, 2010, Hill purchased 2,111,111 shares of common stock of incNetworks, Inc. at a purchase price of $850,000 (the “Investment”). On August 8, 2011 Irvin E. Richter, former CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors, made a guarantee to Hill International, Inc. agreeing that if for any reason Hill should dispose of the Investment and suffer a loss, the Guarantor will within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written demand pay to Hill a sum equal in the amount of the loss suffered. This guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until Hill has disposed of its interest in incNetworks, Inc.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which the Company was or is to be a party in which the amount exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors or executive officers, any holders of more than 5% of our common stock or any members of any such person’s immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation described in “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.”
It is the policy and practice of our Board to review and assess information concerning transactions involving related persons. Related persons include our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members. If the determination is made that a related person has a material interest in a transaction involving us, then the disinterested members of the Board would review and, if appropriate, approve or ratify it, and we would disclose the transaction in accordance with SEC rules and regulations. If the related person is a member of the Board, or a family member of a director, then that director would not participate in any determination involving the transaction at issue.
Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct prohibits all employees, including our executive officers, from benefitting personally from any transactions with us other than approved compensation benefits.

See the section entitled "Director Independence" in Item 10 of this Form 10-K whichTransactions" is incorporated by reference.reference in this section.

76



Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services.Services

On April 19, 2017, Hill International, Inc. (the “Company”) dismissed EisnerAmper LLP (“EisnerAmper”) as its independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change independent registered public accounting firms was approved by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Such dismissal became effective upon completion by EisnerAmper of its review of the unaudited quarterly financial statements of Hill International, Inc. for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017 and the filing of the related Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the SEC on May 10, 2017.
Also on April 19, 2017, after reviewing proposals from several accounting firms, including EisnerAmper, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company selected KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) to be appointed following the filing of the Form 10-Q related to the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017 to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. During the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, and the subsequent interim period through March 31, 2017, the Company did not consult with KPMG regarding any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K.
The audit report of EisnerAmper on the consolidated financial statements of Hill International, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.  The audit report of EisnerAmper LLP on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 did conclude that internal controls over financial reporting were not effective due to identified material weaknesses.
During the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, and the subsequent interim period through March 31, 2017, there were no: (1) disagreements with EisnerAmper on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or (2) reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), except that EisnerAmper advised the Company it agreed with the Company that certain deficiencies in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting discussed with the Company during EisnerAmper’s audits of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 constituted material weaknesses.
On March 28, 2018, the Company dismissed KPMG as its independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change independent registered public accounting firms was approved by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”). Also on March 28, 2018, the Audit Committee entered into an agreement with EisnerAmper LLP (“EisnerAmper”) to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. Such dismissal and appointment reflects the Audit Committee’s belief that EisnerAmper, who served as the Company’s independent public accounting firm during the restatement, will be able to complete the restatement as well as the audit of the Company’s 2017 financial statements as expeditiously as possible. The Company consulted with EisnerAmper regarding the application of accounting principles in conjunction with the original audit and the restatement; however, the Company did not consult with EisnerAmper regarding any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(ii) of Regulation S-K other than those related to the restatement.

The Company had no: (1) disagreements with KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or (2) reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a) (1)(v) of Regulation S-K) other than those related to the restatement in connection with KPMG’s engagement.


The table below reflects the fees (in thousands) and expenses for services rendered by both KPMGGrant Thornton for their services rendered for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and EisnerAmper for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016.2019. The Audit Committee pre-approved all of these services.
EisnerAmperKPMG  EisnerAmperKPMG Years Ended December 31,
Type of Fees2017Total 2016TotalType of Fees20202019
Audit Fees (1)$3,923
$901
$4,824
 $1,106
$
$1,106
Audit Fees (1)
$1,825 $2,001 
Audit - Related Fees (2)


 121

121
Audit - Related Fees (2)
39 37 
Tax Fees (3)


 89

89
All Other Fees and Expense Reimbursements
25
25
 


Total Fees$3,923
$926
$4,849
 $1,316
$
$1,316
Total Fees$1,864 $2,038 
(1) Audit fees consist of fees billed and an estimate of fees to be billed for services for the audit of our financial statements and review of our financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and services provided in connection with other statutory or regulatory filings. During 2017, audit fees also included amounts billed for services for the audit of the amended 10-K's for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and amended 10-Q's for the periods ended March 31, 2017 and other services related to SEC matters.


(2) Audit-related fees consist of assurance and related services rendered by EisnerAmper and KPMG that are reasonably related tofees incurred for the performanceaudit of the audit or the review of our financial statements that are not included as audit fees. These services include consultation on accounting matters in foreign jurisdictions, due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions, consultation on financial accounting and reporting.Company's 401(k) plan.

(3) Tax fees consist of fees for professional service for tax advice and tax planning related to the Company’s international operations.


Pre-Approval Policy of Audit Services and Permitted Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors


The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services and are pre-approved in one of two methods. Under the first method, the engagement to render the services would be entered into pursuant to pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee, provided (i) the policies and procedures are detailed as to the services to be performed, (ii) the Audit Committee is informed of each service, and (iii) such policies and procedures do not include delegation of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities under the Exchange Act to the Company’s management. Under the second method, the engagement to render the services would be presented to and pre-approved by the Audit Committee (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act that are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit). The Chairman of the Audit Committee will have the authority to grant pre-approvals of audit and permissible non-audit services by the independent auditors, provided that all pre-approvals by the Chairman must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Company will provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Audit Committee, for payment of compensation to the independent registered public accounting firm and to any consultants, experts or advisors engaged by the Audit Committee.


PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.Schedules
 
(a)  Documents filed as part of this report:
 
Financial statements:
 
The consolidated balance sheets of the Registrant as of December 31, 2017,2020, and 2016,2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) earnings, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-yeartwo-year period ended December 31, 2017,2020, the footnotes thereto, and the report of EisnerAmper LLP,Grant Thornton, independent auditors, are filed herewith.
 

Financial statement schedule:
 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015.2019.


(b) Exhibits

77


Exhibit Index
 
Exhibit No.Description
2.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.1
10.1*4.2
10.1*
10.2*10.2
10.3*
10.4
10.510.3
10.610.4
10.710.5
10.810.6
10.9*10.7*
10.10*
10.11*10.8*

10.12*
10.9*
10.1310.10
10.1410.11*
10.15*
10.16*
78


10.17*10.12*
10.1810.13*
10.19
10.20*
10.21*10.14
10.22
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (Included as Exhibits 10.1 and Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.2310.15
2110.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
21
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

* Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan.

79



SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Hill International, Inc.
By:/s/ Paul EvansRaouf S. Ghali
Paul EvansRaouf S. Ghali
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dated indicated.
By:/s/ Craig L. MartinDavid D. SgroBy:/s/ Paul EvansArnaud Ajdler
Craig L. MartinDavid SgroPaul EvansArnaud Ajdler
Chairman and Director
Interim Director
Date:March 16, 2021Date:March 16, 2021
By:/s/ Raouf S. GhaliBy:/s/ Susan Steele
Raouf S. GhaliSusan Steele
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Director
Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021
By:/s/ Todd WeintraubBy:/s/ Grant McCullagh
By:/s/ Raouf S. GhaliTodd WeintraubBy:/s/ Brian W. ClymerGrant McCullagh
Raouf S. GhaliBrian W. Clymer
President, Chief Operating Officer and DirectorDirector
Date:August 31, 2018Date:August 31, 2018
By:/s/ Marco A. MartinezBy:/s/ Alan S. Fellheimer
Marco A. MartinezAlan S. Fellheimer
Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Director
 
Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021
By:/s/ Camille S. AndrewsPaul EvansBy:/s/ David D. SgroJames Renacci
Camille S. AndrewsPaul EvansDavid SgroJames Renacci
DirectorDirector
Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021Date:August 31, 2018March 16, 2021
By:/s/ Steven R. Curts
Steven R. Curts
Director
Date:August 31, 2018
By:/s/ Charles M. Gillman
Charles M. Gillman
Director
Date:August 31, 2018

80



Schedule II
 
Hill International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)
 
(Allowance for Uncollectible Receivables — in thousands)Receivables)
Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year
Recoveries of Previously Reserved ReceivablesAdditions (Adjustments) to Allowance for Uncollectible ReceivablesWrite-Off of ReceviablesOtherBalance at
End of
Fiscal Year
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2020$59,131 (1,152)(274)(4,905)650 $53,450 
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2019$71,277 (18,143)7,422 (1,813)388$59,131 

(Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Asset)
Balance at Beginning of Fiscal YearAdditions (Recoveries) Charged (Credited) to EarningsDeductions and Other AdjustmentsBalance at End of Fiscal Year
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2020$28,821 1,801 (10,519)$20,103 
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2019$37,591 5,258 (14,028)$28,821 


81
(in thousands) 
Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year
 
Additions
(Recoveries)
Charged
(Credited) to
Earnings
 
Other -
Allowance
Acquired in
Business
Combinations
 
Uncollectible
Receivables
Written off,
Net of
Recoveries
 
Balance at
End of
Fiscal Year
           
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 $71,082
 $6,913
 $
 $(5,145) $72,850
           
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 $60,535
 $14,454
 $
 $(3,907) $71,082
           
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 $66,119
 $6,262
 $120
 $(11,966) $60,535


116